* lisp/emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el (cl-pushnew): Use macroexp-let2.
[emacs/old-mirror.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blobd39a4b02b32961b000742f52079e6d05bc6c0249
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
7 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
8 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (20244 35516))
9 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
11 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
12 Play 5x5.
14 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
15 squares you must fill the grid.
17 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
18 \\<5x5-mode-map>
19 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
20 Move up \\[5x5-up]
21 Move down \\[5x5-down]
22 Move left \\[5x5-left]
23 Move right \\[5x5-right]
24 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
25 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
26 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
27 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
28 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
29 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
30 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
31 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
32 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
33 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
35 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
37 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
40 \(fn)" t nil)
42 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
43 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
45 \(fn)" t nil)
47 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
48 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
50 \(fn)" t nil)
52 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
53 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
54 Mutate the result.
56 \(fn)" t nil)
58 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
59 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
61 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
62 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
63 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
64 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
66 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
68 ;;;***
70 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
71 ;;;;;; (20428 57510))
72 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
74 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
75 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
76 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
77 extensions.
78 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
79 the file name.
81 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
83 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
84 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
86 \(fn)" t nil)
88 ;;;***
90 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
91 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
94 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
95 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
97 \(fn)" t nil)
99 ;;;***
101 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
102 ;;;;;; (20356 35090))
103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
105 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
106 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
107 Completion is available.
109 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
111 ;;;***
113 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-merge add-log-current-defun change-log-mode
114 ;;;;;; add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry find-change-log
115 ;;;;;; prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address add-log-full-name
116 ;;;;;; add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" "vc/add-log.el"
117 ;;;;;; (20356 35090))
118 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
120 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
122 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
123 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
124 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
125 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
127 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
129 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
130 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
133 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
135 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
136 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
137 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
138 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
139 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
140 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
142 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
144 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
145 Prompt for a change log name.
147 \(fn)" nil nil)
149 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
150 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
152 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
153 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
154 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
155 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
157 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
158 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
159 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
161 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
162 current buffer to the complete file name.
163 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
165 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
167 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
168 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
169 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
170 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
172 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
173 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
175 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
177 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
178 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
179 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
181 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
182 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
183 after a comma on an existing line.
185 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
186 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
187 the same person.
189 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
190 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
191 notices.
193 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
194 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
196 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
198 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
199 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
200 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
201 the change log file in another window.
203 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
205 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
206 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
207 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
208 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
209 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
210 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
212 \\{change-log-mode-map}
214 \(fn)" t nil)
216 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes '(emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode) "\
217 Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
219 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes '(c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode) "\
220 Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
222 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes '(TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode tex-mode) "\
223 Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
225 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
226 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
228 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
229 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
231 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
232 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
233 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
234 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
235 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
237 Has a preference of looking backwards.
239 \(fn)" nil nil)
241 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
242 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
243 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
244 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
245 or a buffer.
247 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
248 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
250 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
252 ;;;***
254 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
255 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
256 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (20290 33419))
257 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
259 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
260 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
261 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
262 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
263 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
264 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
265 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
266 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
267 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
268 interpreted as `error'.")
270 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
272 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
273 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
274 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
275 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
276 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
277 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
278 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
279 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
281 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
283 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
284 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
286 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
288 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
289 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
291 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
293 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
294 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
296 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
297 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
298 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
299 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
300 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
302 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
303 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
304 the new one.
306 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
307 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
308 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
309 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
310 mapped to the closest extremal position).
312 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
313 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
314 the cache-id will clear the cache.
316 See Info node `(elisp)Computed Advice' for detailed documentation.
318 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
320 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
337 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
339 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
345 BODY...)
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
381 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
382 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
383 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
384 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
385 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
386 during preloading.
388 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
389 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
390 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
391 BODY...)
393 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
395 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
397 ;;;***
399 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
400 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
401 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (20244 35516))
402 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
404 (autoload 'align "align" "\
405 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
406 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
407 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
408 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
409 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
410 rule's `separate' attribute).
412 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
413 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
414 `separate' attribute set.
416 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
417 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
418 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
419 on the format of these lists.
421 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
423 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
424 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
425 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
426 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
427 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
428 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
429 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
430 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
431 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
432 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
433 options.
435 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
436 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
438 Fred (123) 456-7890
439 Alice (123) 456-7890
440 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
441 Joe (123) 456-7890
443 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
444 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
445 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
447 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
449 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
450 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
451 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
452 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
453 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
454 align that section.
456 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
459 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
460 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
461 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
462 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
463 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
464 been used to align that section.
466 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
469 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
470 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
471 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
472 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
473 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
474 to be colored.
476 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
478 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
479 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
481 \(fn)" t nil)
483 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
484 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
486 \(fn)" t nil)
488 ;;;***
490 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode allout-mode-p allout-auto-activation
491 ;;;;;; allout-setup allout-auto-activation-helper) "allout" "allout.el"
492 ;;;;;; (20412 11425))
493 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
495 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
496 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
498 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
500 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
502 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
503 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
505 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
506 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
508 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
509 `allout-auto-activation'.
511 \(fn)" nil nil)
513 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
514 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
516 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
517 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
518 file variable `allout-layout'.
520 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
521 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
522 specified layout is applied.
524 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
525 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
527 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
528 Auto-layout is not.
530 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
532 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
534 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
536 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
538 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
542 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
544 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
546 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
548 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
550 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
552 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
554 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
556 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
558 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
560 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
562 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
564 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
566 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
567 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
569 \(fn)" nil t)
571 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
572 Toggle Allout outline mode.
573 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
574 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
575 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
577 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
578 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
579 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
580 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
581 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
582 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
583 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
584 outline.)
586 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
588 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
589 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
590 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
591 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
592 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
593 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
594 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
595 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
597 and many other features.
599 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
600 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
601 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
602 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
603 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
605 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
606 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
607 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
608 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
609 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
610 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
611 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
612 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
613 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
614 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
616 Exposure Control:
617 ----------------
618 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
619 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
620 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
621 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
622 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
624 Navigation:
625 ----------
626 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
627 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
628 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
629 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
630 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
631 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
632 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
633 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
634 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
635 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
638 Topic Header Production:
639 -----------------------
640 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
641 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
642 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
644 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
645 ---------------------------------
646 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
647 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
648 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
649 current topic
650 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
651 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
652 are alternated according to nesting depth.
653 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
654 the offspring are not affected.
655 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
657 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
658 ----------------------------------
659 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
660 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
661 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
662 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
663 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
664 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
665 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
666 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
668 Topic-oriented Encryption:
669 -------------------------
670 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
671 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
673 Misc commands:
674 -------------
675 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
676 and establish a default file-var setting
677 for `allout-layout'.
678 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
679 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
680 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
681 buffer with name derived from derived from that
682 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
683 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
684 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
685 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
686 format.
687 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
688 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
689 auto-activation.
691 Topic Encryption
693 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
694 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
695 pending encryption on save.
697 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
698 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
699 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
700 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
701 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
703 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
704 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
705 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
706 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
707 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
708 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
709 signal.
711 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
712 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
713 for details.
715 HOT-SPOT Operation
717 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
718 navigation and exposure control.
720 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
721 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
722 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
723 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
724 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
726 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
727 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
728 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
729 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
730 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
732 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
733 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
734 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
735 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
736 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
737 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
738 at the beginning of the current entry.
740 Extending Allout
742 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
743 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
744 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
746 `allout-mode-hook'
747 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
748 `allout-mode-off-hook'
749 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
750 `allout-structure-added-functions'
751 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
752 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
753 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
754 `allout-post-undo-hook'
756 Terminology
758 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
760 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
761 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
762 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
763 CURRENT ITEM:
764 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
765 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
766 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
767 called the:
768 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
770 ANCESTORS:
771 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
772 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
773 of the ITEM.
774 OFFSPRING:
775 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
776 SUBTOPIC:
777 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
778 CHILD:
779 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
780 SIBLINGS:
781 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
783 Topic text constituents:
785 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
786 text.
787 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
788 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
789 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
790 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
791 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
792 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
793 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
794 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
795 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
796 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
797 the PREFIX.
799 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
800 of the ITEM.
801 PREFIX-LEAD:
802 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
803 It can be customized by changing the setting of
804 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
806 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
807 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
808 program code without interfering with processing of the text
809 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
810 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
811 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
812 docstring for more detail.
813 PREFIX-PADDING:
814 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
815 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
816 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
817 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
818 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
819 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
820 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
821 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
822 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
823 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
824 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
825 more details.
826 EXPOSURE:
827 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
828 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
829 CONCEALED:
830 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
831 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
833 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
834 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
835 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
839 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
841 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
842 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
844 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
845 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
847 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
849 ;;;***
851 ;;;### (autoloads (allout-widgets-mode allout-widgets-auto-activation
852 ;;;;;; allout-widgets-setup allout-widgets) "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el"
853 ;;;;;; (20438 17064))
854 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
856 (let ((loads (get 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads))) (if (member '"allout-widgets" loads) nil (put 'allout-widgets 'custom-loads (cons '"allout-widgets" loads))))
858 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
859 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
861 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
863 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
865 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
866 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
868 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
869 visiting an outline.
871 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
872 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
874 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
875 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
876 you want allout widgets operation.
878 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
880 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
882 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
884 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
885 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
886 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
887 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
888 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
890 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
891 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
892 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
894 The graphics include:
896 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
898 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
899 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
901 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
902 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
904 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
905 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
906 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
908 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
910 ;;;***
912 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
913 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (20451 20881))
914 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
916 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
918 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
919 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
920 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
921 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
922 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
923 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
925 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
927 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
930 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
932 ;;;***
934 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
935 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (20356 35090))
936 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
938 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
939 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
940 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
941 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
942 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
943 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
944 in the current window.
946 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
948 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
949 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
950 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
951 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
952 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
953 buffer if one does not exist.
955 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
957 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
958 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
959 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
960 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
961 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
963 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
965 ;;;***
967 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
968 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (20428 57510))
969 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
971 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
972 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
974 \(fn)" t nil)
976 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
977 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
979 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
980 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
981 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
982 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
984 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
985 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
987 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
989 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
991 ;;;***
993 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
994 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (20428 57510))
995 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
997 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
998 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
999 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1000 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1001 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1002 \\[yank].
1004 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1005 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
1006 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1007 the rules.
1009 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1010 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1011 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1012 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1014 \(fn)" t nil)
1016 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1017 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1019 \(fn)" t nil)
1021 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1022 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1023 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1025 \(fn)" nil nil)
1027 ;;;***
1029 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-add) "appt" "calendar/appt.el"
1030 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
1031 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1033 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1034 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1035 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1036 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1037 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1038 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1040 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1042 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1043 Toggle checking of appointments.
1044 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1045 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1047 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1049 ;;;***
1051 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos-library
1052 ;;;;;; apropos apropos-documentation-property apropos-command apropos-variable
1053 ;;;;;; apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "apropos.el" (20373 41604))
1054 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1056 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1057 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1058 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1059 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1061 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1062 kind of objects to search.
1064 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1068 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1069 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1070 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1071 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1073 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1074 normal variables.
1076 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1078 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1080 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1081 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1082 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1083 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1084 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1085 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1087 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1088 noninteractive functions.
1090 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1091 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1093 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1094 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1096 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1098 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1099 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1101 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1103 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1104 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1105 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1106 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1108 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1109 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1110 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1111 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1113 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1114 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1116 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1118 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1120 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1121 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1122 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1123 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1124 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1126 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1128 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1129 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1130 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1131 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1132 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1133 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1135 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1136 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1137 names and values of properties.
1139 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1141 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1143 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1144 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1145 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1146 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1147 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1148 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1150 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1151 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1152 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1153 documentation strings.
1155 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1157 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1159 ;;;***
1161 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (20412
1162 ;;;;;; 11425))
1163 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1165 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1166 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1167 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1168 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1169 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1170 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1172 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1173 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1174 archive.
1176 \\{archive-mode-map}
1178 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1180 ;;;***
1182 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (20244 35516))
1183 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1185 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1186 Major mode for editing arrays.
1188 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1189 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1190 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1192 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1194 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1195 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1196 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1198 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1199 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1200 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1201 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1202 The variables are:
1204 Variables you assign:
1205 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1206 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1207 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1208 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1209 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1210 row numbers in the buffer.
1212 Variables which are calculated:
1213 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1214 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1216 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1217 take a numeric prefix argument):
1219 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1220 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1221 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1222 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1224 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1229 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1230 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1231 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1232 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1234 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1235 between that of point and mark.
1237 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1238 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1240 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1241 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1242 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1243 newlines inside rows)
1245 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1247 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1249 \(fn)" t nil)
1251 ;;;***
1253 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (20359
1254 ;;;;;; 18671))
1255 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1257 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1258 Toggle Artist mode.
1259 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1260 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1261 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1263 How to quit Artist mode
1265 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1268 How to submit a bug report
1270 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1273 Drawing with the mouse:
1275 mouse-2
1276 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1277 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1278 below).
1280 mouse-1
1281 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1282 or pastes:
1284 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1285 --------------------------------------------------------------
1286 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1287 to new point
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1300 --------------------------------------------------------------
1301 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1302 --------------------------------------------------------------
1303 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1304 lines
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310 Paste Paste Paste
1311 --------------------------------------------------------------
1312 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1313 --------------------------------------------------------------
1315 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1316 or diagonally.
1318 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1319 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1320 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1321 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1322 poly-lines.
1324 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1325 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1326 overwrite means the opposite.
1328 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1329 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1330 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1332 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1334 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1335 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1337 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1338 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1339 are currently drawing something.
1341 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1342 some time to fill.
1345 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1346 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1349 Settings
1351 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1353 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1355 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1357 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1359 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1360 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1362 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1365 Drawing with keys
1367 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1368 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1369 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1370 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1371 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1372 When pasting: Pastes
1374 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1376 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1378 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1379 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1380 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1381 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1382 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1383 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1386 Arrows
1388 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1389 of the line/poly-line
1391 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1392 of the line/poly-line
1395 Selecting operation
1397 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1399 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1402 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1403 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1404 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1405 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1406 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1407 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1408 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1409 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1410 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1411 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1412 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1414 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1415 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1416 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1417 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1418 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1421 Variables
1423 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1424 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1426 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1427 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1428 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1429 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1430 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1431 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1432 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1433 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1434 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1435 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1436 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1437 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1438 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1439 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1440 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1441 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1442 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1443 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1444 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1446 Hooks
1448 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1451 Keymap summary
1453 \\{artist-mode-map}
1455 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1457 ;;;***
1459 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (20356
1460 ;;;;;; 35090))
1461 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1463 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1464 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1465 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1467 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1468 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1469 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1470 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1472 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1473 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1475 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1476 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1478 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1480 Special commands:
1481 \\{asm-mode-map}
1483 \(fn)" t nil)
1485 ;;;***
1487 ;;;### (autoloads (auth-source-cache-expiry) "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el"
1488 ;;;;;; (20428 57510))
1489 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1491 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1492 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1493 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1494 let-binding.")
1496 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1498 ;;;***
1500 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1501 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
1502 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1504 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1505 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1506 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1508 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1510 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1511 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1512 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1513 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1514 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1516 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1517 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1518 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1519 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1520 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1521 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1522 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1523 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1525 For example:
1526 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1527 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1528 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1529 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1530 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1532 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1536 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1537 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1538 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1539 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1540 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1541 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1543 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1545 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1546 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1547 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1548 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1549 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1551 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1552 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1553 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1555 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1557 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1559 ;;;***
1561 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1562 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
1563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1565 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1566 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1568 \(fn)" t nil)
1570 ;;;***
1572 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1573 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (20412 11425))
1574 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1576 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1577 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1578 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 \(fn)" t nil)
1582 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1583 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1584 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1585 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1587 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1589 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1590 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1591 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1592 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1593 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1594 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1596 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1598 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1599 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1600 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1601 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1602 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1604 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1605 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1607 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1609 ;;;***
1611 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1612 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1613 ;;;;;; (20446 34252))
1614 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1616 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1618 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1620 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1621 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1622 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1624 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1625 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1626 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1627 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1628 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1630 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1632 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1634 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1635 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1636 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1637 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1638 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1640 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1641 directory or directories specified.
1643 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1644 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1645 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1646 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1647 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1648 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1650 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1652 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1653 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1654 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1655 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1656 should be non-nil).
1658 \(fn)" nil nil)
1660 ;;;***
1662 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1663 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1664 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (20373 41604))
1665 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1667 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1668 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1669 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1670 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1671 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1673 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1674 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1675 disk changes.
1677 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1678 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1679 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1681 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1683 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1684 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1686 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1687 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1689 \(fn)" nil nil)
1691 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1692 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1693 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1694 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1695 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1697 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1698 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1699 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1700 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1701 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1703 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1704 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1705 writing before you save the file!
1707 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1711 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1712 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1714 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1715 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1717 \(fn)" nil nil)
1719 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1720 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1721 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1722 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1723 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1724 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1726 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1728 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1729 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1730 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1731 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1732 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1734 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1735 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1736 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1738 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1739 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1740 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1741 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1742 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1744 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1745 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1746 specifies in the mode line.
1748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1750 ;;;***
1752 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1753 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (20373 41604))
1754 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1756 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1757 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1758 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1759 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1760 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1762 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1764 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1765 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1766 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1767 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1769 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1770 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1771 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1773 Effects of the different modes:
1774 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1775 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1776 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1777 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1778 a random distance & direction.
1779 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1780 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1781 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1783 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1785 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1786 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1787 definition of \"random distance\".)
1789 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1791 ;;;***
1793 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1794 ;;;;;; (20373 41604))
1795 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1796 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1798 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1799 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1800 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1801 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1803 \(fn)" t nil)
1805 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1806 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1807 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1808 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1809 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1810 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1812 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1814 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1815 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1816 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1817 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1818 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1820 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1821 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1822 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1823 seconds.
1825 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1827 ;;;***
1829 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1830 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (20244 35516))
1831 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1833 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1834 Time execution of FORMS.
1835 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1836 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1837 FORMS once.
1838 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1839 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1840 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1842 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1844 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1845 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1846 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1847 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1848 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1850 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1852 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1853 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1854 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1855 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1856 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1858 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1860 ;;;***
1862 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-search-entry bibtex-mode bibtex-initialize)
1863 ;;;;;; "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (20446 34252))
1864 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1866 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1867 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1868 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1869 of corresponding buffers.
1870 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1871 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil.
1872 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1873 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1874 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer uses
1875 `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer does not use `bibtex-mode',
1877 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1879 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1880 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1882 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1884 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1885 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1886 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1887 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1889 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1890 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1891 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1892 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1893 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1895 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1896 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1899 Special information:
1901 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1903 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1904 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1905 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1906 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1907 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1908 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1909 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1910 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1911 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1912 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1913 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1915 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1916 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1917 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1918 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1919 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1920 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1921 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1922 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1924 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1926 ----------------------------------------------------------
1927 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1928 if that value is non-nil.
1930 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1932 \(fn)" t nil)
1934 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1935 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1936 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1937 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1938 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1939 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1940 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1941 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1942 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1943 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1944 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1945 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1947 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1949 ;;;***
1951 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-style-mode) "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1952 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
1953 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1955 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1956 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1958 \(fn)" t nil)
1960 ;;;***
1962 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1963 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "mail/binhex.el"
1964 ;;;;;; (20356 35090))
1965 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1967 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1968 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1970 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1971 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1972 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1974 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1976 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1977 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1979 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1981 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
1982 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1984 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1986 ;;;***
1988 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (20244
1989 ;;;;;; 35516))
1990 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1992 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
1993 Play blackbox.
1994 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1996 What is blackbox?
1998 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1999 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2000 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2001 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2002 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2003 your score.
2005 Overview of play:
2007 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2008 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2009 four.
2011 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2012 movement keys.
2014 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2015 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2017 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2018 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2020 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2021 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2022 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2023 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2024 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2025 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2027 Details:
2029 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2031 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2032 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2033 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2034 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2036 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2037 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2038 denoted by the letter `R'.
2040 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2041 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2042 denoted by the letter `H'.
2044 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2045 example.
2047 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2048 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2049 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2050 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2051 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2052 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2053 ray.
2055 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2056 degree deflection it causes.
2059 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2060 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2061 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2062 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2063 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2064 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2065 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2066 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2069 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2070 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2073 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2074 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2075 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2076 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2077 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2080 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2082 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2083 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2084 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2085 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2086 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2087 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2088 emerging from the box.
2090 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2092 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2094 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2097 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2099 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2101 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2102 a reflection.
2104 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2106 ;;;***
2108 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-search bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load
2109 ;;;;;; bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert
2110 ;;;;;; bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate
2111 ;;;;;; bookmark-jump-other-window bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
2112 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (20412 11425))
2113 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2114 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2115 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2116 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2118 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2119 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2120 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2121 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2122 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2123 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2124 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2126 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2127 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2128 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2130 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2131 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2132 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2133 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2134 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2135 recent one.
2137 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2138 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2139 yank successive words.
2141 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2142 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2143 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2144 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2145 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2147 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2148 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2149 the list of bookmarks.)
2151 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2153 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2154 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2155 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2156 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2157 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2158 this.
2160 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2161 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2162 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2163 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2165 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2166 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2168 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2169 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2170 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2172 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2174 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2175 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2177 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2179 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2180 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2182 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2183 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2184 after a bookmark was set in it.
2186 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2188 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2189 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2191 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2192 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2194 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2196 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2198 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2199 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2200 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2201 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2203 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2204 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2205 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2207 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2208 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2209 name.
2211 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2213 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2214 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2215 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2217 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2218 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2219 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2220 this.
2222 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2224 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2225 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2227 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2228 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2229 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2230 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2231 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2232 probably because we were called from there.
2234 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2236 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2237 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2238 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2240 \(fn)" t nil)
2242 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2243 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2244 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2245 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2246 \(second argument).
2248 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2249 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2250 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2251 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2252 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2254 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2255 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2256 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2257 `bookmark-default-file'.
2259 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2261 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2262 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2263 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2264 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2265 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2266 while loading.
2268 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2269 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2270 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2271 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2272 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2273 explicitly.
2275 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2276 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2277 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2278 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2280 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2282 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2283 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2284 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2285 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2286 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2288 \(fn)" t nil)
2290 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2292 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2294 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2295 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2297 \(fn)" t nil)
2299 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load a Bookmark File...") bookmark-load :help ,(purecopy "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)"))) (define-key map [write] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks As...") bookmark-write :help ,(purecopy "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)"))) (define-key map [save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Bookmarks") bookmark-save :help ,(purecopy "Save currently defined bookmarks"))) (define-key map [edit] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Edit Bookmark List") bookmark-bmenu-list :help ,(purecopy "Display a list of existing bookmarks"))) (define-key map [delete] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Delete Bookmark...") bookmark-delete :help ,(purecopy "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list"))) (define-key map [rename] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Rename Bookmark...") bookmark-rename :help ,(purecopy "Change the name of a bookmark"))) (define-key map [locate] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Location...") bookmark-locate :help ,(purecopy "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark"))) (define-key map [insert] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Insert Contents...") bookmark-insert :help ,(purecopy "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark"))) (define-key map [set] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Set Bookmark...") bookmark-set :help ,(purecopy "Set a bookmark named inside a file."))) (define-key map [jump] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Jump to Bookmark...") bookmark-jump :help ,(purecopy "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)"))) map))
2301 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2303 ;;;***
2305 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-elinks browse-url-kde browse-url-generic
2306 ;;;;;; browse-url-mail browse-url-text-emacs browse-url-text-xterm
2307 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-cci browse-url-mosaic
2308 ;;;;;; browse-url-gnome-moz browse-url-emacs browse-url-galeon browse-url-chromium
2309 ;;;;;; browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2310 ;;;;;; browse-url-xdg-open browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2311 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2312 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-browser-function)
2313 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (20412 11425))
2314 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2316 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2317 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2318 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2319 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2321 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2322 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2323 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2324 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2325 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2327 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2329 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2330 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2331 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2332 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2333 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2334 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2336 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2338 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2339 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2340 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2341 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2342 narrowed.
2344 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2346 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2347 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2349 \(fn)" t nil)
2351 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2352 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2354 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2356 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2357 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2358 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2359 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2360 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2361 first, if that exists.
2363 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2365 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2366 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2367 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2368 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2372 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2373 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2374 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2375 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2376 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2377 to use.
2379 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2381 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2382 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2383 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2384 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2386 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2388 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2389 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2390 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2391 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2393 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2394 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2395 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2396 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2398 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2399 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2400 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2402 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2403 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2407 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2408 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2409 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2410 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2412 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2413 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2414 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2415 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2417 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2418 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2419 new tab in an existing window instead.
2421 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2422 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2424 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2426 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2427 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2428 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2429 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2430 Firefox.
2432 When called interactively, if variable
2433 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2434 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2435 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2436 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2438 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2439 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2440 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2442 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2443 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2445 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2446 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2447 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2448 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2449 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2450 URL in a new window.
2452 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2454 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2455 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2456 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2457 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2458 Chromium.
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2462 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2463 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2464 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2465 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2467 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2468 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2469 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2470 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2472 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2473 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2474 new tab in an existing window instead.
2476 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2477 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2479 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2481 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2482 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2484 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2486 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2487 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2488 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2489 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2491 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2492 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2493 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2494 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2496 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2497 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2499 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2501 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2502 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2504 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2505 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2506 program is invoked according to the variable
2507 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2509 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2510 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2511 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2512 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2514 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2515 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2517 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2519 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2520 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2521 Default to the URL around or before point.
2523 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2524 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2525 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2527 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2528 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2529 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2530 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2532 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2533 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2535 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2537 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2538 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2539 Default to the URL around or before point.
2541 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2542 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2543 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2545 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2546 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2548 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2550 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2551 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2552 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2553 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2555 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2557 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2558 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2559 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2560 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2561 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2562 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2564 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2566 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2567 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2568 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2569 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2570 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2572 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2573 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2574 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2575 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2577 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2578 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2580 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2582 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2583 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2584 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2585 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2586 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2587 current one.
2589 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2590 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2591 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2592 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2594 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2595 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2597 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2599 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2600 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2601 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2602 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2603 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2604 don't offer a form of remote control.
2606 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2608 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2609 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2610 Default to the URL around or before point.
2612 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2614 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2615 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2616 Default to the URL around the point.
2618 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2619 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2621 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2622 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2624 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2626 ;;;***
2628 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2629 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (20373 41604))
2630 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2632 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2633 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2634 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2635 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2637 \(fn)" t nil)
2639 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2640 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2641 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2642 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2644 \(fn)" t nil)
2646 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2647 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2649 \(fn)" t nil)
2651 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2652 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2653 \\<bs-mode-map>
2654 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2655 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2656 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2657 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2659 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2660 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2661 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2662 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2663 name of buffer configuration.
2665 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2667 ;;;***
2669 ;;;### (autoloads (bubbles) "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (20244 35516))
2670 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2672 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2673 Play Bubbles game.
2674 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2675 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2676 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2677 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2678 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2679 columns on its right towards the left.
2681 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2682 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2683 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2684 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2686 \(fn)" t nil)
2688 ;;;***
2690 ;;;### (autoloads (bug-reference-prog-mode bug-reference-mode) "bug-reference"
2691 ;;;;;; "progmodes/bug-reference.el" (20244 35516))
2692 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2694 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2696 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2697 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2698 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2699 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2700 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2702 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2704 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2705 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2707 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2709 ;;;***
2711 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2712 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2713 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2714 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-enable-warning byte-compile-disable-warning)
2715 ;;;;;; "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (20452 43334))
2716 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2717 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2718 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2719 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2721 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2723 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2724 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2725 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2726 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2727 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2728 else the global value will be modified.
2730 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2732 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2733 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2734 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2735 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2736 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2737 else the global value will be modified.
2739 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2741 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2742 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2743 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2745 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2747 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2748 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2749 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2750 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2752 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2753 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2754 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2755 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2756 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2757 before scanning it.
2759 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2760 that already has a `.elc' file.
2762 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2763 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2765 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2766 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2767 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2768 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2769 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2770 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2772 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2774 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2775 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2776 Print the result in the echo area.
2777 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2781 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2782 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2783 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2785 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2787 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2788 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2789 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2790 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2791 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2792 all functions called by those functions.
2794 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2795 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2796 cons, etc.).
2798 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2799 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2800 invoked interactively.
2802 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2804 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2805 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2806 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2807 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2809 \(fn)" nil nil)
2811 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2812 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2813 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2814 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2815 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2816 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2817 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2818 already up-to-date.
2820 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2822 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2823 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2824 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2825 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2827 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2828 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2829 and corresponding effects.
2831 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2833 ;;;***
2835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (20244
2836 ;;;;;; 35516))
2837 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2839 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2841 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2843 ;;;***
2845 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (20244 35516))
2846 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2848 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2850 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2852 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2854 ;;;***
2856 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2857 ;;;;;; (20290 33419))
2858 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2860 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2861 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2862 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2863 from the cursor position.
2865 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2867 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2869 ;;;***
2871 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2872 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2873 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch) "calc" "calc/calc.el" (20412
2874 ;;;;;; 11425))
2875 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2876 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2878 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2879 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2881 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2883 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2884 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2886 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2888 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2889 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2891 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2893 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2894 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2896 \(fn)" t nil)
2898 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2899 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2900 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2901 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2903 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2905 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2906 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2907 This is most useful in the X window system.
2908 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2909 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2911 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2913 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2914 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2915 See calc-keypad for details.
2917 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2919 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2920 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2922 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2924 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2925 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2927 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2929 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2930 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2932 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2934 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2935 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2936 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2938 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2940 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2941 Define Calc function.
2943 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2944 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2945 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2947 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2948 actual Lisp function name.
2950 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2952 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2954 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2956 ;;;***
2958 ;;;### (autoloads (calc-undo) "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (20244
2959 ;;;;;; 35516))
2960 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2962 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2965 \(fn N)" t nil)
2967 ;;;***
2969 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (20428
2970 ;;;;;; 57510))
2971 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2973 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2974 Run the Emacs calculator.
2975 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2977 \(fn)" t nil)
2979 ;;;***
2981 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (20452
2982 ;;;;;; 43334))
2983 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2985 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2986 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2987 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2988 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2989 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2990 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2992 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2993 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2994 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2995 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
2996 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
2997 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
2998 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
2999 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3000 window.
3002 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3003 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3005 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3006 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3007 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3008 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3009 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3010 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3012 Runs the following hooks:
3014 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3015 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3016 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3017 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3019 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
3021 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3023 ;;;***
3025 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3026 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (20244 35516))
3027 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3029 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3030 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3032 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3034 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3035 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3036 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3037 it fails.
3039 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3041 ;;;***
3043 ;;;### (autoloads (capitalized-words-mode) "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el"
3044 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
3045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3047 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3048 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3049 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3050 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3051 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3053 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3054 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3055 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3056 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3057 restriction to ASCII.
3059 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3061 capitalizedWorDD
3062 ^ ^ ^^
3064 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3065 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3066 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3068 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3069 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3070 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3071 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3072 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3073 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3074 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3076 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3077 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3079 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3081 ;;;***
3083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (20244
3084 ;;;;;; 35516))
3085 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3086 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3088 ;;;***
3090 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3091 ;;;;;; (20373 41604))
3092 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3094 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3095 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3097 \(fn)" nil nil)
3099 ;;;***
3101 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-install c-guess-region-no-install c-guess-region
3102 ;;;;;; c-guess-buffer-no-install c-guess-buffer c-guess-no-install
3103 ;;;;;; c-guess) "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (20276 3849))
3104 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3106 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3107 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3109 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3110 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3112 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3113 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3115 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3117 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3118 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3119 made from scratch.
3121 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3123 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3124 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3126 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3127 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3128 made from scratch.
3130 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3132 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3133 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3135 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3137 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3138 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3139 made from scratch.
3141 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3143 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3144 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3146 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3147 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3148 made from scratch.
3150 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3152 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3153 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3155 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3157 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3158 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3159 made from scratch.
3161 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3163 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3164 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3166 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3167 variables are guessed:
3169 * `c-basic-offset', and
3170 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3171 `c-offsets-alist'.
3173 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3174 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3176 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3177 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3179 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3180 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3181 guess is made from scratch.
3183 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3184 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3186 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3188 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3189 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3190 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3191 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3193 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3194 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3195 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3197 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3199 ;;;***
3201 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode
3202 ;;;;;; c++-mode c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3203 ;;;;;; (20419 46656))
3204 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3206 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3207 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3208 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3209 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3210 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3211 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3212 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3214 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3216 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3217 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3218 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3219 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3220 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3221 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3222 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3223 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3224 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3225 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3227 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3228 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3229 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3230 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3231 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3232 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3234 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3236 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3237 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3239 Key bindings:
3240 \\{c-mode-map}
3242 \(fn)" t nil)
3244 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3245 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3247 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3248 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3249 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3250 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3251 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3252 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3253 message.
3255 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3257 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3258 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3260 Key bindings:
3261 \\{c++-mode-map}
3263 \(fn)" t nil)
3265 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3266 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3267 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3269 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3270 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3271 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3272 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3273 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3274 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3275 message.
3277 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3279 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3280 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3282 Key bindings:
3283 \\{objc-mode-map}
3285 \(fn)" t nil)
3287 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3288 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3289 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3291 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3292 Major mode for editing Java code.
3293 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3294 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3295 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3296 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3297 message.
3299 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3301 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3302 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3304 Key bindings:
3305 \\{java-mode-map}
3307 \(fn)" t nil)
3309 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3310 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3311 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3313 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3314 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3315 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3316 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3317 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3318 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3319 message.
3321 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3323 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3324 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3326 Key bindings:
3327 \\{idl-mode-map}
3329 \(fn)" t nil)
3331 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3332 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3333 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3334 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3336 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3337 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3338 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3339 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3340 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3341 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3342 message.
3344 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3346 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3347 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3349 Key bindings:
3350 \\{pike-mode-map}
3352 \(fn)" t nil)
3353 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3354 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3355 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3356 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3357 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3358 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3360 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3361 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3362 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3363 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3364 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3365 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3367 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3369 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3370 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3372 Key bindings:
3373 \\{awk-mode-map}
3375 \(fn)" t nil)
3377 ;;;***
3379 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3380 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (20244 35516))
3381 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3383 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3384 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3385 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3386 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3388 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3390 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3391 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3392 might get set too.
3394 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3395 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3396 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3397 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3398 way.
3400 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3401 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3402 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3403 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3404 a null operation.
3406 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3408 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3409 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3410 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3411 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3413 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3415 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3416 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3417 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3419 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3421 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3422 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3423 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3424 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3425 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3427 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3429 ;;;***
3431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (20290 33419))
3432 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3433 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3434 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3435 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3437 ;;;***
3439 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3440 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3441 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
3442 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3444 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3445 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3447 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3449 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3450 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3452 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3454 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3455 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3457 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3458 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3459 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3460 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3461 execution.
3463 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3465 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3467 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3468 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3470 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3471 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3472 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3473 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3475 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3476 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3477 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3478 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3479 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3480 `write' commands.
3482 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3483 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3484 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3485 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3487 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3488 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3489 semantics.
3491 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3493 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3495 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3497 STATEMENT :=
3498 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3499 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3501 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3502 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3503 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3504 | integer
3506 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3508 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3509 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3510 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3512 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3513 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3514 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3516 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3517 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3519 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3520 BREAK := (break)
3522 REPEAT :=
3523 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3524 (repeat)
3525 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3526 ;; (repeat))
3527 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3528 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3529 ;; (read REG)
3530 ;; (repeat))
3531 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3532 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3533 ;; (read REG)
3534 ;; (repeat))
3535 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3537 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3538 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3539 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3540 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3541 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3542 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3543 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3544 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3545 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3546 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3547 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3548 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3549 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3550 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3551 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3552 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3554 WRITE :=
3555 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3556 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3557 ;; representation.
3558 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3559 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3560 ;; (write r7))
3561 | (write EXPRESSION)
3562 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3563 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3564 ;; representation.
3565 | (write integer)
3566 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3567 ;; buffer.
3568 | (write string)
3569 ;; Same as: (write string)
3570 | string
3571 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3572 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3573 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3574 ;; representation.
3575 | (write REG ARRAY)
3576 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3577 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3578 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3579 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3580 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3581 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3583 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3584 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3586 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3587 END := (end)
3589 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3590 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3591 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3593 ARG := REG | integer
3595 OPERATOR :=
3596 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3597 + | - | * | / | %
3599 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3600 | & | `|' | ^
3602 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3603 | << | >>
3605 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3606 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3607 | <8
3609 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3610 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3611 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3612 | >8
3614 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3615 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3616 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3617 | //
3619 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3620 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3622 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3623 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3624 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3625 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3626 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3627 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3628 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3629 | de-sjis
3631 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3632 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3633 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3634 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3635 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3636 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3637 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3638 ;; byte of SJIS.
3639 | en-sjis
3641 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3642 ;; Same meaning as C code
3643 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3645 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3646 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3647 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3648 | <8=
3650 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3651 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3652 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3654 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3655 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3656 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3657 | //=
3659 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3662 TRANSLATE :=
3663 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3664 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3665 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3666 LOOKUP :=
3667 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3668 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3669 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3670 MAP :=
3671 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3672 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3673 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3674 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3675 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3676 MAP-ID := integer
3678 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3680 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3682 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3683 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3684 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3685 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3686 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3687 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3689 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3691 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3692 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3693 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3695 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3697 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3699 ;;;***
3701 ;;;### (autoloads (cconv-closure-convert) "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el"
3702 ;;;;;; (20452 43334))
3703 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3705 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3706 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3707 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3708 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3710 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3712 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3714 ;;;***
3716 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-auto-mode cfengine2-mode cfengine3-mode)
3717 ;;;;;; "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (20356 35090))
3718 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3720 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3721 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3722 There are no special keybindings by default.
3724 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3725 to the action header.
3727 \(fn)" t nil)
3729 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3730 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3731 There are no special keybindings by default.
3733 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3734 to the action header.
3736 \(fn)" t nil)
3738 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3739 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3740 on the buffer contents
3742 \(fn)" nil nil)
3744 ;;;***
3746 ;;;### (autoloads (check-declare-directory check-declare-file) "check-declare"
3747 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el" (20380 26775))
3748 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3750 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3751 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3752 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3754 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3756 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3757 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3758 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3760 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3762 ;;;***
3764 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
3765 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
3766 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
3767 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
3768 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
3769 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
3770 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
3771 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3772 ;;;;;; "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (20412 11425))
3773 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3774 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3775 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3776 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3777 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
3778 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3780 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3783 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3785 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3786 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3787 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3788 the users will view as each check is completed.
3790 \(fn)" t nil)
3792 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3793 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3794 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3795 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3796 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3797 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3798 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3799 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3801 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3803 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3804 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3805 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3806 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3807 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3808 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3809 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3810 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3812 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3814 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3815 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3816 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3817 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3818 spacing are all verified.
3820 \(fn)" t nil)
3822 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3823 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3824 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3825 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3826 otherwise stop after the first error.
3828 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3830 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3831 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3832 Only documentation strings are checked.
3833 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3834 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3835 a separate buffer.
3837 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3839 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3840 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3841 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3842 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3843 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3845 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3847 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3848 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3849 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3850 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3851 if there is one.
3853 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3855 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3856 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3857 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3858 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3859 if there is one.
3860 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3862 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3864 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3865 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3866 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3868 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3870 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3871 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3872 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3873 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3874 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3876 \(fn)" t nil)
3878 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3879 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3880 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3881 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3882 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3883 space at the end of each line.
3885 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3887 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3888 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3889 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3890 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
3892 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3894 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3895 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3896 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3897 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3899 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3901 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3902 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3903 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3904 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3906 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3908 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3909 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3910 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3911 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3913 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3915 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3916 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3917 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3918 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3920 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3922 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3923 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3924 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3925 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3927 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3929 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3930 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3931 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3932 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3934 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3936 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3937 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3938 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3939 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3941 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3943 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3944 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3945 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3946 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3948 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3950 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3951 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3952 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3953 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3954 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3956 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3957 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3958 checking of documentation strings.
3960 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3962 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3964 ;;;***
3966 ;;;### (autoloads (pre-write-encode-hz post-read-decode-hz encode-hz-buffer
3967 ;;;;;; encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer decode-hz-region) "china-util"
3968 ;;;;;; "language/china-util.el" (20244 35516))
3969 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3971 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3972 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3973 Return the length of resulting text.
3975 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3977 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3978 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3980 \(fn)" t nil)
3982 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3983 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3984 Return the length of resulting text.
3986 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3988 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3989 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3991 \(fn)" t nil)
3993 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3996 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3998 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4001 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4003 ;;;***
4005 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4006 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (20244 35516))
4007 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4009 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4010 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4011 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4012 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4013 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4014 editing and the result is evaluated.
4016 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4018 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4019 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4020 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4021 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4022 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4024 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4026 \(fn)" t nil)
4028 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4029 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4030 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4031 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4032 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4034 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4035 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4036 \\{command-history-map}
4038 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4039 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4041 \(fn)" t nil)
4043 ;;;***
4045 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4046 ;;;;;; (20290 33419))
4047 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4049 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4050 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4051 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4052 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4053 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4054 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4055 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4056 of this function.
4058 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4059 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4060 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4061 property are:
4063 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4064 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4066 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4067 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4068 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4069 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4070 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4071 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4072 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4073 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4074 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4075 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4076 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4077 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4079 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4080 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4081 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4083 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4084 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4085 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4086 list elements are:
4088 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4090 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4092 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4094 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4095 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4097 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4098 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4100 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4101 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4102 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4103 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4104 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4105 value specified by their associated list element.
4107 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4109 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4110 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4111 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4113 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4114 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4115 * indent the first argument by 4.
4116 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4117 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4118 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4120 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4122 ;;;***
4124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (20452 55920))
4125 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4127 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.2")
4129 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4130 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4131 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4132 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4133 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4134 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4136 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4137 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4139 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4141 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4143 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4145 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4147 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4149 ;;;***
4151 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4152 ;;;;;; (20356 35090))
4153 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4155 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4156 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4157 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4158 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4160 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4161 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4162 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4163 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4165 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4166 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4168 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4170 ;;;***
4172 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (20244
4173 ;;;;;; 35516))
4174 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4176 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4177 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4178 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4179 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4180 of `scheme-program-name').
4181 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4182 it is given as initial input.
4183 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4184 discards input when it starts up.
4185 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4186 is run).
4187 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4189 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4191 ;;;***
4193 ;;;### (autoloads (color-name-to-rgb) "color" "color.el" (20356 19083))
4194 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4196 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4197 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4198 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4199 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4201 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4202 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4204 Optional arg FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4205 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4206 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4208 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4210 ;;;***
4212 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4213 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4214 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4215 ;;;;;; (20420 52684))
4216 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4218 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4219 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4220 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4221 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4222 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4223 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4224 functions have already modified the buffer.
4226 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4228 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4229 either globally or locally.")
4231 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4232 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4233 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4234 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4236 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4237 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4238 `start-file-process'
4239 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4240 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4241 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4243 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4244 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4246 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4248 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4250 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4252 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4253 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4254 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4255 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4256 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4257 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4258 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4259 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4260 process as its initial input.
4262 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4264 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4266 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4268 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4269 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4270 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4271 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4272 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4273 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4275 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4277 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4278 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4279 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4280 directory tracking functions.")
4282 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4283 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4284 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4286 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4288 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4290 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4291 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4292 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4294 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4296 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4298 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4299 Send COMMAND to current process.
4300 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4301 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4303 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4305 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4306 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4307 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4308 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4310 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4312 ;;;***
4314 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el"
4315 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
4316 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4318 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4319 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4320 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4321 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4323 This command pushes the mark in each window
4324 at the prior location of point in that window.
4325 If both windows display the same buffer,
4326 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4327 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4329 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4330 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4331 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4332 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4333 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4334 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4335 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4336 ignored.
4338 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4339 this command work in interlaced mode:
4340 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4341 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4342 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4344 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4346 ;;;***
4348 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4349 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4350 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4351 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-start-hook
4352 ;;;;;; compilation-mode-hook) "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (20428
4353 ;;;;;; 57510))
4354 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4356 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4357 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4359 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4361 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4362 List of hook functions run by `compilation-start' on the compilation process.
4363 \(See `run-hook-with-args').
4364 If you use \"omake -P\" and do not want \\[save-buffers-kill-terminal] to ask whether you want
4365 the compilation to be killed, you can use this hook:
4366 (add-hook 'compilation-start-hook
4367 (lambda (process) (set-process-query-on-exit-flag process nil)) nil t)")
4369 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4371 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4372 Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4374 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4376 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4377 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4378 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4379 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4380 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4382 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4383 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4384 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4385 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4386 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4388 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4389 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4390 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4391 describing how the process finished.")
4393 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4394 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4395 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4396 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4397 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4399 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4400 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4401 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4403 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4405 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4406 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4407 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4408 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4410 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4412 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4413 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4415 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4416 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4418 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4419 (lambda ()
4420 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4421 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4422 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4423 (concat \"make -k \"
4424 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4426 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4427 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4429 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4430 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4431 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4432 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4434 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4436 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4437 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4438 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4439 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4441 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4442 and move to the source code that caused it.
4444 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4445 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4447 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4448 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4449 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4450 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4452 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4453 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4454 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4455 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4457 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4458 kills its subprocesses.
4460 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4461 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4462 to a function that generates a unique name.
4464 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4466 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4467 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4468 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4469 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4471 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4472 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4474 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4475 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4476 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4477 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4479 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4480 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4481 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4483 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4485 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4487 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4488 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4489 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4490 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4491 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4493 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4495 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4497 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4499 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4501 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4502 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4503 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4504 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4505 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4507 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4508 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4509 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4510 See `compilation-mode'.
4512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4514 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4515 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4516 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4517 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4518 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4520 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4521 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4522 `compilation-mode'.
4524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4526 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4527 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4528 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4530 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4532 ;;;***
4534 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4535 ;;;;;; (20412 11425))
4536 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4538 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4539 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4540 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4541 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4542 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4543 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4545 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4547 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4548 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4549 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4550 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4551 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4555 ;;;***
4557 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
4558 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
4559 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
4560 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
4561 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4563 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4564 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4565 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4566 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4567 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4568 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4569 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4571 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4572 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4573 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4575 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4576 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4577 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4579 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4580 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4581 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4582 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4584 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4585 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4586 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4587 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4588 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4589 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4590 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4592 \\{conf-mode-map}
4594 \(fn)" t nil)
4596 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4597 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4598 Comments start with `#'.
4599 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4601 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4603 \[Desktop Entry]
4604 Encoding=UTF-8
4605 Name=The GIMP
4606 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4607 Name[cs]=GIMP
4609 \(fn)" t nil)
4611 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4612 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4613 Comments start with `;'.
4614 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4616 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4618 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4619 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4620 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4622 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4623 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4625 \(fn)" t nil)
4627 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4628 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4629 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4630 between `/*' and `*/'.
4631 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4633 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4634 // another kind of comment
4635 /* yet another */
4637 name:value
4638 name=value
4639 name value
4640 x.1 =
4641 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4642 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4644 \(fn)" t nil)
4646 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4647 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4648 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4649 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4650 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4651 `conf-space-keywords'.
4652 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4653 in an interactive fashion instead.
4655 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4657 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4659 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4660 image/png png
4661 image/tiff tiff tif
4663 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4664 class desktop
4665 # Standard multimedia devices
4666 add /dev/audio desktop
4667 add /dev/mixer desktop
4669 \(fn)" t nil)
4671 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4672 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4673 See `conf-space-mode'.
4675 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4677 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4678 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4679 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4680 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4682 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4684 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4685 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4687 \(fn)" t nil)
4689 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4690 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4691 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4692 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4694 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4696 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4697 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4699 \(fn)" t nil)
4701 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4702 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4703 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4704 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4706 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4708 *background: gray99
4709 *foreground: black
4711 \(fn)" t nil)
4713 ;;;***
4715 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
4716 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (20373 41604))
4717 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4719 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4720 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4721 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4722 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4724 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4726 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4727 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4728 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4729 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4731 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4733 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4734 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4735 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4736 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4738 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4740 (autoload 'shuffle-vector "cookie1" "\
4741 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
4743 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
4745 ;;;***
4747 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright-update-directory copyright copyright-fix-years
4748 ;;;;;; copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (20412
4749 ;;;;;; 11425))
4750 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4751 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4752 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4753 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4755 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4756 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4757 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4758 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4759 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4760 following the copyright are updated as well.
4761 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4762 interactively.
4764 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4766 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4767 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4768 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4769 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4770 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4772 \(fn)" t nil)
4774 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4775 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4777 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4779 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4780 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4781 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4783 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4785 ;;;***
4787 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
4788 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (20451 20950))
4789 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4790 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4791 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4792 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4793 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4794 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4795 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4796 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4798 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4799 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4800 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4801 Tab indents for Perl code.
4802 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4803 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4805 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4806 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4807 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4808 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4809 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4810 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4811 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4812 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4813 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4814 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4815 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4816 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4818 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4820 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4821 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4823 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4825 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4826 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4827 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
4828 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4829 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4830 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4831 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4832 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4833 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4835 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4837 bite if angry;
4839 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4840 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4841 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4842 to nil.)
4844 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4845 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4846 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4848 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4850 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4851 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4852 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4853 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4854 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4856 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4858 if (A) { B }
4860 into
4862 B if A;
4864 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4866 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4867 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4868 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4869 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4870 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4871 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4872 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4873 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4874 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4875 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4876 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4877 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4878 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4880 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4881 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4882 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4883 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4884 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4885 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4887 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4888 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4889 man via menu.
4891 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4892 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4893 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4894 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4895 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4897 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4898 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4899 span the needed amount of lines.
4901 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4902 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4903 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4904 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4906 Variables controlling indentation style:
4907 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4908 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4909 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4910 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4911 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4912 `cperl-auto-newline'
4913 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4914 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4915 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4916 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4917 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4918 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4919 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4920 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4921 `cperl-indent-level'
4922 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4923 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4924 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4925 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4926 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4927 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4928 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4929 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4930 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4931 `cperl-brace-offset'
4932 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4933 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4934 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4935 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4936 `cperl-label-offset'
4937 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4938 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4939 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4941 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4942 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4943 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4944 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4945 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4946 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4948 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4949 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4950 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4951 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4953 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4954 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4955 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4956 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4957 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4958 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4959 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4961 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4962 column 0 is indented on
4963 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4965 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4966 with no args.
4968 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4969 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4970 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4972 \(fn)" t nil)
4974 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4975 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4977 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4979 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4980 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4982 \(fn)" t nil)
4984 ;;;***
4986 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
4987 ;;;;;; (20356 35090))
4988 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4990 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4991 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4992 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4993 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4994 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4996 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4998 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4999 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5001 \(fn)" t nil)
5003 ;;;***
5005 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5006 ;;;;;; (20428 57510))
5007 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5009 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5010 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5011 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5012 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5014 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5015 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5017 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5019 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5020 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5021 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5022 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5023 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5027 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5029 ;;;***
5031 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5032 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
5033 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5035 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5036 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5037 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5038 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5040 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5041 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5042 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5043 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5045 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5046 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5047 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5049 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5050 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5051 'bob', and 'eve'.
5053 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5054 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5055 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5057 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5059 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5060 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5061 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5063 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5065 ;;;***
5067 ;;;### (autoloads (css-mode) "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (20244
5068 ;;;;;; 35516))
5069 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5071 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5072 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5074 \(fn)" t nil)
5076 ;;;***
5078 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5079 ;;;;;; (20434 28080))
5080 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5082 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5083 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5084 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5085 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5086 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5087 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5089 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5091 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5092 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5093 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5094 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5095 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5097 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5098 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5099 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5100 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5101 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5102 normal function of these prefix keys.
5104 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5105 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5106 options:
5107 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5108 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5109 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5111 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5112 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5113 the prefix fallback behavior.
5115 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5116 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5117 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5118 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5122 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5123 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5125 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5127 ;;;***
5129 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5130 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5131 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5132 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5133 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5134 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5135 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5136 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-push-and-save customize-save-variable
5137 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically
5138 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically custom-browse-sort-alphabetically)
5139 ;;;;;; "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (20438 17064))
5140 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5142 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5143 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5145 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5147 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5148 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5150 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5152 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5153 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5155 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5157 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5158 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5160 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5161 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5163 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5164 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5166 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5168 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5170 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5171 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5172 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5174 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5175 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5177 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5178 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5180 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5181 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5183 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5185 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5187 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5188 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5189 Return VALUE.
5191 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5192 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5194 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5195 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5197 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5198 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5200 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5202 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5204 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5205 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5206 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5207 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5209 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5210 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5211 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5213 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5215 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5216 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5217 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5218 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5219 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5221 \(fn)" t nil)
5223 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5224 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5225 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5226 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5228 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5230 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5231 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5232 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5234 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5236 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5237 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5239 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5241 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5243 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5244 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5246 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5248 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5250 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5251 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5252 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5254 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5256 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5257 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5258 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5259 as part of Emacs itself.
5261 Each elements looks like this:
5263 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5265 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5266 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5267 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5268 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5269 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5270 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5271 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5272 and `defface'.
5274 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5276 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5277 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5278 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5279 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5280 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5282 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5283 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5284 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5285 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5287 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5289 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5290 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5291 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5292 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5293 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5294 release.
5296 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5297 that were added or redefined since that version.
5299 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5301 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5302 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5303 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5304 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5306 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5308 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5309 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5311 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5313 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5314 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5315 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5317 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5318 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5320 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5322 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5323 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5325 \(fn)" t nil)
5327 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5328 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5330 \(fn)" t nil)
5332 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5333 Customize all saved options and faces.
5335 \(fn)" t nil)
5337 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5338 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5339 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5340 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5341 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
5342 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5344 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5345 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5346 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5348 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5350 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5351 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5353 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5355 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5356 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5358 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5360 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5361 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5363 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5365 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5366 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5367 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5368 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5369 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5370 that option.
5372 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5374 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5375 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5376 The result includes selecting that window.
5377 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5378 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5379 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5380 that option.
5382 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5384 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5385 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5387 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5389 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5390 File used for storing customization information.
5391 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5392 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5393 it should be an absolute file name.
5395 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5396 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5397 something like the following in your init file:
5399 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5400 \(load custom-file)
5402 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5403 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5405 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5406 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5407 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5408 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5409 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5411 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5412 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5413 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5414 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5415 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5416 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5417 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5418 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5419 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5420 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5422 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5424 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5425 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5427 \(fn)" nil nil)
5429 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5430 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5432 \(fn)" t nil)
5434 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5435 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5436 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5438 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5440 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5441 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5442 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5443 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5444 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5446 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5448 ;;;***
5450 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-themes describe-theme custom-theme-visit-theme
5451 ;;;;;; customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (20336
5452 ;;;;;; 29137))
5453 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5455 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5456 Create or edit a custom theme.
5457 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5458 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5459 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5460 from the Custom save file.
5461 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5462 named *Custom Theme*.
5464 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5466 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5467 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5469 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5471 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5472 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5474 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5476 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5477 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5478 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5479 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5481 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5483 ;;;***
5485 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el"
5486 ;;;;;; (20356 35090))
5487 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5489 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5490 Mode used for cvs status output.
5492 \(fn)" t nil)
5494 ;;;***
5496 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
5497 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (20446 34252))
5498 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5500 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5501 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5503 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5505 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5506 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5507 C++ modes are included.
5509 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5510 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5511 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5513 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5515 (autoload 'turn-on-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5516 Turn on CWarn mode.
5518 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
5519 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
5521 \(fn)" nil nil)
5523 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5524 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5525 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5526 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5527 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5528 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5530 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5532 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5533 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5534 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5535 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5536 ARG is omitted or nil.
5538 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5539 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5540 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5542 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5544 ;;;***
5546 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
5547 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
5548 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
5549 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5551 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5552 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5554 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5556 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5557 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5559 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5561 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5562 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5563 For readability, the table is slightly
5564 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5566 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5567 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5568 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5569 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5570 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5572 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5574 ;;;***
5576 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
5577 ;;;;;; (20412 11425))
5578 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5579 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5580 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5581 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5582 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5584 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5585 Completion on current word.
5586 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5587 and presents suggestions for completion.
5589 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5590 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5591 completions.
5593 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5594 then it searches *all* buffers.
5596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5598 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5599 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5601 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5602 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5603 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5604 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5605 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5607 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5608 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5610 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5611 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5612 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5614 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5615 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5617 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5619 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5621 ;;;***
5623 ;;;### (autoloads (data-debug-new-buffer) "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el"
5624 ;;;;;; (20356 35090))
5625 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5627 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5628 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5630 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5632 ;;;***
5634 ;;;### (autoloads (dbus-handle-event) "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (20446
5635 ;;;;;; 34252))
5636 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5638 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5639 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5640 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5641 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5642 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5644 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5646 ;;;***
5648 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (20356
5649 ;;;;;; 35090))
5650 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5652 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5653 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5655 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5656 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5657 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5659 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5660 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5661 Data lines are not indented.
5663 Key bindings:
5665 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5666 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5668 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5669 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5670 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5671 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5673 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5675 dcl-basic-offset
5676 Extra indentation within blocks.
5678 dcl-continuation-offset
5679 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5681 dcl-margin-offset
5682 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5684 dcl-margin-label-offset
5685 Indentation for a label.
5687 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5688 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5690 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5691 dcl-block-end-regexp
5692 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5693 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5694 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5695 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5696 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5698 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5699 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5700 Two such functions are included in the package:
5701 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5702 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5704 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5705 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5706 One such function is included in the package:
5707 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5709 dcl-tab-always-indent
5710 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5711 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5712 margin.
5714 dcl-electric-characters
5715 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5716 typed.
5718 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5719 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5720 which words trigger electric indentation.
5722 dcl-tempo-comma
5723 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5724 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5725 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5727 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5728 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5729 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5730 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5732 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5733 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5734 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5735 dcl-imenu-label-call
5736 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5738 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5739 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5740 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5741 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5744 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5746 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5747 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5748 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5749 $ i = 1
5750 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5751 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5752 $ label:
5753 $ if i.eq.1
5754 $ then
5755 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5756 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5757 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5758 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5759 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5760 \"lined up with the command line\"
5761 $ type sys$input
5762 Data lines are not indented at all.
5763 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5764 $ endif
5768 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5769 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5771 \(fn)" t nil)
5773 ;;;***
5775 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
5776 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (20244 35516))
5777 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5779 (setq debugger 'debug)
5781 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5782 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5783 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5784 of the evaluator.
5786 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5787 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5788 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5790 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
5792 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5793 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5795 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5797 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5798 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5799 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5800 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5801 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5802 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5804 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5805 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5807 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5809 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5810 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5811 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5812 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5813 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5815 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5817 ;;;***
5819 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
5820 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
5821 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5823 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5824 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5826 \(fn)" t nil)
5828 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5829 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5830 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5831 Upper-case letters are commands.
5833 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5834 modify it.
5836 The most useful commands are:
5837 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5838 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5839 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5840 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5841 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5842 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5844 \(fn)" t nil)
5846 ;;;***
5848 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
5849 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (20244
5850 ;;;;;; 35516))
5851 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5853 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5854 Customization of `columns' group.
5856 \(fn)" t nil)
5858 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5859 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5861 START and END delimits the text region.
5863 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5865 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5866 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5868 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5870 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5872 ;;;***
5874 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (20356
5875 ;;;;;; 35090))
5876 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
5878 (autoload 'delphi-mode "delphi" "\
5879 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
5880 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line (or region, if Transient Mark mode
5881 is enabled and the region is active) of Delphi code.
5882 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
5883 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
5884 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
5886 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
5888 Customization:
5890 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
5891 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
5892 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
5893 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
5894 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
5895 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
5896 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
5897 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
5898 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5899 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
5900 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
5901 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
5902 blank line.
5903 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
5904 Directories to search when finding external units.
5905 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
5906 If true then Delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
5908 Coloring:
5910 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
5911 Face used to color Delphi comments.
5912 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
5913 Face used to color Delphi strings.
5914 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
5915 Face used to color Delphi keywords.
5916 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
5917 Face used to color everything else.
5919 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable `delphi-mode-hook'
5920 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5922 \(fn)" t nil)
5924 ;;;***
5926 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (20244
5927 ;;;;;; 35516))
5928 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5930 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5932 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5933 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5934 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5935 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5936 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5937 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5939 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5941 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5942 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5943 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5944 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5945 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5947 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
5948 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
5949 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
5950 any selection.
5952 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5954 ;;;***
5956 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
5957 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (20438 17064))
5958 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5960 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5961 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5963 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5965 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5966 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5967 or nil if there is no parent.
5968 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5969 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5970 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5971 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5972 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5974 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5975 arguments are currently understood:
5976 :group GROUP
5977 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5978 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5979 :syntax-table TABLE
5980 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5981 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5982 :abbrev-table TABLE
5983 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5984 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5986 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5988 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5990 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5991 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5992 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5994 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5995 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5997 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5998 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5999 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6001 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6002 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6004 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6005 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6007 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6009 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6011 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6013 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6014 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6015 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6016 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6017 the first time the mode is used.
6019 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6021 ;;;***
6023 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6024 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (20434 28080))
6025 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6027 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6028 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6029 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6030 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6031 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6032 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6033 otherwise.
6035 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6037 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6038 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6039 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6040 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6042 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6043 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6044 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6046 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6047 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6048 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6049 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6050 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6051 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6052 relevant to POS.
6054 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6056 ;;;***
6058 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6059 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6060 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6061 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (20451 20881))
6062 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6064 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6065 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6066 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6068 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6070 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6071 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6072 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is
6073 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6074 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6076 If Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6077 one session to another. See variable `desktop-save' and function
6078 `desktop-read' for details.
6080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6082 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6083 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6084 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6085 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6087 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6089 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6090 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6091 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6093 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6094 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6095 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6097 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6098 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6100 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6101 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6102 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6104 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6105 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6106 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6107 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6109 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6111 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6112 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6114 Handlers are called with argument list
6116 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6118 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6120 desktop-file-version
6121 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6122 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6123 desktop-buffer-point
6124 desktop-buffer-mark
6125 desktop-buffer-read-only
6126 desktop-buffer-locals
6128 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6129 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6131 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6132 code like
6134 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6136 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6137 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6139 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6141 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6143 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6144 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6145 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6146 List elements must have the form
6148 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6150 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6151 function.
6153 Handlers are called with argument list
6155 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6157 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6159 desktop-file-version
6160 desktop-buffer-file-name
6161 desktop-buffer-name
6162 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6163 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6164 desktop-buffer-point
6165 desktop-buffer-mark
6166 desktop-buffer-read-only
6167 desktop-buffer-misc
6169 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6170 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6171 created and set.
6173 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6174 code like
6176 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6178 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6179 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6181 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6183 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6185 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6187 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6188 Empty the Desktop.
6189 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6190 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6191 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6193 \(fn)" t nil)
6195 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6196 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6197 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6198 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6199 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6201 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE)" t nil)
6203 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6204 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6205 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6207 \(fn)" t nil)
6209 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6210 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6211 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6212 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6213 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6214 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6215 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6216 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6218 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6220 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6221 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6222 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6224 \(fn)" nil nil)
6226 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6227 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6228 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6229 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6230 directory DIRNAME.
6232 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6234 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6235 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6237 \(fn)" t nil)
6239 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6240 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6242 \(fn)" t nil)
6244 ;;;***
6246 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6247 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6248 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (20244 35516))
6249 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6251 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6252 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6253 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6254 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6255 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6256 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6258 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6260 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6261 Repair a broken attribution line.
6262 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6264 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6266 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6267 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6268 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6269 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6271 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6273 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6274 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6276 \(fn)" t nil)
6278 ;;;***
6280 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6281 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (20290 33419))
6282 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6284 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6285 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6286 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6287 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6288 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6292 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6293 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6294 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6295 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6297 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6298 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6299 since `emacs -script' does not load your `.emacs' file, you
6300 should ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6302 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6303 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6305 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6306 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6307 calendar-date-style 'european
6308 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6310 \(diary-mail-entries)
6312 # diary-rem.el ends here
6314 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6316 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6317 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6319 \(fn)" t nil)
6321 ;;;***
6323 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-buffer-with-file diff-backup diff diff-command
6324 ;;;;;; diff-switches) "diff" "vc/diff.el" (20380 26775))
6325 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6327 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6328 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6330 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6332 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6333 The command to use to run diff.")
6335 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6337 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6338 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6339 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6340 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6341 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6342 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6344 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6345 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6346 specified in `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6348 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6350 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6351 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6352 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6353 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6354 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6355 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6357 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6359 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6360 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6361 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6363 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6365 ;;;***
6367 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el"
6368 ;;;;;; (20415 57974))
6369 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6371 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6372 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6373 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6374 normal diffs.
6376 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6377 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6378 headers for you on-the-fly.
6380 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6381 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6382 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6384 \\{diff-mode-map}
6386 \(fn)" t nil)
6388 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6389 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6390 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6391 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6392 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6394 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6396 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6398 ;;;***
6400 ;;;### (autoloads (dig) "dig" "net/dig.el" (20244 35516))
6401 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6403 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6404 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6405 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6407 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6409 ;;;***
6411 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6412 ;;;;;; dired dired-listing-switches) "dired" "dired.el" (20452 43334))
6413 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6415 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6416 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6417 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6418 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6419 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6420 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6421 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6422 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6424 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6426 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6427 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6428 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6429 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6430 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6431 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6433 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6434 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6435 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6436 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6437 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6438 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6439 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6440 list of files to make directory entries for.
6441 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6442 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6443 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6445 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6447 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6448 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6450 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6451 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6453 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6454 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6456 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6457 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6459 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6461 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6462 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6464 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6466 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6467 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6468 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6469 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6470 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6471 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6472 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6473 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6474 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6475 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6476 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6477 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6478 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6479 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6480 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6481 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6482 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6483 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6484 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6485 to see why something went wrong.
6486 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6487 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6488 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6489 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6490 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6491 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
6492 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6493 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6494 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6495 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6496 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6497 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6498 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6500 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6501 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6502 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6503 again for the directory tree.
6505 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6506 for more info):
6508 `dired-listing-switches'
6509 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6510 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
6511 `dired-marker-char'
6512 `dired-del-marker'
6513 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6514 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6515 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6516 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6518 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6520 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6521 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6522 `dired-mode-hook'
6523 `dired-load-hook'
6525 Keybindings:
6526 \\{dired-mode-map}
6528 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6529 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6531 ;;;***
6533 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack dirtrack-mode) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el"
6534 ;;;;;; (20412 11425))
6535 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6537 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6538 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6539 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6540 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6541 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6543 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6544 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6545 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6547 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6548 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6549 directory.
6551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6553 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6554 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6555 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6556 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6557 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6558 from `default-directory'.
6560 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6562 ;;;***
6564 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (20432
6565 ;;;;;; 64735))
6566 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6568 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6569 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6570 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6571 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6572 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6573 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6575 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6577 ;;;***
6579 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
6580 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
6581 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
6582 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
6583 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
6584 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (20244 35516))
6585 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6587 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6588 Return a new, empty display table.
6590 \(fn)" nil nil)
6592 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6593 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6594 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6595 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6596 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6598 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6600 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6601 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6602 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6603 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6604 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6606 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6608 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6609 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6611 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6613 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6614 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6616 \(fn)" t nil)
6618 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6619 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6621 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6622 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6624 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6625 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6626 byte.
6628 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6629 in the default way after this call.
6631 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6633 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6634 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6636 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6638 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6639 Display character C using printable string S.
6641 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6643 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6644 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6645 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6646 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6648 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6650 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6651 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6652 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6653 X frame.
6655 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6657 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6658 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6660 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6662 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6663 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6665 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6667 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6668 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6670 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6672 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6673 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6675 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6677 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6678 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6680 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6682 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6683 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6685 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6686 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6688 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6689 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6691 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6692 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6693 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6694 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6696 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6697 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6698 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6699 in `.emacs'.
6701 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6703 ;;;***
6705 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
6706 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
6707 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6709 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6710 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6711 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6712 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6713 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6714 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6715 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6716 Default is 2.
6718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6720 ;;;***
6722 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (20244 35516))
6723 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6725 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6726 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6727 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6728 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6729 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6730 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6731 private or ask).
6732 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6733 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6734 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6735 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6736 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6738 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6740 ;;;***
6742 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
6743 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (20244 35516))
6744 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6746 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6747 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6748 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6749 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6750 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6751 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6752 table and its own syntax table.
6754 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6756 \(fn)" t nil)
6757 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6759 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6760 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6762 \(fn)" t nil)
6764 ;;;***
6766 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-view-bookmark-jump doc-view-minor-mode doc-view-mode-maybe
6767 ;;;;;; doc-view-mode doc-view-mode-p) "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (20377
6768 ;;;;;; 36640))
6769 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6771 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6772 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6773 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6774 OpenDocument format).
6776 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6778 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6779 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6781 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6782 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6784 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6785 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6786 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6788 \(fn)" t nil)
6790 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6791 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6792 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6793 to the next best mode.
6795 \(fn)" nil nil)
6797 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6798 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6799 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6800 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6801 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6803 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6807 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6810 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6812 ;;;***
6814 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (20446 34252))
6815 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6817 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6818 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6820 \(fn)" t nil)
6822 ;;;***
6824 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode) "double" "double.el" (20244 35516))
6825 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6827 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6828 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6829 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6830 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6831 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6833 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6834 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6838 ;;;***
6840 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (20244 35516))
6841 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6843 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6844 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6846 \(fn)" t nil)
6848 ;;;***
6850 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
6851 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
6852 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (20438 17064))
6853 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6855 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6857 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6858 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6859 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6860 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6861 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6863 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6864 Interactively with no prefix argument it toggles the mode.
6865 With a prefix argument, it enables the mode if the argument is
6866 positive and otherwise disables it. When called from Lisp, it
6867 enables the mode if the argument is omitted or nil, and toggles
6868 the mode if the argument is `toggle'. If DOC is nil this
6869 function adds a basic doc-string stating these facts.
6871 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6872 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6873 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6874 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6875 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6876 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6877 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6878 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6880 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6881 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6882 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6883 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6884 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6885 mode is global):
6887 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6888 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6889 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6890 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6891 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6892 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6893 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6894 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6895 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6896 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6897 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6898 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6899 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6900 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6901 named variable, or more generally anything that can be used
6902 with the CL macro `setf'. PLACE can also be of the form
6903 (GET . SET), where GET is an expression that returns the
6904 current state, and SET is a function that takes one argument,
6905 the new state, and sets it. If you specify a :variable,
6906 this function does not define a MODE variable (nor any of
6907 the terms used in :variable).
6908 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6909 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6911 For example, you could write
6912 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6913 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6914 ...BODY CODE...)
6916 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6918 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6920 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6922 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6924 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6925 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6926 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6927 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6928 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6929 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6930 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6931 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6932 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6933 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6934 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6935 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6937 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6938 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6939 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6940 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6941 call another major mode in their body.
6943 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6945 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6947 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6948 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6949 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6950 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6951 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6952 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6953 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6955 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6957 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6958 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6959 :inherit Parent keymap.
6960 :group Ignored.
6961 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6962 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6964 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6966 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6967 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6968 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6969 the constant's documentation.
6971 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6973 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6974 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6975 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6977 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6979 ;;;***
6981 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
6982 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (20438
6983 ;;;;;; 17064))
6984 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6986 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6987 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
6989 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
6990 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
6991 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
6993 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
6994 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
6996 :filter FUNCTION
6998 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
6999 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7001 :visible INCLUDE
7003 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7004 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7006 :active ENABLE
7008 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection whenever
7009 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
7011 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7013 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7015 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7017 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7018 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7020 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7021 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7023 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7025 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7027 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7029 :keys KEYS
7031 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7032 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7033 computed automatically.
7034 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7036 :key-sequence KEYS
7038 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7039 menu item.
7040 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs's first display of
7041 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7042 keyboard equivalent.
7044 :active ENABLE
7046 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection whenever
7047 this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an alias for `:active'.
7049 :visible INCLUDE
7051 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7052 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7054 :label FORM
7056 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7057 value will be used for the menu entry's text label (the default is NAME).
7059 :suffix FORM
7061 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7062 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's label.
7064 :style STYLE
7066 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7067 defined:
7069 toggle: A checkbox.
7070 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7071 radio: A radio button.
7072 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7073 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7074 menu bar itself.
7075 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7077 :selected SELECTED
7079 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7080 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7082 :help HELP
7084 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7086 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7087 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7088 as a solid horizontal line.
7090 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7092 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7094 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7096 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7099 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7101 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7102 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7103 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7104 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7106 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7108 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7109 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7110 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7111 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7112 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7113 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7115 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7116 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7117 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7119 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7120 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7121 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7123 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7124 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7126 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7128 ;;;***
7130 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
7131 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
7132 ;;;;;; ebnf-find-style ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer
7133 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-file ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
7134 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-file ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer
7135 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-file ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
7136 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
7137 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (20373 41604))
7138 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7140 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7141 Customization for ebnf group.
7143 \(fn)" t nil)
7145 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7146 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7148 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7150 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7151 processed.
7153 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7155 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7157 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7158 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7160 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7161 killed after process termination.
7163 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7165 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7167 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7168 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7170 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7171 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7172 it to the printer.
7174 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7175 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7176 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7177 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7179 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7181 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7182 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7183 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7185 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7187 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7188 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7190 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7192 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7193 processed.
7195 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7197 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7199 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7200 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7202 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7203 killed after process termination.
7205 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7207 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7209 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7210 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7211 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7212 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7214 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7216 \(fn)" t nil)
7218 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7219 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7220 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7222 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7224 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7226 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7227 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7229 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7231 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7232 processed.
7234 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7236 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7238 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7239 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7241 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7242 killed after EPS generation.
7244 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7246 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7248 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7249 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7251 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7252 The EPS file name has the following form:
7254 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7256 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7257 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7259 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7260 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7261 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7262 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7263 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7265 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7266 files.
7268 \(fn)" t nil)
7270 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7271 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7273 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7274 The EPS file name has the following form:
7276 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7278 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7279 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7281 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7282 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7283 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7284 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7285 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7287 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7288 files.
7290 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7292 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7294 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7295 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7297 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7299 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7300 are processed.
7302 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7304 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7306 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7307 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7309 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7310 killed after syntax checking.
7312 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7314 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7316 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7317 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7319 \(fn)" t nil)
7321 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7322 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7324 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7326 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7327 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7329 \(fn)" nil nil)
7331 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7332 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7334 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7336 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7338 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7339 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7341 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7343 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7345 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7346 Delete style NAME.
7348 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7350 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7352 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7353 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7355 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7357 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7359 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7360 Set STYLE as the current style.
7362 Returns the old style symbol.
7364 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7366 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7368 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7369 Reset current style.
7371 Returns the old style symbol.
7373 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7375 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7377 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7378 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7380 Returns the old style symbol.
7382 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7384 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7386 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7388 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7389 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7391 Returns the old style symbol.
7393 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7395 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7397 \(fn)" t nil)
7399 ;;;***
7401 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
7402 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
7403 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
7404 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
7405 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
7406 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
7407 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
7408 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
7409 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
7410 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
7411 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (20434
7412 ;;;;;; 28080))
7413 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7415 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7416 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7417 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7418 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7419 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7420 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7422 Tree mode key bindings:
7423 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7425 \(fn)" t nil)
7427 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7428 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7430 \(fn)" t nil)
7432 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7433 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7435 \(fn)" t nil)
7437 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7438 View declaration of member at point.
7440 \(fn)" t nil)
7442 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7443 Find declaration of member at point.
7445 \(fn)" t nil)
7447 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7448 View definition of member at point.
7450 \(fn)" t nil)
7452 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7453 Find definition of member at point.
7455 \(fn)" t nil)
7457 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7458 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7460 \(fn)" t nil)
7462 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7463 View definition of member at point in other window.
7465 \(fn)" t nil)
7467 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7468 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7470 \(fn)" t nil)
7472 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7473 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7475 \(fn)" t nil)
7477 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7478 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7480 \(fn)" t nil)
7482 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7483 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7485 \(fn)" t nil)
7487 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7488 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7489 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7490 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7491 completion.
7493 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7495 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7496 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7497 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7498 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7500 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7502 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7503 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7504 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7505 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7507 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7509 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7510 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7511 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7513 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7515 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7516 Search for call sites of a member.
7517 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7518 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7519 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7520 looks like a function call to the member.
7522 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7524 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7525 Move backward in the position stack.
7526 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7528 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7530 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7531 Move forward in the position stack.
7532 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7534 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7536 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7537 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7539 \(fn)" t nil)
7541 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7542 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7544 \(fn)" t nil)
7546 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7547 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7548 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7549 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7551 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7553 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7554 Display statistics for a class tree.
7556 \(fn)" t nil)
7558 ;;;***
7560 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
7561 ;;;;;; (20438 17064))
7562 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7564 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7565 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7566 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7567 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7568 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7569 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7570 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7572 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7574 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7575 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7576 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7577 also has this effect.
7578 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7579 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7580 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7581 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7582 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7583 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7584 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7585 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7586 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7587 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7589 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7591 ;;;***
7593 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
7594 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (20244 35516))
7595 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7597 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7598 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7599 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7601 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7603 ;;;***
7605 ;;;### (autoloads (ecomplete-setup) "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el"
7606 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
7607 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7609 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7612 \(fn)" nil nil)
7614 ;;;***
7616 ;;;### (autoloads (global-ede-mode) "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (20244 35516))
7617 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7619 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7620 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7621 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7622 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7623 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7624 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7626 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7628 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7629 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7630 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7631 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7632 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7634 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7635 an EDE controlled project.
7637 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7639 ;;;***
7641 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
7642 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
7643 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (20446 34252))
7644 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7646 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7647 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7648 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7649 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7650 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7652 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7653 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7654 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7655 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7657 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7659 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7660 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7661 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7662 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7664 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7666 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7667 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7668 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7669 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7671 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7673 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7675 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7676 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7677 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7678 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7679 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7681 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7682 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7683 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7684 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7685 instrumented for Edebug.
7687 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7688 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7689 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7690 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7691 already is one.)
7693 \(fn)" t nil)
7695 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7696 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7698 \(fn)" t nil)
7700 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7701 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7703 \(fn)" t nil)
7705 ;;;***
7707 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
7708 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor
7709 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers
7710 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise
7711 ;;;;;; ediff-regions-wordwise ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise
7712 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directory-revisions
7713 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor ediff-merge-directories
7714 ;;;;;; ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions ediff-directories
7715 ;;;;;; ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup ediff-current-file
7716 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (20373 41604))
7717 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7719 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7720 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7722 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7724 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7725 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7727 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7729 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7731 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7733 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7734 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7735 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7736 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7738 \(fn)" t nil)
7740 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7741 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7742 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7743 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7745 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7747 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7748 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7750 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7752 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7754 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7755 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7757 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7759 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7761 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7762 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7763 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7764 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7766 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7768 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7770 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7771 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7772 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7773 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7775 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7777 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7779 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7780 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7781 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7782 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7784 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7786 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7788 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7789 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7790 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7791 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7793 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7795 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7797 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7798 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7799 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7800 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7801 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7802 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7804 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7806 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7807 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7808 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7809 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7811 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7813 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7815 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7816 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7817 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7818 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7820 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7822 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7824 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7826 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7827 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7828 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7829 follows:
7830 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7831 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7833 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7835 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7836 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7837 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7838 follows:
7839 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7840 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7842 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7844 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7845 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7846 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7847 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7848 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7850 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7852 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7853 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7854 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7855 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7856 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7857 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7859 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7861 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7863 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7864 Merge two files without ancestor.
7866 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7868 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7869 Merge two files with ancestor.
7871 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7873 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7875 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7876 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7878 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7880 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7881 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7883 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7885 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7886 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7887 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7888 buffer.
7890 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7892 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7893 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7894 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7895 buffer.
7897 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7899 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7900 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7901 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7902 and don't ask the user.
7903 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7904 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7906 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7908 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7909 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7910 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7911 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7912 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7913 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7914 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7915 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7917 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7919 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7921 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7923 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7924 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7925 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7926 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7927 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7929 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7931 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7933 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7934 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7935 When called interactively, displays the version.
7937 \(fn)" t nil)
7939 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7940 Display Ediff's manual.
7941 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7943 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7945 ;;;***
7947 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el"
7948 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
7949 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7951 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7954 \(fn)" t nil)
7956 ;;;***
7958 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el"
7959 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
7960 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7962 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7963 Display Ediff's registry.
7965 \(fn)" t nil)
7967 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7969 ;;;***
7971 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
7972 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (20318 5885))
7973 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7975 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7976 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7977 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7978 which see.
7980 \(fn)" t nil)
7982 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7983 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7984 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7985 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7987 \(fn)" t nil)
7989 ;;;***
7991 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
7992 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
7993 ;;;;;; (20438 17064))
7994 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7996 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7997 Edit a keyboard macro.
7998 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7999 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8000 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8001 its command name.
8002 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8004 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8006 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8007 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8009 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8011 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8012 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8014 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8016 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8017 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8018 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8019 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8020 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8021 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8023 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8024 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8025 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8026 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8028 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8030 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8031 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8032 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8033 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8034 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8035 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8037 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8039 ;;;***
8041 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8042 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (20448 36271))
8043 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8045 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8046 Set scroll margins.
8047 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8048 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8050 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8052 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8053 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8055 \(fn)" t nil)
8057 ;;;***
8059 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8060 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
8061 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8063 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8064 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8065 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8066 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8067 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8068 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8069 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8071 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8072 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8074 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8075 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8076 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8077 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8079 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8080 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8081 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8083 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8084 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8085 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8087 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8089 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8092 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8094 ;;;***
8096 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8097 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (20244 35516))
8098 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8100 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8101 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8103 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8105 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8106 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8107 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8108 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8109 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8111 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8112 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8113 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8114 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8115 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8116 expression point is on.
8118 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8120 (autoload 'turn-on-eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8121 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8123 \(fn)" t nil)
8125 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8126 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8127 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8128 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8129 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8130 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8131 arg list.
8133 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8134 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8135 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8136 effect.
8138 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8139 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8141 ;;;***
8143 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-layout-mode electric-pair-mode electric-indent-mode)
8144 ;;;;;; "electric" "electric.el" (20373 41604))
8145 ;;; Generated autoloads from electric.el
8147 (defvar electric-indent-chars '(10) "\
8148 Characters that should cause automatic reindentation.")
8150 (defvar electric-indent-mode nil "\
8151 Non-nil if Electric-Indent mode is enabled.
8152 See the command `electric-indent-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8153 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8154 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8155 or call the function `electric-indent-mode'.")
8157 (custom-autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" nil)
8159 (autoload 'electric-indent-mode "electric" "\
8160 Toggle on-the-fly reindentation (Electric Indent mode).
8161 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Indent mode if ARG is
8162 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8163 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8165 This is a global minor mode. When enabled, it reindents whenever
8166 the hook `electric-indent-functions' returns non-nil, or you
8167 insert a character from `electric-indent-chars'.
8169 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8171 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8172 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8173 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8174 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8175 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8176 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8178 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" nil)
8180 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "electric" "\
8181 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8182 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8183 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8184 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8186 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8187 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8188 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.)
8190 See options `electric-pair-pairs' and `electric-pair-skip-self'.
8192 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8194 (defvar electric-layout-mode nil "\
8195 Non-nil if Electric-Layout mode is enabled.
8196 See the command `electric-layout-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8197 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8198 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8199 or call the function `electric-layout-mode'.")
8201 (custom-autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" nil)
8203 (autoload 'electric-layout-mode "electric" "\
8204 Automatically insert newlines around some chars.
8205 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Layout mode if ARG is
8206 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8207 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8208 The variable `electric-layout-rules' says when and how to insert newlines.
8210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8212 ;;;***
8214 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (20244
8215 ;;;;;; 35516))
8216 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8218 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8219 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8221 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8222 an elided material again.
8224 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8228 ;;;***
8230 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize elint-defun elint-current-buffer
8231 ;;;;;; elint-directory elint-file) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
8232 ;;;;;; (20423 37562))
8233 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8235 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8236 Lint the file FILE.
8238 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8240 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8241 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8242 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8244 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8246 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8247 Lint the current buffer.
8248 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8250 \(fn)" t nil)
8252 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8253 Lint the function at point.
8254 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8256 \(fn)" t nil)
8258 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8259 Initialize elint.
8260 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8261 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8263 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8265 ;;;***
8267 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
8268 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (20244
8269 ;;;;;; 35516))
8270 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8272 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8273 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8274 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8276 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8278 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8279 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8280 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8281 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8283 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8285 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8286 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8287 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8289 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8291 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8293 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8294 Display current profiling results.
8295 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8296 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8297 displayed.
8299 \(fn)" t nil)
8301 ;;;***
8303 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-lock-mode) "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el"
8304 ;;;;;; (20412 11425))
8305 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8307 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8308 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8309 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8310 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8311 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8312 ARG is omitted or nil.
8314 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8315 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8316 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8317 used instead.
8319 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8321 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8322 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8323 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8325 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8329 ;;;***
8331 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs report-emacs-bug)
8332 ;;;;;; "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (20432 42254))
8333 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8335 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8336 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8337 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8339 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8341 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug-query-existing-bugs "emacsbug" "\
8342 Query for KEYWORDS at `report-emacs-bug-tracker-url', and return the result.
8343 The result is an alist with items of the form (URL SUBJECT NO).
8345 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
8347 ;;;***
8349 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
8350 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
8351 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
8352 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
8353 ;;;;;; "vc/emerge.el" (20356 35090))
8354 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8356 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8357 Run Emerge on two files.
8359 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8361 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8362 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8364 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8366 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8367 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8369 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8371 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8372 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8374 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8376 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8379 \(fn)" nil nil)
8381 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8384 \(fn)" nil nil)
8386 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8389 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8391 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8394 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8396 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8397 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8399 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8401 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8402 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8404 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8406 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8409 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8411 ;;;***
8413 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
8414 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (20276 3849))
8415 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8417 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8418 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8419 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8420 text/enriched format.
8422 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8423 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8424 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8426 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8428 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8429 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
8431 Commands:
8433 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8435 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8437 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8440 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8442 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8445 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8447 ;;;***
8449 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-insert-keys epa-export-keys epa-import-armor-in-region
8450 ;;;;;; epa-import-keys-region epa-import-keys epa-delete-keys epa-encrypt-region
8451 ;;;;;; epa-sign-region epa-verify-cleartext-in-region epa-verify-region
8452 ;;;;;; epa-decrypt-armor-in-region epa-decrypt-region epa-encrypt-file
8453 ;;;;;; epa-sign-file epa-verify-file epa-decrypt-file epa-select-keys
8454 ;;;;;; epa-list-secret-keys epa-list-keys) "epa" "epa.el" (20434
8455 ;;;;;; 28080))
8456 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8458 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8459 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8461 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8463 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8464 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8466 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8468 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8469 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8470 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8471 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8472 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8473 the keys are listed.
8474 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8476 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8478 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8479 Decrypt FILE.
8481 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8483 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8484 Verify FILE.
8486 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8488 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8489 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8491 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8493 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8494 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8496 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8498 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8499 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8501 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8502 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8503 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8504 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8506 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8507 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8508 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8509 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8510 should consider using the string based counterpart
8511 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8512 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8514 For example:
8516 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8517 (decode-coding-string
8518 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8519 'utf-8))
8521 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8523 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8524 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8526 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8527 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8529 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8531 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8532 Verify the current region between START and END.
8534 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8535 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8536 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8537 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8538 should consider using the string based counterpart
8539 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8540 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8542 For example:
8544 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8545 (decode-coding-string
8546 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8547 'utf-8))
8549 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8551 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8552 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8553 between START and END.
8555 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8556 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8558 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8560 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8561 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8563 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8564 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8565 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8566 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8567 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8568 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8570 For example:
8572 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8573 (epg-sign-string
8574 context
8575 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8577 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8579 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8580 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8582 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8583 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8584 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8585 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8586 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8587 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8589 For example:
8591 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8592 (epg-encrypt-string
8593 context
8594 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8595 nil))
8597 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8599 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8600 Delete selected KEYS.
8602 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8604 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8605 Import keys from FILE.
8607 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8609 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8610 Import keys from the region.
8612 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8614 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8615 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8616 between START and END.
8618 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8620 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8621 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8623 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8625 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8626 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8628 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8630 ;;;***
8632 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-dired-do-encrypt epa-dired-do-sign epa-dired-do-verify
8633 ;;;;;; epa-dired-do-decrypt) "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (20244 35516))
8634 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8636 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8637 Decrypt marked files.
8639 \(fn)" t nil)
8641 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8642 Verify marked files.
8644 \(fn)" t nil)
8646 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8647 Sign marked files.
8649 \(fn)" t nil)
8651 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8652 Encrypt marked files.
8654 \(fn)" t nil)
8656 ;;;***
8658 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-file-disable epa-file-enable epa-file-handler)
8659 ;;;;;; "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (20244 35516))
8660 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8662 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8665 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8667 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8670 \(fn)" t nil)
8672 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8675 \(fn)" t nil)
8677 ;;;***
8679 ;;;### (autoloads (epa-global-mail-mode epa-mail-import-keys epa-mail-encrypt
8680 ;;;;;; epa-mail-sign epa-mail-verify epa-mail-decrypt epa-mail-mode)
8681 ;;;;;; "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (20318 5885))
8682 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8684 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8685 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8686 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8687 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8688 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8690 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8692 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8693 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8694 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8696 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8698 \(fn)" t nil)
8700 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8701 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8702 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8704 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8706 \(fn)" t nil)
8708 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8709 Sign the current buffer.
8710 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8712 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8714 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8716 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8717 Encrypt the current buffer.
8718 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8720 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8722 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8724 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8725 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8726 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8728 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8730 \(fn)" t nil)
8732 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8733 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8734 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8735 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8736 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8737 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8739 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8741 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8742 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8743 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8744 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8745 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8749 ;;;***
8751 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-make-context) "epg" "epg.el" (20244 35516))
8752 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8754 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8755 Return a context object.
8757 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8759 ;;;***
8761 ;;;### (autoloads (epg-expand-group epg-check-configuration epg-configuration)
8762 ;;;;;; "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (20373 41604))
8763 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8765 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8766 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8768 \(fn)" nil nil)
8770 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8771 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8773 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8775 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8776 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8778 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8780 ;;;***
8782 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc-tls erc erc-select-read-args)
8783 ;;;;;; "erc" "erc/erc.el" (20446 34252))
8784 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8786 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8787 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8789 \(fn)" nil nil)
8791 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8792 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8793 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8795 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8797 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8798 (server (erc-compute-server))
8799 (port (erc-compute-port))
8800 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8801 password
8802 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8804 That is, if called with
8806 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8808 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8809 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8810 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8812 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8814 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8816 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8817 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8818 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8820 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8822 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8823 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8824 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8825 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8827 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8829 ;;;***
8831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (20356
8832 ;;;;;; 35090))
8833 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8834 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8836 ;;;***
8838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (20434 28080))
8839 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8840 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8842 ;;;***
8844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (20244 35516))
8845 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8846 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8848 ;;;***
8850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (20318 5885))
8851 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8852 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8854 ;;;***
8856 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
8857 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (20446 34252))
8858 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8859 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8861 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8862 Parser for /dcc command.
8863 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8864 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8865 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8867 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8869 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8870 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8872 \(fn)" nil nil)
8874 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8875 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8877 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8878 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8879 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8880 that subcommand.
8882 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8884 ;;;***
8886 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
8887 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
8888 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
8889 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
8890 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
8891 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8893 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8894 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8896 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8898 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8899 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8900 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8901 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8903 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8905 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8908 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8910 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8911 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8913 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8915 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8916 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8918 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8920 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8921 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8923 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8925 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8926 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8928 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8930 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8931 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8933 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8935 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8936 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8938 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8940 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8941 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8943 \(fn)" nil nil)
8945 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8946 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8948 \(fn)" nil nil)
8950 ;;;***
8952 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (20244
8953 ;;;;;; 35516))
8954 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8955 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8957 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8958 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8959 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8961 \(fn)" nil nil)
8963 ;;;***
8965 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
8966 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (20244 35516))
8967 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8968 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8970 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8971 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8972 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8973 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8974 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8975 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8976 system.
8978 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8980 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8983 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8985 ;;;***
8987 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
8988 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
8989 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8991 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8994 \(fn)" nil nil)
8996 ;;;***
8998 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (20356 35090))
8999 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9000 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9002 ;;;***
9004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (20244 35516))
9005 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9006 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9008 ;;;***
9010 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9011 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (20356 35090))
9012 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9013 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9015 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9016 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9017 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9018 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9019 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9020 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9022 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9024 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9025 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9026 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9027 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9029 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9030 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9031 automatically.
9033 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9034 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9036 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9038 ;;;***
9040 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9041 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9042 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9043 ;;;;;; (20434 28080))
9044 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9045 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9047 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9048 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9050 \(fn)" t nil)
9052 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9053 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9055 \(fn)" t nil)
9057 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9058 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9060 \(fn)" t nil)
9062 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9063 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9065 \(fn)" t nil)
9067 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9068 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9070 \(fn)" t nil)
9072 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9073 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9075 \(fn)" t nil)
9077 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9078 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9080 \(fn)" t nil)
9082 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9083 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9085 \(fn)" t nil)
9087 ;;;***
9089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (20244 35516))
9090 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9091 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9093 ;;;***
9095 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9096 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
9097 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9098 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9100 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9101 Show who's gone.
9103 \(fn)" nil nil)
9105 ;;;***
9107 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9108 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (20244 35516))
9109 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9111 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9112 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9113 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9114 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9116 \(fn)" nil nil)
9118 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9119 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9121 \(fn)" t nil)
9123 ;;;***
9125 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9126 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (20356 35090))
9127 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9128 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9130 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9131 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9132 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9133 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9135 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9137 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9140 \(fn)" nil nil)
9142 ;;;***
9144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (20244 35516))
9145 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9146 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9148 ;;;***
9150 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (20356
9151 ;;;;;; 35090))
9152 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9153 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9155 ;;;***
9157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (20244 35516))
9158 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9159 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9161 ;;;***
9163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (20244 35516))
9164 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9165 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9167 ;;;***
9169 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9170 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (20359 18671))
9171 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9172 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9174 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9175 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9177 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9179 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9180 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9181 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9183 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9185 ;;;***
9187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (20356 35090))
9188 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9189 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9191 ;;;***
9193 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9194 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
9195 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9197 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9198 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9199 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9201 \(fn)" t nil)
9203 ;;;***
9205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (20244
9206 ;;;;;; 35516))
9207 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9208 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9210 ;;;***
9212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (20434 28080))
9213 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9214 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9216 ;;;***
9218 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9219 ;;;;;; (20428 57510))
9220 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9222 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9223 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9224 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9226 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9228 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9229 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9230 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9231 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9232 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9234 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9235 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9236 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9237 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9239 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9240 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9242 ;;;***
9244 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9245 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (20356 35090))
9246 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9247 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9249 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9250 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9251 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9252 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9254 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9256 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9257 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9258 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9260 \(fn)" t nil)
9262 ;;;***
9264 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9265 ;;;;;; (20356 35090))
9266 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9267 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9269 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9270 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9272 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9274 ;;;***
9276 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-describe-test ert-run-tests-interactively
9277 ;;;;;; ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit ert-run-tests-batch ert-deftest)
9278 ;;;;;; "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (20356 35090))
9279 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9281 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9282 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9284 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9285 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9287 `should', `should-not' and `should-error' are useful for
9288 assertions in BODY.
9290 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9292 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9293 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9294 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9296 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9298 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9300 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9302 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9303 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9305 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9306 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9307 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9308 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9310 Returns the stats object.
9312 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9314 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9315 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9317 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9318 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9319 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9320 the tests).
9322 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9324 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9325 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9327 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9328 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9329 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9330 and how to display message.
9332 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9334 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9336 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9337 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9339 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9341 ;;;***
9343 ;;;### (autoloads (ert-kill-all-test-buffers) "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el"
9344 ;;;;;; (20373 41604))
9345 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9347 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9349 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9350 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9352 \(fn)" t nil)
9354 ;;;***
9356 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (20428
9357 ;;;;;; 57510))
9358 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9360 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9361 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9363 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9365 \(fn)" nil nil)
9367 ;;;***
9369 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-command-result eshell-command eshell) "eshell"
9370 ;;;;;; "eshell/eshell.el" (20373 41604))
9371 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9373 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9374 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9375 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9376 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9377 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9378 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9379 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9380 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9381 buffer selected (or created).
9383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9385 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9386 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9387 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9389 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9391 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9392 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9393 The result might be any Lisp object.
9394 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9395 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9396 corresponding to a successful execution.
9398 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9400 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9402 ;;;***
9404 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9405 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9406 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9407 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9408 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9409 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9410 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9411 ;;;;;; (20412 11425))
9412 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9414 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9415 File name of tags table.
9416 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9417 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9418 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9419 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9420 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9422 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9423 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9424 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9425 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9427 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9429 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9430 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9431 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9432 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9433 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9434 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9436 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9438 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9439 List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9440 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9441 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9442 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9443 `auto-compression-mode').")
9445 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9447 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9448 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9449 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9450 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9451 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9453 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9455 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9456 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9457 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9458 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9460 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9462 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9463 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9464 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9465 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9466 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9468 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9470 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9471 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9473 \(fn)" t nil)
9475 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9476 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9477 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9478 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9480 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9481 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9482 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9483 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9484 file the tag was in.
9486 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9488 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9489 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9490 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9491 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9492 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9493 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9494 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9495 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9496 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9498 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9500 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9501 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9502 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9503 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9504 without directory names.
9506 \(fn)" nil nil)
9507 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9508 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9509 (progn
9510 (load "etags")
9511 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9513 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9514 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9515 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9516 but does not select the buffer.
9517 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9519 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9520 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9521 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9522 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9523 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9525 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9527 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9528 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9529 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9531 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9533 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9535 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9536 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9537 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9538 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9540 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9541 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9542 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9543 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9544 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9546 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9548 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9549 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9550 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9552 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9554 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9555 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9557 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9558 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9559 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9560 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9561 around or before point.
9563 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9564 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9565 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9566 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9567 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9569 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9571 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9572 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9573 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9575 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9577 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9578 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9580 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9581 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9582 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9583 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9584 around or before point.
9586 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9587 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9588 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9589 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9590 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9592 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9594 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9595 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9596 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9598 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9600 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9601 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9603 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9604 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9605 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9607 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9608 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9609 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9610 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9611 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9613 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9615 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9616 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9617 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9619 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9621 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9622 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9623 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9625 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9626 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9628 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9629 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9630 where they were found.
9632 \(fn)" t nil)
9634 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9635 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9637 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9638 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9639 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9641 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9642 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9644 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9645 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9647 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9649 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9650 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9651 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9652 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9654 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9655 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9656 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9657 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9658 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9660 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9661 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9663 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9664 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9665 Stops when a match is found.
9666 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9668 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9669 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9670 restricted to these files.
9672 Aleso see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9674 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9676 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9677 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9678 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9679 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9680 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9681 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9682 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9683 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9685 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9686 produce the list of files to search.
9688 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9690 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9692 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9693 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9694 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9695 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9696 directory specification.
9698 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9700 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9701 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9703 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9705 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9706 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9707 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9708 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9710 \(fn)" t nil)
9712 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9713 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9714 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9715 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9716 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9718 \(fn)" t nil)
9720 ;;;***
9722 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-composition-function ethio-insert-ethio-space
9723 ;;;;;; ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
9724 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
9725 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
9726 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer
9727 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker ethio-sera-to-fidel-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer
9728 ;;;;;; setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el"
9729 ;;;;;; (20356 35090))
9730 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9732 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9735 \(fn)" nil nil)
9737 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9738 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9740 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9741 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9743 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9744 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9745 primary language.
9747 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9748 even if the buffer is read-only.
9750 See also the descriptions of the variables
9751 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9753 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9755 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9756 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9758 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9759 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9761 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9762 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9763 primary language.
9765 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9766 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9768 See also the descriptions of the variables
9769 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9771 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9773 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9774 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9775 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9776 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9778 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9780 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9781 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9782 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9783 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9785 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9786 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9787 primary language.
9789 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9790 buffer is read-only.
9792 See also the descriptions of the variables
9793 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9794 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9796 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9798 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9799 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9801 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9802 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9804 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9805 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9806 the primary language.
9808 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9809 buffer is read-only.
9811 See also the descriptions of the variables
9812 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9813 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9815 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9817 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9818 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9819 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9821 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9823 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9824 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9826 \(fn)" t nil)
9828 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9829 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9831 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9832 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9833 be 1, 2, or 3.
9835 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9836 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9837 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9839 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9841 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9843 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9844 This function is deprecated.
9846 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9848 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9849 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9851 \(fn)" t nil)
9853 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9854 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9856 \(fn)" t nil)
9858 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9859 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9861 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9862 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9864 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9865 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9867 \(fn)" nil nil)
9869 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9870 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9872 \(fn)" nil nil)
9874 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9875 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9877 \(fn)" nil nil)
9879 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9880 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9882 \(fn)" nil nil)
9884 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9885 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9886 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9888 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9890 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9893 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9895 ;;;***
9897 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
9898 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
9899 ;;;;;; (20428 57510))
9900 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9902 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9903 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9904 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9905 server for future sessions.
9907 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9909 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9910 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9911 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9913 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9915 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9916 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9917 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9919 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9921 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9922 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9923 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9924 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9925 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9926 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9927 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9928 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9929 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9930 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9931 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9932 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9934 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9936 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9937 Display a form to query the directory server.
9938 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9939 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9941 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9943 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9944 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9945 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9947 \(fn)" t nil)
9949 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9951 ;;;***
9953 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
9954 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
9955 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (20244 35516))
9956 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9958 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9959 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9961 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9963 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9964 Display URL and make it clickable.
9966 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9968 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9969 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9971 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9973 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9974 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9976 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9978 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9979 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9981 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9983 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9984 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9986 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9988 ;;;***
9990 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
9991 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (20244 35516))
9992 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9994 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9995 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9996 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9998 \(fn)" t nil)
10000 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10001 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10003 \(fn)" t nil)
10005 ;;;***
10007 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10008 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
10009 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10011 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10012 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10014 \(fn)" t nil)
10016 ;;;***
10018 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (20452
10019 ;;;;;; 43334))
10020 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10022 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10023 Create an empty ewoc.
10025 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10027 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10028 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10029 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10030 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10031 `insert-before-markers'.
10033 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10034 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10035 respectively, of the ewoc.
10037 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10038 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10039 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10041 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10043 ;;;***
10045 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10046 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10047 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10048 ;;;;;; (20356 35090))
10049 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10051 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10052 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10053 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10055 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10057 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10058 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10059 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10060 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10061 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10063 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10065 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10066 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10067 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10068 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10069 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10070 executable.
10072 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10074 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10075 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10076 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10078 \(fn)" t nil)
10080 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10081 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10082 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10083 file modes.
10085 \(fn)" nil nil)
10087 ;;;***
10089 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10090 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10091 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
10092 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10094 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10095 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10096 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10097 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10099 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10101 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10102 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10103 to generate such functions.
10105 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10106 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10107 beginning of the expanded text.
10109 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10110 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10111 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10112 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10114 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10116 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10118 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10119 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10120 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10122 \(fn)" nil nil)
10124 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10125 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10126 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10128 \(fn)" t nil)
10130 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10131 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10132 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10134 \(fn)" t nil)
10135 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10136 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10138 ;;;***
10140 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (20412 11425))
10141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10143 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10144 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10145 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10147 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10148 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10149 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10151 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10153 Key definitions:
10154 \\{f90-mode-map}
10156 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10158 `f90-do-indent'
10159 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10160 `f90-if-indent'
10161 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10162 `f90-type-indent'
10163 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10164 `f90-program-indent'
10165 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10166 (default 2).
10167 `f90-associate-indent'
10168 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10169 `f90-critical-indent'
10170 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10171 `f90-continuation-indent'
10172 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10173 `f90-comment-region'
10174 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10175 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10176 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10177 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10178 (default \"!\").
10179 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10180 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10181 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10182 `f90-break-delimiters'
10183 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10184 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10185 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10186 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10187 (default t).
10188 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10189 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10190 `f90-smart-end'
10191 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10192 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10193 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10194 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10195 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10196 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10197 `f90-leave-line-no'
10198 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10200 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10201 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10203 \(fn)" t nil)
10205 ;;;***
10207 ;;;### (autoloads (variable-pitch-mode buffer-face-toggle buffer-face-set
10208 ;;;;;; buffer-face-mode text-scale-adjust text-scale-decrease text-scale-increase
10209 ;;;;;; text-scale-set face-remap-set-base face-remap-reset-base
10210 ;;;;;; face-remap-add-relative) "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (20446
10211 ;;;;;; 34252))
10212 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10214 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10215 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10216 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10217 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10219 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10220 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10221 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10222 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10223 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10225 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10226 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10227 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10228 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10229 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10230 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10231 attributes.
10233 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10234 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10236 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10238 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10239 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10240 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10241 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10243 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10245 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10246 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10247 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10248 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10250 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10251 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10252 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10254 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10255 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10256 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10257 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10259 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10261 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10262 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10263 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10265 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10266 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10267 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10268 the same amount).
10270 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10272 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10273 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10274 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10276 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10277 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10278 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10279 will remove any scaling currently active.
10281 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10283 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10284 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10285 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10287 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10288 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10289 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10290 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10291 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10293 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10294 Increase or decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer.
10296 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10297 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10299 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10300 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10301 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10303 Then, continue to read input events and further adjust the face
10304 height as long as the input event read (with all modifiers removed)
10305 is one of the above.
10307 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10308 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10309 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10310 will remove any scaling currently active.
10312 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10313 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10314 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10315 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10316 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10318 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10320 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10321 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10322 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10323 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10324 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10325 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10329 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10330 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10331 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10332 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10333 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10334 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10335 `buffer-face-mode'.
10337 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10338 local, and sets it to FACE.
10340 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10342 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10343 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10344 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10345 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10346 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10347 `face' text property.
10349 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10350 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if buffer-face-mode is
10351 disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other face,
10352 then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10354 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10355 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10357 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10359 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10360 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10361 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10362 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10364 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10366 ;;;***
10368 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10369 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10370 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (20412 11425))
10371 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10373 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10374 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10375 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10376 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10378 \(fn)" nil nil)
10380 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10381 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10385 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10386 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10387 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10388 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10390 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10392 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10393 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10394 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10395 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10396 backup file names and the like).
10398 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10400 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10401 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10402 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10403 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10404 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10405 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10406 internally by feedmail):
10408 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10409 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10410 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10411 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10413 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10414 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10415 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10416 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10417 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10419 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10421 ;;;***
10423 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings ffap-guess-file-name-at-point dired-at-point
10424 ;;;;;; ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap"
10425 ;;;;;; "ffap.el" (20412 11425))
10426 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10428 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10429 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10430 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10431 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10432 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10433 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10434 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10436 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10438 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10439 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10440 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10441 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10442 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10443 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10444 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10446 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10448 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10450 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10451 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10452 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10453 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10454 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10455 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10457 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10459 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10460 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10461 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10462 Return value:
10463 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10464 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10465 * otherwise, nil
10467 \(fn E)" t nil)
10469 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10470 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10471 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10473 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10475 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10476 Try to get a file name at point.
10477 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10479 \(fn)" nil nil)
10481 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10482 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10484 \(fn)" t nil)
10486 ;;;***
10488 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10489 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10490 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10491 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (20244 35516))
10492 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10494 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10495 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10496 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10497 be added to the cache.
10499 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10501 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10502 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10503 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10504 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10505 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10507 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10509 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10510 Add FILE to the file cache.
10512 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10514 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10515 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10516 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10518 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10520 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10521 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10522 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10524 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10526 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10527 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10528 This function does not use any external programs.
10529 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10530 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10531 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10533 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10535 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10536 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10537 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10538 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10539 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10540 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10541 \(directories) is done.
10543 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10545 ;;;***
10547 ;;;### (autoloads (copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals
10548 ;;;;;; copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals delete-dir-local-variable
10549 ;;;;;; add-dir-local-variable delete-file-local-variable-prop-line
10550 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable-prop-line delete-file-local-variable
10551 ;;;;;; add-file-local-variable) "files-x" "files-x.el" (20356 35090))
10552 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10554 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10555 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10557 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10558 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10559 Local Variables list.
10561 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10562 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10563 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10565 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10567 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10568 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10570 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10572 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10573 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10575 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10576 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10577 the -*- line.
10579 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10580 then this function adds it.
10582 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10584 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10585 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10587 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10589 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10590 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10592 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10594 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10595 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10597 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10599 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10600 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10602 \(fn)" t nil)
10604 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10605 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10607 \(fn)" t nil)
10609 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10610 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10612 \(fn)" t nil)
10614 ;;;***
10616 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (20318
10617 ;;;;;; 5885))
10618 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10620 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10621 Filesets initialization.
10622 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10624 \(fn)" nil nil)
10626 ;;;***
10628 ;;;### (autoloads (find-cmd) "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (20244 35516))
10629 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10631 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10632 Initiate the building of a find command.
10633 For example:
10635 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10636 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10637 (mtime \"+1\"))
10638 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10640 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10641 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10643 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10645 ;;;***
10647 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired) "find-dired"
10648 ;;;;;; "find-dired.el" (20244 35516))
10649 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10651 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10652 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10653 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10655 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10657 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10658 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10660 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10662 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10663 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10664 and run dired on those files.
10665 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10666 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10668 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10670 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10672 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10673 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10674 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10676 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10677 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10679 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10680 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10682 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10684 ;;;***
10686 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
10687 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file ff-special-constructs)
10688 ;;;;;; "find-file" "find-file.el" (20412 11425))
10689 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10691 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10692 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10693 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10694 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10695 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10696 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10697 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10699 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10701 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10702 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10703 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10705 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10707 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10709 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10711 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10712 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10713 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10715 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10716 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10718 Variables of interest include:
10720 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10721 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10722 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10724 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10725 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10726 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10728 - `ff-ignore-include'
10729 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10731 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10732 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10734 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10735 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10737 - `ff-special-constructs'
10738 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10739 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10740 extracting the filename from that construct.
10742 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10743 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10745 - `ff-search-directories'
10746 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10747 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10749 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10750 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10752 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10753 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10755 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10756 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10758 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10759 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10761 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10762 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10764 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10766 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10767 Visit the file you click on.
10769 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10771 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10772 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10774 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10776 ;;;***
10778 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
10779 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
10780 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
10781 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
10782 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
10783 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
10784 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (20244 35516))
10785 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10787 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10788 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10789 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10791 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10793 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10794 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10795 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10796 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10798 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10799 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10800 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10801 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10803 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10805 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10806 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10808 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10809 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10810 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10811 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10813 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10814 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10815 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10817 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10818 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10819 in `load-path'.
10821 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10823 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10824 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10826 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10827 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10828 places point before the definition.
10829 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10831 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10832 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10833 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10835 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10837 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10838 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10840 See `find-function' for more details.
10842 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10844 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10845 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10847 See `find-function' for more details.
10849 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10851 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10852 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10854 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10855 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10856 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10858 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10859 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10861 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10863 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10864 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10866 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10867 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10868 places point before the definition.
10870 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10872 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10873 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10874 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10876 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10878 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10879 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10881 See `find-variable' for more details.
10883 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10885 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10886 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10888 See `find-variable' for more details.
10890 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10892 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10893 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10894 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10895 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10896 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10897 buffer nor display it.
10899 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10900 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10902 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10904 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10905 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10907 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10908 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10909 places point before the definition.
10911 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10913 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10914 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10915 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10917 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10919 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10920 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10921 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10923 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10925 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10926 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10928 \(fn)" t nil)
10930 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10931 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10933 \(fn)" t nil)
10935 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10936 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10938 \(fn)" nil nil)
10940 ;;;***
10942 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
10943 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (20244 35516))
10944 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10946 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10947 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10949 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10951 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10952 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10954 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10956 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10957 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
10959 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10961 ;;;***
10963 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
10964 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (20244 35516))
10965 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10967 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10968 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10970 \(fn)" t nil)
10972 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10973 Display FILE's commentary section.
10974 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10976 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10978 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10979 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10981 \(fn)" t nil)
10983 ;;;***
10985 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
10986 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (20244 35516))
10987 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10989 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10990 Toggle flow control handling.
10991 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10992 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10994 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10996 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10997 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10998 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10999 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11000 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11001 to get the effect of a C-q.
11003 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11005 ;;;***
11007 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11008 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
11009 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11011 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11014 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11016 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11019 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11021 ;;;***
11023 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-find-file-hook flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on
11024 ;;;;;; flymake-mode) "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (20434 28080))
11025 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11027 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11028 Toggle on-the-fly syntax checking.
11029 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11030 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11031 if ARG is omitted or nil.
11033 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11035 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11036 Turn flymake mode on.
11038 \(fn)" nil nil)
11040 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11041 Turn flymake mode off.
11043 \(fn)" nil nil)
11045 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11048 \(fn)" nil nil)
11050 ;;;***
11052 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11053 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11054 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (20434 28080))
11055 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11057 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11058 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11060 \(fn)" t nil)
11061 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11063 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11064 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11065 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11066 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11067 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11069 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11070 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11071 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11073 Bindings:
11074 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11075 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11076 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11077 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11079 Hooks:
11080 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11082 Remark:
11083 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11084 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11085 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11087 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11088 consider adding:
11089 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11090 in your .emacs file.
11092 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11093 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11097 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11098 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11100 \(fn)" nil nil)
11102 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11103 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11105 \(fn)" nil nil)
11107 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11108 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11110 \(fn)" nil nil)
11112 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11113 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11115 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11117 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11118 Flyspell whole buffer.
11120 \(fn)" t nil)
11122 ;;;***
11124 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11125 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11126 ;;;;;; (20412 11425))
11127 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11129 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11130 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11132 \(fn)" nil nil)
11134 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11135 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11137 \(fn)" nil nil)
11139 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11140 Toggle Follow mode.
11141 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11142 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11143 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11145 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11146 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11148 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11149 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11150 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11152 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11153 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11154 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11155 movement commands.
11157 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11158 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11159 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11160 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11161 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11162 mileage may vary).
11164 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11165 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11167 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11169 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11171 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11172 \\{follow-mode-map}
11174 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11176 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11177 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11179 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11180 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11181 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11182 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11183 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11184 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11186 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11187 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11188 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11192 ;;;***
11194 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (20412
11195 ;;;;;; 11425))
11196 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11198 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11199 Toggle Footnote mode.
11200 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11201 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11202 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11204 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11205 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11206 play around with the following keys:
11207 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11209 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11211 ;;;***
11213 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11214 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (20428 57510))
11215 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11217 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11218 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11220 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11221 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11222 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11223 C-c < forms-first-record <
11224 C-c > forms-last-record >
11225 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11226 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11227 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11228 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11229 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11230 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11231 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11232 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11233 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11234 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11236 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11238 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11239 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11241 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11243 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11244 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11246 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11248 ;;;***
11250 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode) "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el"
11251 ;;;;;; (20446 34252))
11252 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11254 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11255 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11256 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11258 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11259 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11261 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11263 Key definitions:
11264 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11266 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11268 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11269 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11270 `fortran-do-indent'
11271 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11272 `fortran-if-indent'
11273 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11274 `fortran-structure-indent'
11275 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11276 (default 3)
11277 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11278 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11279 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11280 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11281 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11282 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11283 nil don't change the indentation
11284 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11285 value of either
11286 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11287 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11288 depending on the continuation format in use.
11289 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11290 indentation for a line of code.
11291 (default 'fixed)
11292 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11293 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11294 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11295 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11296 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11297 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11298 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11299 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11300 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11301 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11302 column 5.
11303 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11304 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11305 statements (default nil).
11306 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11307 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11308 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11309 `fortran-continuation-string'
11310 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11311 line (default \"$\").
11312 `fortran-comment-region'
11313 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11314 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11315 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11316 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11317 as typed (default t).
11318 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11319 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11321 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11322 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11324 \(fn)" t nil)
11326 ;;;***
11328 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11329 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (20244 35516))
11330 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11332 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11333 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11335 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11336 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11338 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11340 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11341 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11343 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11344 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11346 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11348 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11349 Compile fortune file.
11351 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11352 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11354 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11356 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11357 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11359 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11360 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11361 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11362 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11364 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11366 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11367 Display a fortune cookie.
11368 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11369 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11370 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11371 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11373 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11375 ;;;***
11377 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el"
11378 ;;;;;; (20415 57974))
11379 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11381 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11382 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11383 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11385 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11387 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11388 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11389 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11390 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11391 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11392 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11393 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11395 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11397 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11398 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11399 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11400 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11402 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11403 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11404 executable followed by command-line options. The command-line
11405 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11406 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11408 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11409 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11410 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11411 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11413 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11414 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11415 shown in some of the buffers.
11417 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11419 The following commands help control operation :
11421 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11422 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11424 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11425 detailed description of this mode.
11428 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11429 | GDB Toolbar |
11430 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11431 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11432 | | |
11433 | | |
11434 | | |
11435 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11436 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11437 | | (comint-mode) |
11438 | | |
11439 | | |
11440 | | |
11441 | | |
11442 | | |
11443 | | |
11444 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11445 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11446 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11447 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11448 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11449 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11451 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11453 ;;;***
11455 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11456 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (20412
11457 ;;;;;; 11425))
11458 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11460 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11461 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11462 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11463 instead (which see).")
11465 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11466 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11468 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11469 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11470 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11471 documentation string instead.
11473 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11474 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11475 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11476 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11477 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11478 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11479 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11480 enders are actually possible.
11482 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11483 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11485 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11486 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11487 `font-lock-keywords'.
11489 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11490 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11491 runs the macro expansion.
11493 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11494 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11495 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11497 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11499 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11501 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11503 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11505 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11506 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11508 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11510 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11511 Enter generic mode MODE.
11513 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11514 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11515 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11517 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11518 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11520 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11522 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11523 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11524 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11525 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11526 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11527 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11528 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11529 `font-lock-keywords'.
11531 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11533 ;;;***
11535 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11536 ;;;;;; (20356 35090))
11537 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11539 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11540 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11541 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11542 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11543 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11544 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11546 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11548 ;;;***
11550 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11551 ;;;;;; gmm-message gmm-regexp-concat) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el"
11552 ;;;;;; (20318 5885))
11553 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11555 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11556 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11557 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11559 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11561 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11562 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11564 Guideline for numbers:
11565 1 - error messages
11566 3 - non-serious error messages
11567 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11568 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11569 9 - messages inside loops.
11571 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11573 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11574 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11575 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11577 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11579 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11580 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11582 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11584 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11585 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11587 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11588 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11589 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11590 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11591 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11592 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11594 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11595 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11596 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11597 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11598 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11600 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11602 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11604 ;;;***
11606 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11607 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (20414 21581))
11608 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11609 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11610 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11612 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11613 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11615 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11617 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11618 Read network news.
11619 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11620 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11621 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11622 name of an NNTP server to use.
11623 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11624 server.
11626 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11628 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11629 Read news as a slave.
11631 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11633 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11634 Pop up a frame to read news.
11635 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11636 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11637 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11638 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11639 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11640 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11641 current display is used.
11643 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11645 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11646 Read network news.
11647 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11648 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11649 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11651 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11653 ;;;***
11655 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11656 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11657 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11658 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11659 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11660 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (20446 34252))
11661 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11663 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11664 Start Gnus unplugged.
11666 \(fn)" t nil)
11668 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11669 Start Gnus plugged.
11671 \(fn)" t nil)
11673 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11674 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11676 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11678 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11679 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11681 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11682 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11683 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11685 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11686 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11687 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11689 \(fn)" t nil)
11691 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11692 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11694 \(fn)" nil nil)
11696 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11697 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11698 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11699 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11700 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11701 supported.
11703 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11705 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11706 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11707 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11708 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11709 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11710 supported.
11712 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11714 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11715 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11717 \(fn)" nil nil)
11719 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11720 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11721 downloaded into the agent.
11723 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11725 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11726 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11727 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11728 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11730 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11732 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11733 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11735 \(fn)" t nil)
11737 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11738 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11740 \(fn)" t nil)
11742 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11743 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11744 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
11746 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11748 ;;;***
11750 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
11751 ;;;;;; (20373 41604))
11752 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11754 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11755 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11757 \(fn)" nil nil)
11759 ;;;***
11761 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list gnus-bookmark-jump gnus-bookmark-set)
11762 ;;;;;; "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (20244 35516))
11763 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11765 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11766 Set a bookmark for this article.
11768 \(fn)" t nil)
11770 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11771 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11773 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11775 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11776 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11777 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11778 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11779 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11781 \(fn)" t nil)
11783 ;;;***
11785 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
11786 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
11787 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (20244
11788 ;;;;;; 35516))
11789 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11791 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11792 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11794 Usage:
11795 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11797 \(fn)" t nil)
11799 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11800 Generate the cache active file.
11802 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11804 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11805 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11807 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11809 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11810 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11811 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11812 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11813 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11814 supported.
11816 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11818 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11819 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11820 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11821 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11822 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11823 supported.
11825 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11827 ;;;***
11829 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
11830 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (20244 35516))
11831 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11833 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11834 Delay this article by some time.
11835 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11837 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11838 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11840 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11841 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11843 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11844 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11846 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11848 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11849 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11851 \(fn)" t nil)
11853 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11854 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11855 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11856 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11858 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11859 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11861 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11863 ;;;***
11865 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
11866 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (20244 35516))
11867 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
11869 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
11872 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11874 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
11877 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
11879 ;;;***
11881 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
11882 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
11883 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
11885 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
11886 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
11888 \(fn)" t nil)
11890 ;;;***
11892 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
11893 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
11894 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
11896 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
11897 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
11899 \(fn)" t nil)
11901 ;;;***
11903 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
11904 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
11905 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (20244
11906 ;;;;;; 35516))
11907 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
11909 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
11910 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11912 \(fn)" t nil)
11914 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
11915 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
11917 \(fn)" t nil)
11919 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11920 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
11922 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
11923 different input formats.
11925 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11927 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
11928 Return a Face header based on an image file.
11930 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
11931 different input formats.
11933 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11935 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
11936 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
11937 The PNG is returned as a string.
11939 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
11941 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
11942 Convert FILE to a Face.
11943 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
11944 726 bytes.
11946 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
11948 ;;;***
11950 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-mail-gravatar gnus-treat-from-gravatar)
11951 ;;;;;; "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (20244 35516))
11952 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
11954 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11955 Display gravatar in the From header.
11956 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
11958 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11960 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
11961 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
11962 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
11964 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11966 ;;;***
11968 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
11969 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (20438 17064))
11970 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
11972 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
11973 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
11974 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
11975 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
11977 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
11979 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
11980 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
11982 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
11984 ;;;***
11986 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-html-prefetch-images gnus-article-html) "gnus-html"
11987 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-html.el" (20276 3849))
11988 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
11990 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
11993 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
11995 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
11998 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12000 ;;;***
12002 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12003 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
12004 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12006 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12008 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12009 Run batched scoring.
12010 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12012 \(fn)" t nil)
12014 ;;;***
12016 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12017 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12018 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
12019 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12021 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12024 \(fn)" nil nil)
12026 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12027 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12028 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12030 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12032 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12033 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12035 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12037 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12039 ;;;***
12041 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12042 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12043 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
12044 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12046 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12047 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12048 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12049 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12050 group parameters.
12052 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12053 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12054 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12055 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12057 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12058 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12059 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12060 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12061 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12062 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12063 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12064 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12065 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12066 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12068 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12070 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12071 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12072 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12073 nil CATCH-ALL).
12075 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12076 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12078 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12080 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12081 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12082 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12084 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12086 \(fn)" nil nil)
12088 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12089 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12090 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12092 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12094 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12095 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12096 existing groups are considered.
12098 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12099 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12100 returned.
12102 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12103 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12104 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12105 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12106 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12107 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12108 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12109 clauses will be generated.
12111 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12112 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12113 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12114 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12115 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12116 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12118 For example, given the following group parameters:
12120 nnml:mail.bar:
12121 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12122 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12123 nnml:mail.foo:
12124 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12125 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12126 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12127 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12128 nnml:mail.others:
12129 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12131 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12133 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12134 \"mail.bar\")
12135 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12136 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12137 \"mail.others\")
12139 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12141 ;;;***
12143 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12144 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (20434 28080))
12145 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12147 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12148 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12149 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12150 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12151 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12152 instead.
12154 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12156 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12157 Mail to ADDRESS.
12159 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12161 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12162 Like `message-reply'.
12164 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12166 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12168 ;;;***
12170 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12171 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12172 ;;;;;; (20290 33419))
12173 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12175 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12176 Display picons in the From header.
12177 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12179 \(fn)" t nil)
12181 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12182 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12183 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12185 \(fn)" t nil)
12187 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12188 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12189 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12191 \(fn)" t nil)
12193 ;;;***
12195 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12196 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12197 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12198 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12199 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (20244 35516))
12200 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12202 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12203 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12204 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12205 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12207 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12209 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12210 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12211 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12212 LIST1 is modified.
12214 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12216 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12217 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12218 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12220 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12222 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12225 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12227 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12228 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12229 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12231 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12233 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12234 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12235 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12237 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12239 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12241 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12242 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12243 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12245 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12247 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12248 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12249 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12251 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12253 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12254 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12255 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12257 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12259 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12260 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12262 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12264 ;;;***
12266 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12267 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (20415 57974))
12268 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12270 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12271 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12273 \(fn)" t nil)
12275 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12276 Install the registry hooks.
12278 \(fn)" t nil)
12280 ;;;***
12282 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12283 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (20244
12284 ;;;;;; 35516))
12285 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12287 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12288 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12289 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12290 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12291 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12292 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12294 \(fn)" t nil)
12296 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12297 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12298 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12299 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12300 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12302 \(fn)" t nil)
12304 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12307 \(fn)" t nil)
12309 ;;;***
12311 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12312 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
12313 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12315 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12316 Update the format specification near point.
12318 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12320 ;;;***
12322 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el"
12323 ;;;;;; (20373 41604))
12324 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12326 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12327 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12329 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12331 ;;;***
12333 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-summary-bookmark-jump) "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
12334 ;;;;;; (20331 12564))
12335 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12337 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12338 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12339 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12341 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12343 ;;;***
12345 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sync-install-hooks gnus-sync-initialize)
12346 ;;;;;; "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (20244 35516))
12347 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12349 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12350 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12352 \(fn)" t nil)
12354 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12355 Install the sync hooks.
12357 \(fn)" t nil)
12359 ;;;***
12361 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12362 ;;;;;; (20448 36271))
12363 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12365 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12366 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12368 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12370 ;;;***
12372 ;;;### (autoloads (gnutls-min-prime-bits) "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el"
12373 ;;;;;; (20419 46656))
12374 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12376 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12377 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12378 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12379 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12380 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12381 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12383 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12385 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12387 ;;;***
12389 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (20356 35090))
12390 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12392 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12393 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12395 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12396 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12397 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12399 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12400 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12401 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12403 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12404 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12406 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12407 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12409 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12411 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12413 ;;;***
12415 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address-prog-mode goto-address-mode goto-address
12416 ;;;;;; goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (20356
12417 ;;;;;; 35090))
12418 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12420 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12422 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12423 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12424 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12425 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12426 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12428 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12430 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12431 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12432 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12433 or to send e-mail.
12434 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12435 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12437 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12438 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12440 \(fn)" t nil)
12441 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12443 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12444 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12445 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12446 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12447 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12449 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12451 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12452 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12456 ;;;***
12458 ;;;### (autoloads (gravatar-retrieve-synchronously gravatar-retrieve)
12459 ;;;;;; "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (20290 33419))
12460 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12462 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12463 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12464 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12466 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12468 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12469 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12471 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12473 ;;;***
12475 ;;;### (autoloads (zrgrep rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12476 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12477 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (20373 41604))
12478 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12480 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12481 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12483 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12485 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12486 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12487 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12488 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12489 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12491 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12492 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12493 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12495 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12497 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12498 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12499 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12500 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12501 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12503 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12505 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12506 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12508 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12510 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'match)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12511 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12513 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12514 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12515 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12517 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12518 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12519 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12521 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12522 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12523 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12524 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12526 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12527 How to invoke find and grep.
12528 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12529 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12530 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12531 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12533 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12535 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12536 History list for grep.")
12538 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12539 History list for grep-find.")
12541 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12542 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12543 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12545 \(fn)" nil nil)
12547 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12550 \(fn)" nil nil)
12552 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12553 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12555 \(fn)" nil nil)
12557 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12558 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12559 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12560 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12561 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12563 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12564 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12566 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12567 can easily repeat a grep command.
12569 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12570 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12571 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12572 list is empty).
12574 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12576 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12577 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12578 Collect output in a buffer.
12579 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12580 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12582 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12583 easily repeat a find command.
12585 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12587 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12589 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12590 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12591 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12592 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12593 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12595 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12596 before it is executed.
12597 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12599 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12600 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12601 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12603 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12605 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12607 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12608 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12609 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12610 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12611 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12613 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12614 before it is executed.
12615 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12617 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12618 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12619 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12620 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12622 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12624 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12625 to specify a command to run.
12627 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12629 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12630 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12631 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12632 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12634 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12636 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12638 ;;;***
12640 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (20244 35516))
12641 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12643 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12644 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12645 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12646 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12647 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12649 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12651 ;;;***
12653 ;;;### (autoloads (gud-tooltip-mode gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb
12654 ;;;;;; xdb dbx sdb gud-gdb) "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (20373 41604))
12655 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12657 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12658 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12659 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12660 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12662 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12664 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12665 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12666 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12667 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12669 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12671 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12672 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12673 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12674 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12676 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12678 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12679 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12680 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12681 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12683 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12684 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12686 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12688 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12689 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12690 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12691 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12693 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12695 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12696 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12697 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12698 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12700 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12702 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12703 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12704 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12705 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12706 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12708 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12709 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12710 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12711 original source file access method.
12713 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12714 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12716 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12718 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12719 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12721 \(fn)" t nil)
12723 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12724 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12725 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12726 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12727 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12728 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12730 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12732 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12733 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12734 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12735 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12736 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12740 ;;;***
12742 ;;;### (autoloads (setf gv-define-simple-setter gv-define-setter
12743 ;;;;;; gv--defun-declaration gv-define-expander gv-letplace gv-get)
12744 ;;;;;; "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (20452 56419))
12745 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12747 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12748 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12749 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12750 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12751 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12752 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12753 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12754 set it to.
12755 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12757 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12759 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12760 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12761 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12762 of PLACE.
12763 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12764 and new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12765 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12766 and SETTER.
12767 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12768 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12770 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12772 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12774 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12775 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12776 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12777 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12778 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12780 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12782 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12784 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12787 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12789 (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist)
12791 (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist)
12793 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12794 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12795 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12796 well for simple place forms.
12797 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12798 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12799 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12800 Actually, ARGLIST may be bound to temporary variables which are introduced
12801 automatically to preserve proper execution order of the arguments. Example:
12802 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12804 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12806 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12808 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12809 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12810 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12811 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12812 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12813 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12814 instead the assignment is turned into (prog1 VAL (SETTER ARGS... VAL))
12815 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12817 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12819 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12820 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12821 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12822 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12823 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12824 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12826 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12828 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12830 ;;;***
12832 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (20318
12833 ;;;;;; 5885))
12834 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12836 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12837 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12838 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12839 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12841 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12842 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12843 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12844 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
12846 \(fn)" t nil)
12848 ;;;***
12850 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12851 ;;;;;; (19989 53691))
12852 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12854 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
12855 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12857 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12859 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
12860 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12861 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12862 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12864 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12866 \(fn)" t nil)
12868 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
12869 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12870 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12871 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12872 to be updated.
12874 \(fn)" t nil)
12876 ;;;***
12878 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-check-payment mail-add-payment-async mail-add-payment
12879 ;;;;;; hashcash-verify-payment hashcash-insert-payment-async hashcash-insert-payment)
12880 ;;;;;; "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (20356 35090))
12881 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
12883 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
12884 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12886 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12888 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12889 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
12890 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
12892 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
12894 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
12895 Verify a hashcash payment
12897 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
12899 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
12900 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12901 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12902 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
12903 `mail-add-payment-async').
12905 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
12907 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
12908 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
12909 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
12910 Calculation is asynchronous.
12912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12914 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
12915 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
12916 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
12918 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12920 ;;;***
12922 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12923 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12924 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12925 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (20244 35516))
12926 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12928 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
12929 Return the help-echo string at point.
12930 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12931 property, or nil, is returned.
12932 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12933 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12934 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12936 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12938 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
12939 Return the keyboard help string at point.
12940 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
12941 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
12942 If this produces no string either, return nil.
12944 \(fn)" nil nil)
12946 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
12947 Display local help in the echo area.
12948 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
12949 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
12950 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
12951 printed instead.
12953 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
12954 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
12955 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
12957 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12959 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12960 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12961 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12963 \(fn)" t nil)
12965 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
12966 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
12967 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
12969 \(fn)" t nil)
12971 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
12972 Automatically show local help on point-over.
12973 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
12974 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
12975 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
12976 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
12977 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
12978 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
12979 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
12980 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
12981 a non-empty list disables the feature.
12983 This variable only takes effect after a call to
12984 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
12985 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
12986 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
12987 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
12989 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
12990 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
12991 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
12992 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
12993 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
12994 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
12995 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
12996 The default is `never'.")
12998 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13000 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13001 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13002 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13003 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13004 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13005 considered different regions.
13007 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13008 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13009 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13010 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13011 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13012 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13013 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13014 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13015 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13017 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13019 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13020 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13021 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13022 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13023 different regions.
13025 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13026 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13027 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13028 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13029 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13030 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13031 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13032 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13034 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13035 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13036 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13037 rarely happens in practice.
13039 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13041 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13042 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13043 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13044 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13045 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13046 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13048 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13050 ;;;***
13052 ;;;### (autoloads (doc-file-to-info doc-file-to-man describe-categories
13053 ;;;;;; describe-syntax describe-variable variable-at-point describe-function-1
13054 ;;;;;; find-lisp-object-file-name help-C-file-name describe-function)
13055 ;;;;;; "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (20438 21557))
13056 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13058 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13059 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13061 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13063 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13064 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13065 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13067 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13069 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13070 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13071 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13072 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13073 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13074 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13075 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13076 search for a function definition.
13078 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13079 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13080 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13081 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13082 suitable file is found, return nil.
13084 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13086 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13089 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13091 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13092 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13093 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13094 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13096 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13098 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13099 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13100 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13101 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13102 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13103 it is displayed along with the global value.
13105 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13107 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13108 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13109 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13110 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13112 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13114 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13115 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13116 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13117 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13118 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13120 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13122 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13123 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13125 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13127 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13128 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13130 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13132 ;;;***
13134 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13135 ;;;;;; (20253 50954))
13136 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13138 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13139 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13140 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13141 window listing and describing the options.
13142 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13143 gives the window that lists the options.")
13145 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13147 ;;;***
13149 ;;;### (autoloads (help-bookmark-jump help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button
13150 ;;;;;; help-xref-button help-make-xrefs help-buffer help-setup-xref
13151 ;;;;;; help-mode-finish help-mode-setup help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el"
13152 ;;;;;; (20446 34252))
13153 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13155 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13156 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13157 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13158 Commands:
13159 \\{help-mode-map}
13161 \(fn)" t nil)
13163 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13166 \(fn)" nil nil)
13168 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13171 \(fn)" nil nil)
13173 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13174 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13176 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13177 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13178 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13179 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13181 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13182 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13183 restore it properly when going back.
13185 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13187 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13188 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13189 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13190 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13191 from `help-mode'.
13192 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13193 it does not already exist.
13195 \(fn)" nil nil)
13197 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13198 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13200 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13201 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13202 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13203 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13204 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13205 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13206 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13207 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13209 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13210 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13211 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13212 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13214 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13215 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13216 that.
13218 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13220 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13221 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13222 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13223 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13224 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13225 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13227 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13229 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13230 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13231 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13232 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13233 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13235 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13237 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13238 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13240 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13242 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13243 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13244 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13245 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13247 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13249 ;;;***
13251 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13252 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (20244 35516))
13253 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13255 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13256 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13258 \(fn)" t nil)
13260 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13261 Provide help for current mode.
13263 \(fn)" t nil)
13265 ;;;***
13267 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13268 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (20420 52684))
13269 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13271 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13272 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13273 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13274 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13275 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13277 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13278 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13280 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13281 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13282 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13283 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits) and as their ASCII values.
13285 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13286 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13287 periods.
13289 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13290 in hexl format.
13292 A sample format:
13294 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13295 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13296 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13297 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13298 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13299 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13300 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13301 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13302 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13303 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13304 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13305 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13306 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13307 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13308 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13310 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13311 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13312 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13314 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13315 also supported.
13317 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13319 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13320 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13321 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13323 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13324 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13325 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13327 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13328 into the buffer at the current point.
13330 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13331 into the buffer at the current point.
13333 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13334 into the buffer at the current point.
13336 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13338 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13339 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13341 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13343 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13345 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13347 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13348 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13349 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13350 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13352 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13354 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13355 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13356 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13358 \(fn)" t nil)
13360 ;;;***
13362 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13363 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13364 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13365 ;;;;;; (20412 11425))
13366 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13368 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13369 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13370 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13371 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13372 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13374 Issuing one the highlighting commands listed below will
13375 automatically enable Hi Lock mode. To enable Hi Lock mode in all
13376 buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode' or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1)
13377 to your init file. When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp
13378 Highlighting\" submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The
13379 commands in the submenu, which can be called interactively, are:
13381 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13382 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13384 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13385 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13386 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13387 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13389 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13390 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13392 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13393 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13395 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13396 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13397 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13398 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13399 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13400 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13401 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13402 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13403 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13404 function returns t.
13406 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13407 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13409 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13410 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13411 form:
13412 Hi-lock: FOO
13413 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13414 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13415 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13416 Patterns will be read until
13417 Hi-lock: end
13418 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13420 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13422 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13423 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13424 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13425 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13426 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13427 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13429 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13431 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13432 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13433 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13434 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13435 ARG is omitted or nil.
13437 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13438 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13439 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13441 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13443 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13445 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13446 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13448 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13449 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13450 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13451 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13452 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13454 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13456 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13458 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13459 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13461 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13462 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13463 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve previous history items,
13464 and \\[next-history-element] to retrieve default values.
13465 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13467 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13469 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13471 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13472 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13474 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13475 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13477 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13479 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13481 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13482 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13484 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13485 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13486 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13487 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13488 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13490 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13492 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13493 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13495 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13496 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13497 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13499 \(fn)" t nil)
13501 ;;;***
13503 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el"
13504 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
13505 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13507 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13508 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13509 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13510 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13511 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13513 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13514 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13515 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13516 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13518 `hide-ifdef-env'
13519 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13520 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13521 is used.
13523 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13524 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13525 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13526 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13527 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13529 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13530 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13531 #endif lines when hiding.
13533 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13534 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13535 is activated.
13537 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13538 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13539 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13541 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13545 ;;;***
13547 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13548 ;;;;;; (20359 18671))
13549 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13551 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13552 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13553 Each element has the form
13554 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13556 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13557 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13559 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13560 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13562 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13563 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13564 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13565 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13566 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13567 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13569 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13570 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13572 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13573 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13575 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13576 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13577 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13579 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13580 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13581 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13582 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13583 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13585 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13586 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13587 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13589 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13590 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13591 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13593 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13594 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13596 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13598 Key bindings:
13599 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13601 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13603 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13604 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13606 \(fn)" nil nil)
13608 ;;;***
13610 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes-mode highlight-compare-with-file
13611 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13612 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13613 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-remove-highlight highlight-changes-visible-mode
13614 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (20244
13615 ;;;;;; 35516))
13616 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13618 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13619 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13620 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13621 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13622 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13624 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13625 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13626 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggles
13627 this on and off.
13629 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13630 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13631 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13632 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13633 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13634 through various faces.
13635 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13636 buffer with the contents of a file
13637 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13641 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13642 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13643 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13644 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13645 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13647 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13648 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13649 in a distinctive face.
13651 The default value can be customized with variable
13652 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13654 This command does not itself set highlight-changes mode.
13656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13658 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13659 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13660 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13662 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13664 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13665 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13667 \(fn)" t nil)
13669 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13670 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13672 \(fn)" t nil)
13674 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13675 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13677 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13678 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13679 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13680 shown in the last face in the list.
13682 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13683 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13684 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13686 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13688 \(fn)" t nil)
13690 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13691 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13693 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13695 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13696 to save the file.
13698 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13699 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13701 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13702 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13703 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13705 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13707 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13708 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13710 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13711 this function is called interactively.
13713 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13714 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13715 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13717 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13718 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13719 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13721 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13723 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13724 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13725 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13726 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13727 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13728 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13730 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13732 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13733 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13734 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13735 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13736 ARG is omitted or nil.
13738 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13739 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13740 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13744 ;;;***
13746 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13747 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13748 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13749 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13750 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (20244 35516))
13751 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13753 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13754 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13755 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13756 or insert functions in this list.")
13758 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13760 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13761 Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13763 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-verbose "hippie-exp" t)
13765 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13766 Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13768 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space "hippie-exp" t)
13770 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13771 Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13773 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol "hippie-exp" t)
13775 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13776 Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13778 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-no-restriction "hippie-exp" t)
13780 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13781 The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13782 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13784 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-max-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13786 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (list (purecopy "^ \\*.*\\*$") 'dired-mode) "\
13787 A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13788 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13789 \(as atoms)")
13791 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-ignore-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13793 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13794 A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13795 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13796 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13797 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13799 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-only-buffers "hippie-exp" t)
13801 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13802 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13803 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13804 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13805 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13806 expansions.
13807 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13808 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13809 undoes the expansion.
13811 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13813 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13814 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13815 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13816 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13818 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13820 ;;;***
13822 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13823 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
13824 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13826 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13827 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13828 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13829 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13830 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13832 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13833 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13834 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13835 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13836 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13837 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13839 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13840 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13841 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13842 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13844 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13846 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13847 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13848 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13849 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13850 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13851 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13853 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13855 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13856 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13857 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13858 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13859 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13861 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13862 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13863 windows.
13865 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13866 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13868 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13870 ;;;***
13872 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays holiday-solar-holidays
13873 ;;;;;; holiday-bahai-holidays holiday-islamic-holidays holiday-christian-holidays
13874 ;;;;;; holiday-hebrew-holidays holiday-other-holidays holiday-local-holidays
13875 ;;;;;; holiday-oriental-holidays holiday-general-holidays) "holidays"
13876 ;;;;;; "calendar/holidays.el" (20412 11425))
13877 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13879 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
13881 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
13882 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
13883 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13885 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
13887 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13889 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
13891 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
13892 Oriental holidays.
13893 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13895 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
13897 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13899 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
13901 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
13902 Local holidays.
13903 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13905 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
13907 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13909 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
13911 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
13912 User defined holidays.
13913 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13915 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
13917 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13919 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
13920 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13922 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
13924 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
13925 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13927 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
13929 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
13930 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13932 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
13934 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
13935 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
13937 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
13939 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
13941 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
13942 Jewish holidays.
13943 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13945 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
13947 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13949 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
13951 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
13952 Christian holidays.
13953 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13955 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
13957 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13959 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
13961 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
13962 Islamic holidays.
13963 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13965 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
13967 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13969 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
13971 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
13972 Bahá'í holidays.
13973 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13975 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
13977 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13979 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
13981 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
13982 Sun-related holidays.
13983 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
13985 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
13987 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13989 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
13991 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
13992 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13993 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
13994 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13998 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
13999 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14000 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14001 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14002 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14004 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14005 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14007 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14008 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14010 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14011 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14012 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14013 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14014 of a holiday list.
14016 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14018 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14020 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14022 ;;;***
14024 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (20244
14025 ;;;;;; 35516))
14026 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14028 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14029 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14031 \(fn)" t nil)
14033 ;;;***
14035 ;;;### (autoloads (htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir htmlfontify-buffer)
14036 ;;;;;; "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (20331 12564))
14037 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14039 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14040 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14041 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14042 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14043 as possible.
14045 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14046 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14047 fontified display.
14049 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14050 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14052 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14053 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14054 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14056 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14058 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14059 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14060 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14062 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14064 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14066 ;;;***
14068 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14069 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (20412
14070 ;;;;;; 11425))
14071 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14073 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14074 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14076 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14077 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14078 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14080 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14081 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14082 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14083 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14084 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14085 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14087 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14088 title of the column.
14090 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14091 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14092 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14093 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14094 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14096 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14098 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14099 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14100 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14101 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14102 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14104 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14105 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14106 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14108 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14110 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14111 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14112 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14113 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14114 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14115 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14117 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14118 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14119 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14120 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14121 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14122 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14123 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14124 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14125 values are:
14126 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14127 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14128 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14129 buffer's modification flag.
14130 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14131 prompted before performing this operation.
14132 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14133 operation is complete, in the form:
14134 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14135 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14136 confirmation message, in the form:
14137 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14138 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14139 macro for exactly what it does.
14141 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14143 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14144 Define a filter named NAME.
14145 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14146 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14147 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14149 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14150 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14151 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14152 bound to the current value of the filter.
14154 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14156 ;;;***
14158 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14159 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (20412 11425))
14160 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14162 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14163 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14164 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14165 buffers which are visiting a file.
14167 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14169 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14170 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14171 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14172 buffers which are visiting a file.
14174 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14176 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14177 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14178 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14180 All arguments are optional.
14181 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14182 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14183 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14184 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14185 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14186 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14187 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14188 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14189 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14190 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14191 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14192 that value locally in this buffer.
14194 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14196 ;;;***
14198 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14199 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14200 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (20434 28080))
14201 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14203 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14204 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14205 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14206 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14208 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14210 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14211 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14212 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14213 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14214 ICAL-FILENAME.
14215 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14216 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14217 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14219 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14221 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14222 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14223 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14224 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14225 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14226 non-marking or not.
14228 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14230 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14231 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14233 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14234 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14235 DIARY-FILE.
14237 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14238 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14239 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14241 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14242 non-marking.
14244 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14245 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14246 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14248 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14250 ;;;***
14252 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (20452
14253 ;;;;;; 44311))
14254 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14256 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14257 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14258 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14259 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14260 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14261 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14263 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14265 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14266 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14267 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14268 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14269 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14273 ;;;***
14275 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (20356 35090))
14276 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14278 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14279 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14280 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14281 Tab indents for Icon code.
14282 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14283 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14284 \\{icon-mode-map}
14285 Variables controlling indentation style:
14286 icon-tab-always-indent
14287 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14288 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14289 icon-auto-newline
14290 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14291 inserted in Icon code.
14292 icon-indent-level
14293 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14294 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14295 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14296 icon-continued-statement-offset
14297 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14298 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14299 icon-continued-brace-offset
14300 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14301 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14302 icon-brace-offset
14303 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14304 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14305 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14306 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14308 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14309 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14311 \(fn)" t nil)
14313 ;;;***
14315 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14316 ;;;;;; (20428 57510))
14317 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14319 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14320 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14321 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14322 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14324 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14325 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14326 separate frames.
14328 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14329 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14331 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14332 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14333 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14335 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14337 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14339 ;;;***
14341 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14342 ;;;;;; (20412 11425))
14343 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14345 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14346 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14348 The main features of this mode are
14350 1. Indentation and Formatting
14351 --------------------------
14352 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14353 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14355 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14356 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14357 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14358 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14360 Comments are indented as follows:
14362 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14363 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14364 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14366 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14368 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14369 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14370 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14371 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14372 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14373 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14375 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14376 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14377 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14378 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14380 2. Routine Info
14381 ------------
14382 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14383 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14384 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14385 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14386 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14387 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14388 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14389 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14390 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14391 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14393 3. Online IDL Help
14394 ---------------
14396 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14397 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14398 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14399 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14401 4. Completion
14402 ----------
14403 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14404 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14405 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14406 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14407 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14408 upper case.
14410 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14411 --------------------------------
14412 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14413 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14415 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14416 \\fu FUNCTION template
14417 \\c CASE statement template
14418 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14419 \\f FOR loop template
14420 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14421 \\w WHILE loop template
14422 \\i IF statement template
14423 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14424 \\b BEGIN
14426 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14427 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14429 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14430 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14431 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14432 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14434 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14435 -------------------------
14436 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14437 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14439 7. Automatic END completion
14440 ------------------------
14441 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14442 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14444 8. Hooks
14445 -----
14446 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14447 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14449 9. Documentation and Customization
14450 -------------------------------
14451 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14452 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14453 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14454 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14455 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14457 10.Keybindings
14458 -----------
14459 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14460 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14461 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14463 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14465 \(fn)" t nil)
14467 ;;;***
14469 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14470 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14471 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14472 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14473 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14474 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14475 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14476 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (20451
14477 ;;;;;; 20881))
14478 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14480 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14481 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14482 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14483 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14484 displaying...)
14485 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14486 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14487 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14489 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14490 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14492 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14494 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14495 Toggle ido mode on or off.
14496 With ARG, turn ido-mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14497 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14498 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14499 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14500 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14501 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14502 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14506 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14507 Switch to another buffer.
14508 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14509 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14510 in another frame.
14512 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14513 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14514 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14515 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14516 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14518 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14519 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14521 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14523 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14524 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14525 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14526 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14527 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14528 in a separate window.
14529 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14530 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14531 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14532 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14533 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14534 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14535 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14536 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14537 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14539 \(fn)" t nil)
14541 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14542 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14543 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14544 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14546 \(fn)" t nil)
14548 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14549 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14550 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14551 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14553 \(fn)" t nil)
14555 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14556 Kill a buffer.
14557 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14558 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14560 \(fn)" t nil)
14562 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14563 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14564 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14565 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14567 \(fn)" t nil)
14569 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14570 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14571 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14572 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14574 \(fn)" t nil)
14576 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14577 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14579 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14581 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14582 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14583 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14584 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14585 visible in another frame.
14587 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14588 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14589 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14590 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14591 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14592 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14594 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14595 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14597 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14599 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14600 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14601 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14602 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14603 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14604 in a separate window.
14605 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14606 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14607 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14608 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14609 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14610 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14611 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14612 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14613 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14614 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14615 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14616 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14617 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14618 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14619 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14621 \(fn)" t nil)
14623 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14624 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14625 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14626 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14628 \(fn)" t nil)
14630 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14631 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14632 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14633 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14635 \(fn)" t nil)
14637 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14638 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14639 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14640 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14642 \(fn)" t nil)
14644 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14645 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14646 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14647 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14649 \(fn)" t nil)
14651 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14652 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14653 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14654 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14656 \(fn)" t nil)
14658 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14659 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14660 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14661 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14663 \(fn)" t nil)
14665 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14666 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14667 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14668 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14670 \(fn)" t nil)
14672 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14673 Write current buffer to a file.
14674 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14675 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14677 \(fn)" t nil)
14679 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14680 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14681 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14682 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14684 \(fn)" t nil)
14686 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14687 Call `dired' the ido way.
14688 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14689 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14691 \(fn)" t nil)
14693 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14694 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14695 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14696 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14697 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14698 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14700 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14702 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14703 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14704 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14705 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14707 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14709 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14710 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14711 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14712 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14714 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14716 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14717 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14718 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14719 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14720 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14721 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is currently ignored; it is included
14722 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14723 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14724 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14725 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14726 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14727 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14728 with point positioned at the end.
14729 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14730 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14732 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14734 ;;;***
14736 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (20244 35516))
14737 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14739 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14740 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14741 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14743 \(fn)" t nil)
14745 ;;;***
14747 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el" (20276 3849))
14748 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14750 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14752 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14753 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14754 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14755 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14756 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14757 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14761 ;;;***
14763 ;;;### (autoloads (imagemagick-register-types defimage find-image
14764 ;;;;;; remove-images insert-sliced-image insert-image put-image
14765 ;;;;;; create-image image-type-auto-detected-p image-type-available-p
14766 ;;;;;; image-type image-type-from-file-name image-type-from-file-header
14767 ;;;;;; image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el"
14768 ;;;;;; (20438 17064))
14769 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14771 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14772 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14773 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14774 be determined.
14776 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14778 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14779 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14780 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14781 be determined.
14783 \(fn)" nil nil)
14785 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14786 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14787 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14788 be determined.
14790 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14792 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14793 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14794 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14795 be determined.
14797 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14799 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14800 Determine and return image type.
14801 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14802 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14803 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14804 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14805 use its file extension as image type.
14806 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14808 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14810 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14811 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14812 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14814 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14816 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14817 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14818 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14820 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14821 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14822 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14823 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14824 must be available.
14826 \(fn)" nil nil)
14828 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14829 Create an image.
14830 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14831 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14832 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14833 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14834 use its file extension as image type.
14835 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14836 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14837 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14838 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14840 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14842 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14843 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14844 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14846 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14848 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14849 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14850 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14851 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14852 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14853 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14854 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14855 POS may be an integer or marker.
14856 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14857 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14858 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14859 means display it in the right marginal area.
14861 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14863 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14864 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14865 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14866 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14867 defaults to the empty string if you omit it.
14868 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14869 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14870 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14871 means display it in the right marginal area.
14872 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
14873 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
14874 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
14875 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
14876 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
14878 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
14880 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
14881 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14882 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14883 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
14884 defaulted if you omit it.
14885 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14886 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14887 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14888 means display it in the right marginal area.
14889 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
14891 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
14893 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
14894 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
14895 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
14896 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
14898 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
14900 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
14901 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
14903 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
14905 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14906 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14907 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14908 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14909 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14910 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
14911 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
14912 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
14913 satisfied.
14915 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
14917 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14919 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
14921 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
14922 Define SYMBOL as an image.
14924 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
14925 documentation string.
14927 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
14928 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
14929 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
14930 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
14931 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
14932 string containing the actual image data. The first image
14933 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
14934 define SYMBOL.
14936 Example:
14938 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
14939 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
14941 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
14943 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
14945 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
14946 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
14947 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
14948 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
14950 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
14951 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
14952 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
14953 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
14955 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
14957 \(fn)" nil nil)
14959 ;;;***
14961 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
14962 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
14963 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
14964 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
14965 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
14966 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
14967 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs)
14968 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (20244 35516))
14969 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
14971 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
14972 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
14973 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
14974 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
14975 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
14976 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
14978 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14980 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
14981 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
14983 Convenience command that:
14985 - Opens dired in folder DIR
14986 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
14987 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
14989 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
14990 image files in dired and type
14991 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
14993 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
14995 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
14996 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
14998 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15000 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15001 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15002 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15003 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15004 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15005 another one).
15007 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15008 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15009 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15011 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15012 instead of erasing it first.
15014 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15015 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15016 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15017 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15018 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15019 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15021 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15023 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15024 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15025 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15026 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15027 displayed.
15029 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15031 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15033 (defalias 'tumme 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15035 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15036 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15038 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15040 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15041 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15042 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15044 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15046 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15047 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15049 \(fn)" t nil)
15051 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15052 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15053 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15054 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15056 \(fn)" t nil)
15058 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15059 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15061 \(fn)" t nil)
15063 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15064 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15066 \(fn)" t nil)
15068 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15069 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15071 \(fn)" t nil)
15073 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15074 Display current image file.
15075 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15076 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15078 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15080 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15081 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15083 \(fn)" t nil)
15085 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15086 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15087 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15088 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15089 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15090 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15091 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15093 \(fn)" t nil)
15095 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15096 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15097 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15098 easy-to-use form.
15100 \(fn)" t nil)
15102 ;;;***
15104 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15105 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15106 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (20244 35516))
15107 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15109 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15110 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15111 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15112 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15114 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15115 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15116 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15117 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15119 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15121 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15122 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15123 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15124 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15126 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15127 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15128 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15129 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15131 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15133 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15134 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15136 \(fn)" nil nil)
15138 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15139 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15140 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15141 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15143 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15145 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15146 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15147 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15148 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15149 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15150 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15152 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15154 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15155 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15156 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15157 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15158 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15160 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15161 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15162 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15166 ;;;***
15168 ;;;### (autoloads (image-bookmark-jump image-mode-as-text image-minor-mode
15169 ;;;;;; image-mode) "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (20420 52684))
15170 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15172 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15173 Major mode for image files.
15174 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15175 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15177 \(fn)" t nil)
15179 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15180 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15181 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15182 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15183 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15185 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15186 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15187 actual image.
15189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15191 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15192 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15193 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15194 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15195 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15196 to display an image file as the actual image.
15198 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15199 to display an image file as text initially.
15201 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15202 on these modes.
15204 \(fn)" t nil)
15206 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15209 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15211 ;;;***
15213 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15214 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (20412 11425))
15215 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15217 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15218 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15220 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15222 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15223 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15224 in the buffer.
15226 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15228 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15229 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15230 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15232 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15234 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15235 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15237 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15238 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15239 pattern's structure.
15241 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15242 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15243 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15244 during matching.")
15245 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15247 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15249 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15250 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15252 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15253 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15254 called within a `save-excursion'.
15256 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15258 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15260 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15261 Function for finding the next index position.
15263 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15264 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15265 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15266 file.
15268 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15269 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15271 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15273 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15274 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15276 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15277 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15278 It should return the name for that index item.")
15280 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15282 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15283 Function to compare string with index item.
15285 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15286 non-nil if they match.
15288 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15289 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15290 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15291 arguments match\".")
15293 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15295 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15296 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15297 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15299 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15300 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15302 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15304 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15306 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15307 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15308 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15309 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15311 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15313 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15314 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15316 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15318 \(fn)" t nil)
15320 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15321 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15322 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15323 for more information.
15325 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15327 ;;;***
15329 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-2-column-to-ucs-region in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15330 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15331 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (20244 35516))
15332 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15334 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15335 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15337 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15339 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15342 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15344 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15347 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15349 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15352 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15354 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15355 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15357 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15359 ;;;***
15361 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15362 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15363 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (20356 35090))
15364 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15366 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp (purecopy "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'") "\
15367 What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15368 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15369 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15370 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15372 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "inf-lisp" t)
15374 (defvar inferior-lisp-program (purecopy "lisp") "\
15375 Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15377 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-program "inf-lisp" t)
15379 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command (purecopy "(load \"%s\")\n") "\
15380 Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15381 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15382 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15383 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15384 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15385 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15386 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15388 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-load-command "inf-lisp" t)
15390 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt (purecopy "^[^> \n]*>+:? *") "\
15391 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15392 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15393 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15394 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15396 This variable is only used if the variable
15397 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15399 More precise choices:
15400 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15401 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15402 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15404 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15406 (custom-autoload 'inferior-lisp-prompt "inf-lisp" t)
15408 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook 'nil "\
15409 Hook for customizing Inferior Lisp mode.")
15411 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15412 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15413 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15414 to that buffer.
15415 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15416 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15417 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15418 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15420 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15422 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15424 ;;;***
15426 ;;;### (autoloads (info-display-manual Info-bookmark-jump Info-speedbar-browser
15427 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node Info-goto-emacs-command-node
15428 ;;;;;; Info-mode info-finder info-apropos Info-index Info-directory
15429 ;;;;;; Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-bug info-emacs-manual
15430 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (20434 28080))
15431 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15433 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15434 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15436 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15437 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15439 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15440 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15441 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15442 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15443 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15444 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15445 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15446 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15447 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15448 with the top-level Info directory.
15450 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15451 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15452 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15453 appended to the Info buffer name.
15455 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15456 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15457 in all the directories in that path.
15459 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15461 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15463 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15464 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15466 \(fn)" t nil)
15468 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15469 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15471 \(fn)" t nil)
15473 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15474 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15475 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15476 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15478 \(fn)" nil nil)
15480 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15481 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15482 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15483 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15485 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15487 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15488 Go to the Info directory node.
15490 \(fn)" t nil)
15492 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15493 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15494 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15495 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15496 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15497 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15499 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15501 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15502 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15503 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15505 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15507 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15508 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15509 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15510 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15511 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15513 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15515 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15516 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15517 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15518 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15519 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15521 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15522 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15524 Selecting other nodes:
15525 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15526 Follow a node reference you click on.
15527 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15528 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15529 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15530 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15531 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15532 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15533 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15534 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15535 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15536 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15537 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15538 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15539 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15540 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15541 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15542 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15543 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15544 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15545 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15546 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15548 Moving within a node:
15549 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15550 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15551 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15552 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15553 move up to the parent node.
15554 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15555 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15556 if there is none.
15557 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15559 Advanced commands:
15560 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15561 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15562 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15563 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15564 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15565 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15566 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15567 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15568 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15569 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15570 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15571 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15572 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15573 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15574 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15575 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15577 \(fn)" t nil)
15578 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15580 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15581 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15582 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15583 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15584 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15585 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15587 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15588 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15590 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15591 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15592 KEY is a string.
15593 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15594 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15595 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15596 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15598 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15600 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15601 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15602 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15604 \(fn)" t nil)
15606 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15607 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15608 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15610 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15612 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15613 Go to Info buffer that displays MANUAL, creating it if none already exists.
15615 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15617 ;;;***
15619 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15620 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15621 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
15622 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15624 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15625 Throw away all cached data.
15626 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15627 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15628 system.
15630 \(fn)" t nil)
15631 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15633 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15634 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15635 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15636 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15637 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15638 one found at point.
15640 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15642 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15643 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15645 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15646 Display the documentation of a file.
15647 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15648 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15649 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15650 The default file name is the one found at point.
15652 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15654 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15656 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15657 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15659 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15661 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15662 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15664 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15666 ;;;***
15668 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-docstrings info-xref-check-all-custom
15669 ;;;;;; info-xref-check-all info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el"
15670 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
15671 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15673 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15674 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15675 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15676 current info file is the default.
15678 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15679 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15680 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15681 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15682 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15684 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15685 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15686 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15687 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15688 mistake in the reference.
15690 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15691 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15692 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15694 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15695 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15696 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15697 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15699 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15701 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15702 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15703 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15704 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15705 checked.
15707 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15708 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15709 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15710 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15711 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15712 should be harmless.
15714 \(fn)" t nil)
15716 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15717 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15718 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15719 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15721 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15722 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15723 and can take a long time.
15725 \(fn)" t nil)
15727 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15728 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15729 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15731 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15733 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15734 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15736 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15737 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15738 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15739 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15740 all builtins).
15742 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15743 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15744 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15745 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15746 the sources handy.
15748 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15750 ;;;***
15752 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-split-threshold
15753 ;;;;;; Info-tagify) "informat" "informat.el" (20244 35516))
15754 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15756 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15757 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15759 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15761 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15762 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15764 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15766 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15767 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15768 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15769 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15771 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15772 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15773 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15775 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15776 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15777 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15778 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15780 \(fn)" t nil)
15782 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15783 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15784 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15786 \(fn)" t nil)
15788 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15789 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15790 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15791 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15792 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15794 \(fn)" nil nil)
15796 ;;;***
15798 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15799 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15800 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
15801 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15803 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15804 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15806 \(fn)" t nil)
15808 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15809 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15811 \(fn)" t nil)
15813 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15816 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15818 ;;;***
15820 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (20244
15821 ;;;;;; 35516))
15822 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15824 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15825 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15826 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15827 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15828 accessed via isearchb.
15830 \(fn)" t nil)
15832 ;;;***
15834 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
15835 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
15836 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
15837 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (20244 35516))
15838 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15840 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15841 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15842 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15843 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15844 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15846 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15848 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15849 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15850 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15851 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15852 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15854 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15856 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15857 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15858 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15859 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15860 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15862 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15864 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15865 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15866 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15867 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15868 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15870 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15872 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15873 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15874 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15875 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
15876 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15878 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15880 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
15881 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
15882 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15883 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
15884 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15886 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15888 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
15889 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
15890 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15891 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
15892 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15894 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15896 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
15897 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
15898 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15899 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15901 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15903 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15904 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15905 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
15906 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15908 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15910 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
15911 Warn that format is read-only.
15913 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15915 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
15916 Warn that format is write-only.
15918 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
15920 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
15921 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
15923 \(fn)" t nil)
15925 ;;;***
15927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
15928 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
15929 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
15930 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
15931 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
15932 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
15934 ;;;***
15936 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
15937 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
15938 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
15939 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-personal-dictionary)
15940 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (20428 57510))
15941 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
15943 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
15945 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
15946 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
15947 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
15948 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
15949 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
15951 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
15953 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
15955 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
15956 Key map for ispell menu.")
15958 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
15959 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
15960 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
15961 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
15963 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
15965 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
15967 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
15969 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
15971 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
15972 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
15973 The alist key must be a regular expression.
15974 Valid forms include:
15975 (KEY) - just skip the key.
15976 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
15977 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
15978 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
15980 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
15981 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
15982 First list is used raw.
15983 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
15985 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
15986 for skipping in latex mode.")
15988 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
15989 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
15990 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
15991 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
15992 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
15993 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
15994 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
15996 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
15997 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
15998 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
15999 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16001 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16002 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16003 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16004 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16005 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16007 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16008 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16010 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16011 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16013 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16014 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16016 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16017 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16019 Return values:
16020 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16021 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16022 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16023 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16024 quit spell session exited.
16026 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16028 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16029 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16030 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16032 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16034 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16035 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16037 Selections are:
16039 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16040 SPC: Accept word this time.
16041 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16042 `a': Accept word for this session.
16043 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16044 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16045 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16046 `?': Show these commands.
16047 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16048 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16049 the aborted check to be completed later.
16050 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16051 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16052 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16053 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16054 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16055 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16056 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16058 \(fn)" nil nil)
16060 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16061 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16062 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16063 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16065 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16067 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16068 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16069 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16070 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16072 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16074 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16076 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16077 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16078 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16079 amount for last line processed.
16081 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16083 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16084 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16086 \(fn)" t nil)
16088 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16089 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16091 \(fn)" t nil)
16093 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16094 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16096 \(fn)" t nil)
16098 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16099 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16100 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16101 sequence inside of a word.
16103 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16105 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16107 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16108 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16110 \(fn)" t nil)
16112 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16113 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16114 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16115 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16117 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16118 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16119 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16120 available on the net.
16122 \(fn)" t nil)
16124 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16125 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16126 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16127 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16128 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16130 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16131 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16132 spelled.
16134 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16135 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16136 SPC.
16138 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16139 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16143 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16144 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16145 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16146 Don't check included messages.
16148 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16149 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16150 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16152 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16153 in your .emacs file:
16154 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16155 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16156 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16157 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16159 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16160 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16161 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16163 \(fn)" t nil)
16165 ;;;***
16167 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (20412
16168 ;;;;;; 11425))
16169 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16171 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16172 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16173 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16174 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16175 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16176 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16178 (custom-autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" nil)
16180 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "\
16181 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
16182 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iswitchb mode if ARG is
16183 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16184 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16186 Iswitchb mode is a global minor mode that enables switching
16187 between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.
16189 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16191 ;;;***
16193 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16194 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16195 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16196 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (20244 35516))
16197 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16199 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16202 \(fn)" nil nil)
16204 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16205 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16206 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16207 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16208 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16209 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16210 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16211 necessary to represent OBJ.
16213 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16215 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16216 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16217 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16218 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16220 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16222 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16223 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16224 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16225 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16226 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16228 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16230 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16231 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16232 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16233 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16235 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16237 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16238 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16239 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16240 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16242 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16244 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16245 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16247 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16249 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16250 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16251 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16252 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16253 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16255 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16257 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16258 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16259 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16260 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16261 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16263 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16265 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16266 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16267 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16269 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16271 ;;;***
16273 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16274 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (20318 5885))
16275 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16277 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16278 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16279 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16280 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16282 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16285 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16287 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16288 Uninstall jka-compr.
16289 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16290 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16291 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16293 \(fn)" nil nil)
16295 ;;;***
16297 ;;;### (autoloads (js-mode) "js" "progmodes/js.el" (20415 57974))
16298 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16300 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16301 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16303 \(fn)" t nil)
16305 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16307 ;;;***
16309 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16310 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16311 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
16312 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16314 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16315 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16316 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16317 decimal key must be specified.")
16319 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16321 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16322 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16323 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16324 decimal key must be specified.")
16326 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16328 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16329 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16330 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16331 decimal key must be specified.")
16333 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16335 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16336 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16337 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16338 decimal key must be specified.")
16340 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16342 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16343 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16344 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16345 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16346 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16347 keys are bound.
16349 Setup Binding
16350 -------------------------------------------------------------
16351 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16352 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16353 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16354 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16355 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16356 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16357 in the global and local keymaps.
16359 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16360 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16362 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16364 ;;;***
16366 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16367 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
16368 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16370 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16371 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16372 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16374 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16375 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16376 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16377 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16378 shorter.
16380 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16381 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16382 the context of text formatting.
16384 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16386 ;;;***
16388 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (20244
16389 ;;;;;; 35516))
16390 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16392 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16393 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16394 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16395 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16396 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16397 positions that contains the current selection.")
16399 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16400 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16401 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16402 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16403 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16404 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16405 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16407 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16409 ;;;***
16411 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16412 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16413 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro kmacro-exec-ring-item)
16414 ;;;;;; "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (20412 11425))
16415 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16416 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16417 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16418 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16419 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16420 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16421 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16422 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16424 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16425 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16427 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16429 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16430 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16431 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16432 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16433 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16435 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16437 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16438 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16439 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16441 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16442 defining the macro.
16444 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16445 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16446 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16448 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16449 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16451 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16453 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16454 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16455 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16456 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16457 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16458 under that name.
16460 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16461 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16462 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16464 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16466 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16467 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16468 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16470 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16471 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16472 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16473 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16475 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16476 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16478 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16480 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16481 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16482 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16484 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16485 macro.
16487 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16488 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16490 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16491 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16492 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16494 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16495 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16497 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16499 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16500 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16501 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16502 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16504 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16506 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16507 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16508 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16509 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16511 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16512 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16514 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16516 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16517 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16518 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16520 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16522 ;;;***
16524 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16525 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (20356 35090))
16526 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16528 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16529 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16530 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16532 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16535 \(fn)" nil nil)
16537 ;;;***
16539 ;;;### (autoloads (landmark landmark-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16540 ;;;;;; (20356 35090))
16541 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16543 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16545 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16546 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16548 \(fn)" t nil)
16550 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16551 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16552 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16553 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16555 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16556 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16557 none / 1 | yes | no
16558 2 | yes | yes
16559 3 | no | yes
16560 4 | no | no
16562 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16563 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16564 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16566 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16568 ;;;***
16570 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
16571 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
16572 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (20244 35516))
16573 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16575 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16578 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16580 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16581 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16582 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16583 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16584 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16585 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16587 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16588 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16590 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16592 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16593 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16595 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16597 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16600 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16602 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16605 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16607 ;;;***
16609 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16610 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16611 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (20244 35516))
16612 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16614 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16615 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16616 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16617 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16619 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16621 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16622 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16623 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16625 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16627 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16628 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16629 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16631 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16633 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16634 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16635 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16636 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16638 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16640 ;;;***
16642 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16643 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (20244 35516))
16644 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16646 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16647 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16648 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16649 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16650 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16651 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16652 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16653 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16655 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16656 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16658 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16659 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16661 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16663 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16664 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16665 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16666 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16667 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16668 `latin1-display-setup'.
16670 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16672 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16673 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16674 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16675 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16677 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16678 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16680 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16682 ;;;***
16684 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
16685 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
16686 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16688 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16689 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16691 \(fn)" t nil)
16693 ;;;***
16695 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (20244 35516))
16696 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16698 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16699 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16700 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16701 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16702 generations (this defaults to 1).
16704 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16706 ;;;***
16708 ;;;### (autoloads (global-linum-mode linum-mode linum-format) "linum"
16709 ;;;;;; "linum.el" (20244 35516))
16710 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16712 (defvar linum-format 'dynamic "\
16713 Format used to display line numbers.
16714 Either a format string like \"%7d\", `dynamic' to adapt the width
16715 as needed, or a function that is called with a line number as its
16716 argument and should evaluate to a string to be shown on that line.
16717 See also `linum-before-numbering-hook'.")
16719 (custom-autoload 'linum-format "linum" t)
16721 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16722 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16723 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16724 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16725 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16727 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16731 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16732 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16733 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16734 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16735 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16736 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16738 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16740 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16741 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16742 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16743 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16744 ARG is omitted or nil.
16746 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16747 `linum-on' would do it.
16748 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16750 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16752 ;;;***
16754 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (20412
16755 ;;;;;; 11425))
16756 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16758 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16759 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16760 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16761 is nil, raise an error.
16763 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16764 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16765 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16766 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16767 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16768 defined by the library.
16770 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16771 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16772 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16773 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16774 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16775 proceeds.
16777 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16778 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16779 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16780 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16782 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16784 ;;;***
16786 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
16787 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (20244 35516))
16788 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16790 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16791 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16792 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16794 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16796 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16797 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16798 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16799 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16801 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16802 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16803 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16804 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16805 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16806 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16807 the version.)
16809 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16810 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16812 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16813 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16815 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16816 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16818 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16820 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16821 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16822 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16823 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16824 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16825 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16826 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16827 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16828 to constrain a big search.
16830 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16832 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16833 except that FILTER is not optional.
16835 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16837 ;;;***
16839 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (20412 11425))
16840 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16842 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16843 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16844 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode'
16845 if MODE is nil.
16846 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
16847 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so
16848 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
16849 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
16850 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16852 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist. Possible keys and associated values:
16853 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16854 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16855 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16856 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16858 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
16859 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
16860 uses the current buffer.
16862 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16864 ;;;***
16866 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (20290
16867 ;;;;;; 33419))
16868 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16870 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16871 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16873 \(fn)" t nil)
16875 ;;;***
16877 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (20244
16878 ;;;;;; 35516))
16879 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
16881 (autoload 'longlines-mode "longlines" "\
16882 Toggle Long Lines mode in this buffer.
16883 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Long Lines mode if ARG is
16884 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16885 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16887 When Long Lines mode is enabled, long lines are wrapped if they
16888 extend beyond `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line
16889 wrapping will not show up when the text is yanked or saved to
16890 disk.
16892 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are
16893 automatically wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can
16894 always call `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
16896 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard
16897 newlines are indicated with a symbol.
16899 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16901 ;;;***
16903 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
16904 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (20244
16905 ;;;;;; 35516))
16906 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16908 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16909 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16911 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16912 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16914 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16915 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16916 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16918 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16919 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16921 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16922 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16923 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16924 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16925 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
16926 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
16927 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
16929 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
16931 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
16932 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
16933 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
16934 switch on this list.
16935 See `lpr-command'.")
16937 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
16939 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
16940 Name of program for printing a file.
16942 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
16943 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
16944 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
16945 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
16946 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
16947 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
16948 argument.")
16950 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
16952 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
16953 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
16954 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16955 for customization of the printer command.
16957 \(fn)" t nil)
16959 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
16960 Paginate and print buffer contents.
16962 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16963 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16964 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16965 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16967 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16968 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16970 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16971 for further customization of the printer command.
16973 \(fn)" t nil)
16975 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
16976 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
16977 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16978 for customization of the printer command.
16980 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16982 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
16983 Paginate and print the region contents.
16985 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
16986 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
16987 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
16988 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
16990 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
16991 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
16993 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
16994 for further customization of the printer command.
16996 \(fn START END)" t nil)
16998 ;;;***
17000 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17001 ;;;;;; (20276 3849))
17002 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17004 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17005 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17006 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17008 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17010 ;;;***
17012 ;;;### (autoloads (lunar-phases) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (20244
17013 ;;;;;; 35516))
17014 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17016 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17017 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17018 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17019 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17021 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17023 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17025 ;;;***
17027 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (20356
17028 ;;;;;; 35090))
17029 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17031 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17032 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17034 \(fn)" t nil)
17036 ;;;***
17038 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17039 ;;;;;; (20452 43334))
17040 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17042 (autoload 'macroexpand-all "macroexp" "\
17043 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17044 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17045 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17046 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17048 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17050 ;;;***
17052 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17053 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (20244 35516))
17054 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17056 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17057 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17058 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17059 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17060 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17062 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17064 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17065 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17066 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17067 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17069 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17070 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17071 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17072 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17073 bindings.
17075 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17076 use this command, and then save the file.
17078 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17080 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17081 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17082 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17083 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17084 each time the macro executes.
17085 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17086 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17087 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17088 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17089 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17090 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17091 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17093 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17095 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17096 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17097 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17098 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17100 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17101 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17102 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17103 execute.
17105 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17106 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17108 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17109 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17110 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17111 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17112 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17114 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17115 looked like this:
17117 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17118 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17119 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17121 You could enter the names in this format:
17127 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17129 \\C-x (
17130 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17131 \\C-x )
17133 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17134 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17136 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17137 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17139 ;;;***
17141 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17142 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (20356 35090))
17143 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17145 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17146 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17147 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17148 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17149 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17150 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17152 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17153 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17154 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17155 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17156 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17158 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17159 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17160 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17161 consing a string.)
17163 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17165 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17166 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17168 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17170 ;;;***
17172 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17173 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17174 ;;;;;; (20356 35090))
17175 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17177 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17178 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17180 \(fn)" nil nil)
17182 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17185 \(fn)" nil nil)
17187 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17188 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17190 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17192 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17193 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17194 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17195 message.
17197 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17199 \(fn)" nil nil)
17201 ;;;***
17203 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17204 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable-region mail-quote-printable
17205 ;;;;;; mail-file-babyl-p mail-dont-reply-to-names mail-use-rfc822)
17206 ;;;;;; "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (20318 5885))
17207 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17209 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17210 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17211 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17212 often correct parser.")
17214 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17216 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17217 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17218 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17219 a value which excludes your own email address.
17221 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17222 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17224 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17226 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17227 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17229 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17231 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17232 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17233 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17234 we return it unconverted.
17236 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17237 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17239 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17241 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17242 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17243 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17244 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17246 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17248 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17249 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17250 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17251 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17253 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17255 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17256 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17257 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17258 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17259 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17260 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17261 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17262 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17263 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17264 as Rmail does.
17266 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17268 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17269 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17270 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17271 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17272 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17273 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17274 matches may be returned from the message body.
17276 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17278 ;;;***
17280 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup
17281 ;;;;;; mail-abbrevs-mode) "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (20412
17282 ;;;;;; 11425))
17283 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17285 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17286 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17287 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17288 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17289 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17290 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17292 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17294 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17295 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17296 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17297 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17298 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17300 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17301 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17302 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17303 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17305 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17307 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17308 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17310 \(fn)" nil nil)
17312 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17313 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17314 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17316 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17318 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17319 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17320 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17322 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17323 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17324 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17325 double-quotes.
17327 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17329 ;;;***
17331 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete mail-completion-at-point-function
17332 ;;;;;; define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases mail-complete-style)
17333 ;;;;;; "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (20244 35516))
17334 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17336 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17337 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17338 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17339 king@grassland.com
17340 If `parens', they look like:
17341 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17342 If `angles', they look like:
17343 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17345 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17347 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17348 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17349 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17350 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17351 their `Resent-' variants.
17353 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17354 removed from alias expansions.
17356 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17358 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17359 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17360 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17362 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17363 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17364 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17365 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17367 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17369 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17370 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17371 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17373 \(fn)" nil nil)
17375 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17376 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17377 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17378 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17380 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17382 ;;;***
17384 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17385 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
17386 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17388 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17389 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17390 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17391 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17393 \(fn)" nil nil)
17395 ;;;***
17397 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17398 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17399 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (20412 11425))
17400 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17402 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17403 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17405 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17406 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17407 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17408 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17409 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17410 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17412 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17413 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17414 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17415 dependency, despite the colon.
17417 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17419 In the browser, use the following keys:
17421 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17423 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17425 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17426 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17428 `makefile-target-colon':
17429 The string that gets appended to all target names
17430 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17431 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17433 `makefile-macro-assign':
17434 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17435 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17436 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17437 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17438 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17439 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17441 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17442 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17443 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17445 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17446 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17448 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17449 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17450 up or down in the browser.
17452 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17453 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17455 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17456 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17458 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17459 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17460 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17461 has been selected in the browser.
17463 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17464 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17465 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17466 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17467 filenames are omitted.
17469 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17470 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17471 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17472 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17473 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17474 the backslash itself intact.
17475 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17476 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17478 `makefile-browser-hook':
17479 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17480 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17482 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17483 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17484 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17485 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17487 \(fn)" t nil)
17489 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17490 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17492 \(fn)" t nil)
17494 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17495 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17497 \(fn)" t nil)
17499 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17500 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17502 \(fn)" t nil)
17504 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17505 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17507 \(fn)" t nil)
17509 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17510 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17512 \(fn)" t nil)
17514 ;;;***
17516 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (20244
17517 ;;;;;; 35516))
17518 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17520 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17521 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17522 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17524 \(fn)" t nil)
17526 ;;;***
17528 ;;;### (autoloads (Man-bookmark-jump man-follow man) "man" "man.el"
17529 ;;;;;; (20412 11425))
17530 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17532 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17534 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17535 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17536 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17537 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17538 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17539 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17540 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17541 page, it will display immediately.
17543 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17544 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17545 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17547 cat(1)
17548 1 cat
17550 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17551 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17552 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17553 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17555 -a chmod
17557 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17558 otherwise look like a page name.
17560 /my/file/name.1.gz
17561 -l somefile.1
17563 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17564 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17565 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17567 -k pattern
17569 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17571 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17572 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17574 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17576 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17577 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17579 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17581 ;;;***
17583 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (20244 35516))
17584 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17586 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17587 Toggle Master mode.
17588 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17589 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17590 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17592 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17593 using the following commands:
17595 \\{master-mode-map}
17597 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17598 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17599 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17601 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17603 ;;;***
17605 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode) "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el"
17606 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
17607 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17609 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17610 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17611 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17612 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17613 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17614 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17616 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17618 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17619 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17620 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17621 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17622 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17624 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17625 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17626 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17627 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17629 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17631 ;;;***
17633 ;;;### (autoloads (message-unbold-region message-bold-region message-news-other-frame
17634 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17635 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17636 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17637 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17638 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode) "message"
17639 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (20290 33419))
17640 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17642 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17644 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17645 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17646 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17647 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17648 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17649 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17650 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17651 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17652 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17653 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17654 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17655 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17656 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17657 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17658 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17659 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17660 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17661 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17662 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17663 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17664 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17665 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17666 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17667 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17668 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17669 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17670 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17671 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17672 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17673 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17674 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17675 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17676 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17677 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17678 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17679 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17680 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17681 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17683 \(fn)" t nil)
17685 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17686 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17687 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17688 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17689 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17691 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17693 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17694 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17696 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17698 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17699 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17701 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17703 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17704 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17706 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17708 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17709 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17710 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17712 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17714 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17715 Cancel an article you posted.
17716 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17718 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17720 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17721 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17722 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17723 header line with the old Message-ID.
17725 \(fn)" t nil)
17727 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17728 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17730 \(fn)" t nil)
17732 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17733 Forward the current message via mail.
17734 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17735 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17737 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17739 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17742 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17744 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17747 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17749 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17750 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17752 \(fn)" t nil)
17754 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17755 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17757 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17759 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17760 Re-mail the current message.
17761 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17762 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17763 you.
17765 \(fn)" t nil)
17767 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17768 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17770 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17772 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17773 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17775 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17777 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17778 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17780 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17782 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17783 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17785 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17787 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17788 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17789 Works by overstriking characters.
17790 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17791 which specify the range to operate on.
17793 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17795 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17796 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17797 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17798 which specify the range to operate on.
17800 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17802 ;;;***
17804 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
17805 ;;;;;; (20412 11425))
17806 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17808 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17809 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17811 \(fn)" t nil)
17813 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17814 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17816 \(fn)" t nil)
17818 ;;;***
17820 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
17821 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
17822 ;;;;;; (20356 35090))
17823 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17825 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17826 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17827 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17829 \(fn)" t nil)
17831 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17832 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17833 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17834 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17835 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17836 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17837 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17839 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17841 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17842 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17843 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17844 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17845 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17846 means current).
17847 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17848 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17850 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17852 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17853 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17854 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17855 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17856 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17857 means current).
17858 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17859 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17861 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17863 ;;;***
17865 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
17866 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
17867 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (20244 35516))
17868 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17870 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17871 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17872 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17874 \(fn)" t nil)
17876 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17877 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17878 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17880 \(fn)" t nil)
17882 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17883 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17885 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17886 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17887 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17889 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17890 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17892 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17893 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17895 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17897 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17899 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17900 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17901 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17902 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17903 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17904 as `compose-mail'.
17906 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17907 initial Subject field, respectively.
17909 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17910 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17911 are strings.
17913 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17914 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17916 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17918 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17919 Save draft and send message.
17921 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17922 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17923 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17924 Mail Delivery*\".
17926 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17927 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17928 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17930 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17931 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17932 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17933 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17934 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17935 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17937 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17938 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17940 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17941 message and scan line.
17943 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17945 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
17946 Quit editing and delete draft message.
17948 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
17949 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
17950 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
17951 delete the draft message.
17953 \(fn)" t nil)
17955 ;;;***
17957 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (20244 35516))
17958 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
17960 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17962 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
17964 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
17966 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
17967 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
17969 \(fn)" t nil)
17971 ;;;***
17973 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
17974 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (20373 41604))
17975 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
17977 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
17978 Incorporate new mail with MH.
17979 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17981 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17982 the MH mail system.
17984 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17986 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
17987 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
17988 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
17990 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
17991 the MH mail system.
17993 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17995 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
17996 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
17998 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
17999 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18000 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18001 separate command.
18003 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18004 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18005 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18006 format.
18008 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18010 Ranges
18011 ======
18012 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18013 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18014 can be used in several ways.
18016 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18017 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18018 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18019 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18020 page):
18022 <num1>-<num2>
18023 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18024 The range must be nonempty.
18026 <num>:N
18027 <num>:+N
18028 <num>:-N
18029 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18030 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18031 last.
18033 first:N
18034 prev:N
18035 next:N
18036 last:N
18037 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18040 All of the messages.
18042 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18043 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18045 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18046 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18047 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18049 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18051 \(fn)" t nil)
18053 ;;;***
18055 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18056 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (20244 35516))
18057 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18059 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18060 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18061 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18062 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18063 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18064 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18065 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18066 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18067 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18068 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18069 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18071 \(fn)" t nil)
18073 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18074 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18075 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18076 to its second argument TM.
18078 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18080 ;;;***
18082 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18083 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (20356 35090))
18084 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18086 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18087 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18088 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18089 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18090 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18091 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18093 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18095 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18096 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18097 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18098 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18099 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18101 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18102 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18103 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18104 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18105 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18106 is modified to remove the default indication.
18108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18110 ;;;***
18112 ;;;### (autoloads (list-dynamic-libraries butterfly) "misc" "misc.el"
18113 ;;;;;; (20356 35090))
18114 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18116 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18117 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18118 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18119 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18120 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18121 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18122 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18123 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18124 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18126 \(fn)" t nil)
18128 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18129 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18130 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18131 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18132 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18133 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18134 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18135 The return value is always nil.
18137 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18139 ;;;***
18141 ;;;### (autoloads (multi-isearch-files-regexp multi-isearch-files
18142 ;;;;;; multi-isearch-buffers-regexp multi-isearch-buffers multi-isearch-setup)
18143 ;;;;;; "misearch" "misearch.el" (20420 52684))
18144 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18145 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18147 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18148 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18150 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18151 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18152 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18153 next occurrence.
18155 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18156 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18157 end of the search space).
18159 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18160 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18161 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18162 direction is backward (when `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18163 should return the previous buffer to search.
18165 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18166 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18167 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18169 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18170 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18171 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18172 Isearch starts.")
18174 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18175 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18176 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18178 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18179 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18180 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18182 \(fn)" nil nil)
18184 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18185 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18186 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18187 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18188 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18189 whose names match the specified regexp.
18191 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18193 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18194 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18195 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18196 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18197 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18198 whose names match the specified regexp.
18200 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18202 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18203 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18204 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18205 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18206 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18207 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18208 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18210 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18212 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18213 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18214 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18215 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18216 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18217 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18218 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18220 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18222 ;;;***
18224 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18225 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
18226 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18228 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18229 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18231 \(fn)" t nil)
18233 ;;;***
18235 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-default-file-encoding) "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el"
18236 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
18237 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18239 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18240 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18242 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18244 ;;;***
18246 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18247 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (20244 35516))
18248 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18250 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18251 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18253 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18255 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18256 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18257 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18258 the entire message.
18259 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18261 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18263 ;;;***
18265 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18266 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
18267 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18269 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18270 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18271 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18272 the entire message.
18273 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18275 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18277 ;;;***
18279 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18280 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (20244 35516))
18281 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18283 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18284 Insert file contents of URL.
18285 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18287 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18289 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18290 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18292 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18294 ;;;***
18296 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18297 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (20318 5885))
18298 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18300 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18301 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18302 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18303 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18304 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18306 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18308 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18309 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18310 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18312 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18314 ;;;***
18316 ;;;### (autoloads (mml-attach-file mml-to-mime) "mml" "gnus/mml.el"
18317 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
18318 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18320 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18321 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18323 \(fn)" nil nil)
18325 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18326 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18327 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18328 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]'.
18330 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18331 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18332 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18333 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18334 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18335 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18337 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18339 ;;;***
18341 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18342 ;;;;;; (20291 57212))
18343 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18345 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18348 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18350 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18353 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18355 ;;;***
18357 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18358 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18359 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (20244 35516))
18360 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18362 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18365 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18367 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18370 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18372 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18375 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18377 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18380 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18382 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18385 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18387 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18390 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18392 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18395 \(fn)" nil nil)
18397 ;;;***
18399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (20412 11425))
18400 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18402 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18404 ;;;***
18406 ;;;### (autoloads (m2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (20356
18407 ;;;;;; 35090))
18408 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18410 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18412 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18413 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18414 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18415 followed by the first character of the construct.
18416 \\<m2-mode-map>
18417 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18418 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18419 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18420 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18421 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18422 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18423 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18424 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18425 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18426 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18427 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18428 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18429 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18430 \\[m2-link] link
18432 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18433 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18434 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18436 \(fn)" t nil)
18438 ;;;***
18440 ;;;### (autoloads (denato-region nato-region unmorse-region morse-region)
18441 ;;;;;; "morse" "play/morse.el" (20244 35516))
18442 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18444 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18445 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18447 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18449 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18450 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18452 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18454 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18455 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18457 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18459 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18460 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18462 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18464 ;;;***
18466 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-drag-drag mouse-drag-throw) "mouse-drag"
18467 ;;;;;; "mouse-drag.el" (20356 35090))
18468 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18470 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18471 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18473 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18474 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18475 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18477 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18478 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18479 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18481 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18482 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18484 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18485 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18486 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18487 hemisphere you're in.)
18489 To test this function, evaluate:
18490 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18492 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18494 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18495 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18497 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18498 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18500 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18501 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18502 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18504 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18505 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18507 To test this function, evaluate:
18508 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18510 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18512 ;;;***
18514 ;;;### (autoloads (mpc) "mpc" "mpc.el" (20377 36640))
18515 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18517 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18518 Main entry point for MPC.
18520 \(fn)" t nil)
18522 ;;;***
18524 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (20434 28080))
18525 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18527 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18528 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18530 \(fn)" t nil)
18532 ;;;***
18534 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (20356 35090))
18535 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18537 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18538 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18539 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18542 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18544 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18546 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18547 Toggle Msb mode.
18548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18549 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18550 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18552 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18553 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18555 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18557 ;;;***
18559 ;;;### (autoloads (font-show-log mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets
18560 ;;;;;; describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18561 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18562 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18563 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18564 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
18565 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18567 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18568 Display a list of all character sets.
18570 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18571 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18572 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18573 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18574 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18576 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18577 but still shows the full information.
18579 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18581 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18582 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18583 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18585 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18586 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18587 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18588 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18589 meanings of these arguments.
18591 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18593 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18594 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18596 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18598 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18599 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18601 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18603 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18604 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18606 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18608 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18609 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18611 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18612 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18613 in place of `..':
18614 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18615 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18616 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18617 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18618 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18619 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18620 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18621 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18622 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18623 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18624 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18625 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18626 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18627 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18628 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18629 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18631 \(fn)" t nil)
18633 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18634 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18636 \(fn)" t nil)
18638 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18639 Display a list of all coding systems.
18640 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18642 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18643 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18645 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18647 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18648 Display a list of all coding categories.
18650 \(fn)" nil nil)
18652 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18653 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18654 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18656 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18658 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18659 Display information about FONTSET.
18660 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18662 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18664 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18665 Display a list of all fontsets.
18666 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18667 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18668 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18670 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18672 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18673 Display information about all input methods.
18675 \(fn)" t nil)
18677 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18678 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18680 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18681 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18682 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18683 system which uses fontsets).
18685 \(fn)" t nil)
18687 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18688 Show log of font listing and opening.
18689 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18690 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18692 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18694 ;;;***
18696 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18697 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority with-coding-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18698 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18699 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18700 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18701 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (20244 35516))
18702 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18704 (autoload 'string-to-sequence "mule-util" "\
18705 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18706 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18708 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18710 (make-obsolete 'string-to-sequence "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18712 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18713 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18715 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18716 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18718 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18719 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18721 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18723 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18724 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18725 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18726 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18727 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18728 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18729 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18731 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18732 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18733 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18734 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18735 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18736 middle of a character in STR.
18738 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18739 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18741 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18742 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18743 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18744 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18745 defaults to \"...\".
18747 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18749 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18750 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18752 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18753 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18754 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18756 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18757 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18758 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18760 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18761 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18762 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18763 are considered.
18764 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18765 longer than KEYSEQ.
18766 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18768 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18770 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18771 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18772 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18773 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18774 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18775 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18776 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18777 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18778 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18779 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18780 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18782 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18784 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18785 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18787 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18789 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18790 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18792 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18794 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18795 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18797 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18799 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18800 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18802 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18804 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18805 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18806 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18807 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18808 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18810 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18811 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18813 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18814 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18815 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18816 coding systems ordered by priority.
18818 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18820 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18821 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18822 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18823 language environment LANG-ENV.
18825 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18827 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18828 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18829 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18830 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18831 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18832 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18834 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18836 ;;;***
18838 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
18839 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
18840 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host ping traceroute route arp netstat
18841 ;;;;;; iwconfig ifconfig) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (20244
18842 ;;;;;; 35516))
18843 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18845 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18846 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18848 \(fn)" t nil)
18850 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18851 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18853 \(fn)" t nil)
18855 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18856 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18858 \(fn)" t nil)
18860 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18861 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18863 \(fn)" t nil)
18865 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18866 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18868 \(fn)" t nil)
18870 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18871 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18873 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18875 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18876 Ping HOST.
18877 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18878 `ping-program-options'.
18880 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18882 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18883 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18885 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18887 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18888 Run nslookup program.
18890 \(fn)" t nil)
18892 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18893 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18895 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18897 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18898 Run dig program.
18900 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18902 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18903 Run ftp program.
18905 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18907 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18908 Finger USER on HOST.
18910 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18912 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18913 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18914 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18915 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18917 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18919 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18922 \(fn)" t nil)
18924 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18925 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18927 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18929 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18930 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18932 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18934 ;;;***
18936 ;;;### (autoloads (netrc-credentials) "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (20290
18937 ;;;;;; 33419))
18938 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18940 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18941 Return a user name/password pair.
18942 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18943 listed in the PORTS list.
18945 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18947 ;;;***
18949 ;;;### (autoloads (open-network-stream) "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el"
18950 ;;;;;; (20373 41604))
18951 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18953 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18954 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18955 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18956 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18957 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18958 closes it.
18960 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
18961 make it unique.
18962 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
18963 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
18964 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
18965 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
18966 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
18967 a port number to connect to.
18969 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
18970 values:
18972 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
18973 nil or `network'
18974 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
18975 the parameters :success and :capability-command
18976 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
18977 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
18978 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
18979 an unencrypted connection.
18980 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
18981 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
18982 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
18983 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
18984 returned object is a killed process.
18985 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
18986 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
18987 `shell' -- A shell connection.
18989 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
18990 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
18991 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
18992 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
18993 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
18994 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
18995 or nil if none could be found.
18996 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
18997 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
18999 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19001 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19002 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19003 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19005 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19006 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19007 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19009 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19010 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19011 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19013 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19014 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19015 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19016 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19018 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19019 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19021 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19022 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19023 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19024 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19025 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19026 or STARTTLS connections.
19028 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19029 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19031 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19032 asynchronously, if possible.
19034 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19036 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19038 ;;;***
19040 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start newsticker-running-p) "newst-backend"
19041 ;;;;;; "net/newst-backend.el" (20244 35516))
19042 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19044 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19045 Check whether newsticker is running.
19046 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19047 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19049 \(fn)" nil nil)
19051 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19052 Start the newsticker.
19053 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19054 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19055 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19056 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19058 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19060 ;;;***
19062 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-plainview) "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19063 ;;;;;; (20434 28080))
19064 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19066 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19067 Start newsticker plainview.
19069 \(fn)" t nil)
19071 ;;;***
19073 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news) "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el"
19074 ;;;;;; (20434 28080))
19075 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19077 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19078 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19080 \(fn)" t nil)
19082 ;;;***
19084 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-ticker-running-p)
19085 ;;;;;; "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (20428 57510))
19086 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19088 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19089 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19090 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19091 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19092 empty.
19094 \(fn)" nil nil)
19096 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19097 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19098 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19099 running already.
19101 \(fn)" t nil)
19103 ;;;***
19105 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-treeview) "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el"
19106 ;;;;;; (20434 28080))
19107 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19109 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19110 Start newsticker treeview.
19112 \(fn)" t nil)
19114 ;;;***
19116 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19117 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
19118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19120 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19121 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19123 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19125 ;;;***
19127 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (20244
19128 ;;;;;; 35516))
19129 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19131 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19132 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19133 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19134 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19135 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19136 symbol in the alist.
19138 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19140 ;;;***
19142 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19143 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
19144 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19146 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19147 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19148 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19150 \(fn)" t nil)
19152 ;;;***
19154 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19155 ;;;;;; (20290 33419))
19156 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19158 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19159 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19161 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19163 ;;;***
19165 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19166 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (20412 11425))
19167 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19169 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19171 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19172 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19173 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19175 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19178 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19180 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19181 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19182 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19183 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19184 to future sessions.
19186 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19188 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19189 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19190 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19191 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19192 to future sessions.
19194 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19196 ;;;***
19198 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19199 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
19200 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19202 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19203 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19204 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19205 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19206 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19207 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19209 \(fn)" t nil)
19211 ;;;***
19213 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-glyph-display-string) "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el"
19214 ;;;;;; (20446 34252))
19215 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19217 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19218 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19219 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19220 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19222 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19224 ;;;***
19226 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-mode) "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (20446
19227 ;;;;;; 34252))
19228 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19230 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19231 Major mode for editing XML.
19233 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19234 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19235 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19236 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19237 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19238 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19239 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19241 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19243 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19244 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19246 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19247 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19248 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19249 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19250 instead of C-c.
19252 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19253 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19254 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19255 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19256 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19257 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19259 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19260 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19261 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19263 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19264 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19265 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19267 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19268 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19269 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19270 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19271 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19272 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19273 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19274 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19275 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19277 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19279 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19280 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19282 \(fn)" t nil)
19284 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19286 ;;;***
19288 ;;;### (autoloads (nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets) "nxml-uchnm"
19289 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (20244 35516))
19290 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19292 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19293 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19294 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19295 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19297 \(fn)" t nil)
19299 ;;;***
19301 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-mark-block org-babel-previous-src-block
19302 ;;;;;; org-babel-next-src-block org-babel-goto-named-result org-babel-goto-named-src-block
19303 ;;;;;; org-babel-goto-src-block-head org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe
19304 ;;;;;; org-babel-sha1-hash org-babel-execute-subtree org-babel-execute-buffer
19305 ;;;;;; org-babel-map-executables org-babel-map-call-lines org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks
19306 ;;;;;; org-babel-map-src-blocks org-babel-open-src-block-result
19307 ;;;;;; org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code org-babel-switch-to-session
19308 ;;;;;; org-babel-initiate-session org-babel-load-in-session org-babel-insert-header-arg
19309 ;;;;;; org-babel-check-src-block org-babel-expand-src-block org-babel-execute-src-block
19310 ;;;;;; org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe org-babel-load-in-session-maybe
19311 ;;;;;; org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe org-babel-view-src-block-info
19312 ;;;;;; org-babel-execute-maybe org-babel-execute-safely-maybe) "ob"
19313 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" (20419 46656))
19314 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob.el
19316 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-safely-maybe "ob" "\
19319 \(fn)" nil nil)
19321 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-maybe "ob" "\
19324 \(fn)" t nil)
19326 (autoload 'org-babel-view-src-block-info "ob" "\
19327 Display information on the current source block.
19328 This includes header arguments, language and name, and is largely
19329 a window into the `org-babel-get-src-block-info' function.
19331 \(fn)" t nil)
19333 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block-maybe "ob" "\
19334 Conditionally expand a source block.
19335 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19336 then run `org-babel-expand-src-block'.
19338 \(fn)" t nil)
19340 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session-maybe "ob" "\
19341 Conditionally load a source block in a session.
19342 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19343 then run `org-babel-load-in-session'.
19345 \(fn)" t nil)
19347 (autoload 'org-babel-pop-to-session-maybe "ob" "\
19348 Conditionally pop to a session.
19349 Detect if this is context for a org-babel src-block and if so
19350 then run `org-babel-pop-to-session'.
19352 \(fn)" t nil)
19354 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-src-block "ob" "\
19355 Execute the current source code block.
19356 Insert the results of execution into the buffer. Source code
19357 execution and the collection and formatting of results can be
19358 controlled through a variety of header arguments.
19360 With prefix argument ARG, force re-execution even if an existing
19361 result cached in the buffer would otherwise have been returned.
19363 Optionally supply a value for INFO in the form returned by
19364 `org-babel-get-src-block-info'.
19366 Optionally supply a value for PARAMS which will be merged with
19367 the header arguments specified at the front of the source code
19368 block.
19370 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19372 (autoload 'org-babel-expand-src-block "ob" "\
19373 Expand the current source code block.
19374 Expand according to the source code block's header
19375 arguments and pop open the results in a preview buffer.
19377 \(fn &optional ARG INFO PARAMS)" t nil)
19379 (autoload 'org-babel-check-src-block "ob" "\
19380 Check for misspelled header arguments in the current code block.
19382 \(fn)" t nil)
19384 (autoload 'org-babel-insert-header-arg "ob" "\
19385 Insert a header argument selecting from lists of common args and values.
19387 \(fn)" t nil)
19389 (autoload 'org-babel-load-in-session "ob" "\
19390 Load the body of the current source-code block.
19391 Evaluate the header arguments for the source block before
19392 entering the session. After loading the body this pops open the
19393 session.
19395 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19397 (autoload 'org-babel-initiate-session "ob" "\
19398 Initiate session for current code block.
19399 If called with a prefix argument then resolve any variable
19400 references in the header arguments and assign these variables in
19401 the session. Copy the body of the code block to the kill ring.
19403 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19405 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session "ob" "\
19406 Switch to the session of the current code block.
19407 Uses `org-babel-initiate-session' to start the session. If called
19408 with a prefix argument then this is passed on to
19409 `org-babel-initiate-session'.
19411 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19413 (autoload 'org-babel-switch-to-session-with-code "ob" "\
19414 Switch to code buffer and display session.
19416 \(fn &optional ARG INFO)" t nil)
19418 (autoload 'org-babel-open-src-block-result "ob" "\
19419 If `point' is on a src block then open the results of the
19420 source code block, otherwise return nil. With optional prefix
19421 argument RE-RUN the source-code block is evaluated even if
19422 results already exist.
19424 \(fn &optional RE-RUN)" t nil)
19426 (autoload 'org-babel-map-src-blocks "ob" "\
19427 Evaluate BODY forms on each source-block in FILE.
19428 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19429 buffer. During evaluation of BODY the following local variables
19430 are set relative to the currently matched code block.
19432 full-block ------- string holding the entirety of the code block
19433 beg-block -------- point at the beginning of the code block
19434 end-block -------- point at the end of the matched code block
19435 lang ------------- string holding the language of the code block
19436 beg-lang --------- point at the beginning of the lang
19437 end-lang --------- point at the end of the lang
19438 switches --------- string holding the switches
19439 beg-switches ----- point at the beginning of the switches
19440 end-switches ----- point at the end of the switches
19441 header-args ------ string holding the header-args
19442 beg-header-args -- point at the beginning of the header-args
19443 end-header-args -- point at the end of the header-args
19444 body ------------- string holding the body of the code block
19445 beg-body --------- point at the beginning of the body
19446 end-body --------- point at the end of the body
19448 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil t)
19450 (put 'org-babel-map-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19452 (autoload 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks "ob" "\
19453 Evaluate BODY forms on each inline source-block in FILE.
19454 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19455 buffer.
19457 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil t)
19459 (put 'org-babel-map-inline-src-blocks 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19461 (autoload 'org-babel-map-call-lines "ob" "\
19462 Evaluate BODY forms on each call line in FILE.
19463 If FILE is nil evaluate BODY forms on source blocks in current
19464 buffer.
19466 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil t)
19468 (put 'org-babel-map-call-lines 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19470 (autoload 'org-babel-map-executables "ob" "\
19473 \(fn FILE &rest BODY)" nil t)
19475 (put 'org-babel-map-executables 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19477 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-buffer "ob" "\
19478 Execute source code blocks in a buffer.
19479 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19480 the current buffer.
19482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19484 (autoload 'org-babel-execute-subtree "ob" "\
19485 Execute source code blocks in a subtree.
19486 Call `org-babel-execute-src-block' on every source block in
19487 the current subtree.
19489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19491 (autoload 'org-babel-sha1-hash "ob" "\
19492 Generate an sha1 hash based on the value of info.
19494 \(fn &optional INFO)" t nil)
19496 (autoload 'org-babel-hide-result-toggle-maybe "ob" "\
19497 Toggle visibility of result at point.
19499 \(fn)" t nil)
19501 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-src-block-head "ob" "\
19502 Go to the beginning of the current code block.
19504 \(fn)" t nil)
19506 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-src-block "ob" "\
19507 Go to a named source-code block.
19509 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19511 (autoload 'org-babel-goto-named-result "ob" "\
19512 Go to a named result.
19514 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
19516 (autoload 'org-babel-next-src-block "ob" "\
19517 Jump to the next source block.
19518 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump forward ARG many source blocks.
19520 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19522 (autoload 'org-babel-previous-src-block "ob" "\
19523 Jump to the previous source block.
19524 With optional prefix argument ARG, jump backward ARG many source blocks.
19526 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19528 (autoload 'org-babel-mark-block "ob" "\
19529 Mark current src block
19531 \(fn)" t nil)
19533 ;;;***
19535 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-describe-bindings) "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
19536 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
19537 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
19539 (autoload 'org-babel-describe-bindings "ob-keys" "\
19540 Describe all keybindings behind `org-babel-key-prefix'.
19542 \(fn)" t nil)
19544 ;;;***
19546 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-lob-get-info org-babel-lob-execute-maybe
19547 ;;;;;; org-babel-lob-ingest) "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el" (20356 19083))
19548 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
19550 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-ingest "ob-lob" "\
19551 Add all named source-blocks defined in FILE to
19552 `org-babel-library-of-babel'.
19554 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
19556 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-execute-maybe "ob-lob" "\
19557 Execute a Library of Babel source block, if appropriate.
19558 Detect if this is context for a Library Of Babel source block and
19559 if so then run the appropriate source block from the Library.
19561 \(fn)" t nil)
19563 (autoload 'org-babel-lob-get-info "ob-lob" "\
19564 Return a Library of Babel function call as a string.
19566 \(fn)" nil nil)
19568 ;;;***
19570 ;;;### (autoloads (org-babel-tangle org-babel-tangle-file org-babel-load-file
19571 ;;;;;; org-babel-tangle-lang-exts) "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
19572 ;;;;;; (20356 19083))
19573 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
19575 (defvar org-babel-tangle-lang-exts '(("emacs-lisp" . "el")) "\
19576 Alist mapping languages to their file extensions.
19577 The key is the language name, the value is the string that should
19578 be inserted as the extension commonly used to identify files
19579 written in this language. If no entry is found in this list,
19580 then the name of the language is used.")
19582 (custom-autoload 'org-babel-tangle-lang-exts "ob-tangle" t)
19584 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "ob-tangle" "\
19585 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19586 This function exports the source code using
19587 `org-babel-tangle' and then loads the resulting file using
19588 `load-file'.
19590 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
19592 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle-file "ob-tangle" "\
19593 Extract the bodies of source code blocks in FILE.
19594 Source code blocks are extracted with `org-babel-tangle'.
19595 Optional argument TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default
19596 export file for all source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be
19597 used to limit the exported source code blocks by language.
19599 \(fn FILE &optional TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19601 (autoload 'org-babel-tangle "ob-tangle" "\
19602 Write code blocks to source-specific files.
19603 Extract the bodies of all source code blocks from the current
19604 file into their own source-specific files. Optional argument
19605 TARGET-FILE can be used to specify a default export file for all
19606 source blocks. Optional argument LANG can be used to limit the
19607 exported source code blocks by language.
19609 \(fn &optional ONLY-THIS-BLOCK TARGET-FILE LANG)" t nil)
19611 ;;;***
19613 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19614 ;;;;;; (20356 35090))
19615 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19617 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave-inf" "\
19618 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19619 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19621 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19623 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19624 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19626 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19627 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19628 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19630 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19632 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19634 ;;;***
19636 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19637 ;;;;;; (20412 11425))
19638 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19640 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" "\
19641 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19643 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19644 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19645 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19646 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19648 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19649 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19650 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19651 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19652 is why you need this mode!).
19654 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19655 ftp from ftp.octave.org in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19656 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19658 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19660 Keybindings
19661 ===========
19663 \\{octave-mode-map}
19665 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19666 ==============================================
19668 `octave-blink-matching-block'
19669 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19670 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19672 `octave-block-offset'
19673 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19674 Default is 2.
19676 `octave-continuation-offset'
19677 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19678 Default is 4.
19680 `octave-continuation-string'
19681 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19682 Default is a backslash.
19684 `octave-send-echo-input'
19685 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19686 command to the inferior Octave process.
19688 `octave-send-line-auto-forward'
19689 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19690 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19692 `octave-send-echo-input'
19693 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19695 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19697 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19698 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19700 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '(\"\\\\.m\\\\'\" . octave-mode))
19702 To automatically turn on the abbrev and auto-fill features,
19703 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19705 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19706 (lambda ()
19707 (abbrev-mode 1)
19708 (auto-fill-mode 1)))
19710 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19711 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19712 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19713 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19715 \(fn)" t nil)
19717 ;;;***
19719 ;;;### (autoloads (org-customize org-reload org-require-autoloaded-modules
19720 ;;;;;; org-submit-bug-report org-cycle-agenda-files org-switchb
19721 ;;;;;; org-map-entries org-open-link-from-string org-open-at-point-global
19722 ;;;;;; org-insert-link-global org-store-link org-run-like-in-org-mode
19723 ;;;;;; turn-on-orgstruct++ turn-on-orgstruct orgstruct-mode org-global-cycle
19724 ;;;;;; org-mode org-version org-babel-do-load-languages) "org" "org/org.el"
19725 ;;;;;; (20420 52684))
19726 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19728 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19729 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19731 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19733 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19734 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19735 With prefix arg HERE, insert it at point.
19737 \(fn &optional HERE)" t nil)
19739 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19740 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19741 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19743 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19744 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19745 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19746 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19747 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19748 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19749 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19750 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19751 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19752 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19754 The following commands are available:
19756 \\{org-mode-map}
19758 \(fn)" t nil)
19760 (defvar org-inlinetask-min-level)
19762 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19763 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19764 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19765 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19767 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19769 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19770 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19771 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19772 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19773 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19774 defined by Org-mode).
19776 M-up Move entry/item up
19777 M-down Move entry/item down
19778 M-left Promote
19779 M-right Demote
19780 M-S-up Move entry/item up
19781 M-S-down Move entry/item down
19782 M-S-left Promote subtree
19783 M-S-right Demote subtree
19784 M-q Fill paragraph and items like in Org-mode
19785 C-c ^ Sort entries
19786 C-c - Cycle list bullet
19787 TAB Cycle item visibility
19788 M-RET Insert new heading/item
19789 S-M-RET Insert new TODO heading / Checkbox item
19790 C-c C-c Set tags / toggle checkbox
19792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19794 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19795 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19797 \(fn)" nil nil)
19799 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19800 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19802 \(fn)" nil nil)
19804 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19805 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19806 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19807 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19808 call CMD.
19810 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19812 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19813 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19814 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19815 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19817 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19818 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19819 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19821 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19823 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19824 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19825 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19827 \(fn)" t nil)
19829 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19830 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19831 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19832 Org-mode syntax.
19834 \(fn)" t nil)
19836 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19837 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19839 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19841 (autoload 'org-map-entries "org" "\
19842 Call FUNC at each headline selected by MATCH in SCOPE.
19844 FUNC is a function or a lisp form. The function will be called without
19845 arguments, with the cursor positioned at the beginning of the headline.
19846 The return values of all calls to the function will be collected and
19847 returned as a list.
19849 The call to FUNC will be wrapped into a save-excursion form, so FUNC
19850 does not need to preserve point. After evaluation, the cursor will be
19851 moved to the end of the line (presumably of the headline of the
19852 processed entry) and search continues from there. Under some
19853 circumstances, this may not produce the wanted results. For example,
19854 if you have removed (e.g. archived) the current (sub)tree it could
19855 mean that the next entry will be skipped entirely. In such cases, you
19856 can specify the position from where search should continue by making
19857 FUNC set the variable `org-map-continue-from' to the desired buffer
19858 position.
19860 MATCH is a tags/property/todo match as it is used in the agenda tags view.
19861 Only headlines that are matched by this query will be considered during
19862 the iteration. When MATCH is nil or t, all headlines will be
19863 visited by the iteration.
19865 SCOPE determines the scope of this command. It can be any of:
19867 nil The current buffer, respecting the restriction if any
19868 tree The subtree started with the entry at point
19869 region The entries within the active region, if any
19870 region-start-level
19871 The entries within the active region, but only those at
19872 the same level than the first one.
19873 file The current buffer, without restriction
19874 file-with-archives
19875 The current buffer, and any archives associated with it
19876 agenda All agenda files
19877 agenda-with-archives
19878 All agenda files with any archive files associated with them
19879 \(file1 file2 ...)
19880 If this is a list, all files in the list will be scanned
19882 The remaining args are treated as settings for the skipping facilities of
19883 the scanner. The following items can be given here:
19885 archive skip trees with the archive tag.
19886 comment skip trees with the COMMENT keyword
19887 function or Emacs Lisp form:
19888 will be used as value for `org-agenda-skip-function', so whenever
19889 the function returns t, FUNC will not be called for that
19890 entry and search will continue from the point where the
19891 function leaves it.
19893 If your function needs to retrieve the tags including inherited tags
19894 at the *current* entry, you can use the value of the variable
19895 `org-scanner-tags' which will be much faster than getting the value
19896 with `org-get-tags-at'. If your function gets properties with
19897 `org-entry-properties' at the *current* entry, bind `org-trust-scanner-tags'
19898 to t around the call to `org-entry-properties' to get the same speedup.
19899 Note that if your function moves around to retrieve tags and properties at
19900 a *different* entry, you cannot use these techniques.
19902 \(fn FUNC &optional MATCH SCOPE &rest SKIP)" nil nil)
19904 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19905 Switch between Org buffers.
19906 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19907 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19909 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19910 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19914 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19916 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19918 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19919 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19920 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19921 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19923 \(fn)" t nil)
19925 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19926 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19928 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19930 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19931 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19932 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19934 \(fn)" t nil)
19936 (autoload 'org-require-autoloaded-modules "org" "\
19939 \(fn)" t nil)
19941 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19942 Reload all org lisp files.
19943 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19945 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19947 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19948 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19950 \(fn)" t nil)
19952 ;;;***
19954 ;;;### (autoloads (org-agenda-to-appt org-calendar-goto-agenda org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item
19955 ;;;;;; org-diary org-agenda-list-stuck-projects org-tags-view org-todo-list
19956 ;;;;;; org-search-view org-agenda-list org-batch-store-agenda-views
19957 ;;;;;; org-store-agenda-views org-batch-agenda-csv org-batch-agenda
19958 ;;;;;; org-agenda) "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (20420 52684))
19959 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19961 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19962 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19963 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19964 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19966 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19967 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19968 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19969 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19970 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19971 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19972 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19973 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19974 e Export views to associated files.
19975 s Search entries for keywords.
19976 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19977 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19978 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19979 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19980 > Remove a previous restriction.
19981 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19982 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19983 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19985 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19986 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19987 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19989 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19990 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19991 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19992 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19993 \(if active).
19995 \(fn &optional ARG KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19997 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19998 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19999 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20000 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20001 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20002 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20003 before running the agenda command.
20005 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20007 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
20008 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20009 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20010 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20011 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20012 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20013 before running the agenda command.
20015 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
20016 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
20018 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
20020 category The category of the item
20021 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20022 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
20023 todo selected in TODO match
20024 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20025 diary imported from diary
20026 deadline a deadline on given date
20027 scheduled scheduled on given date
20028 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20029 closed entry was closed on given date
20030 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20031 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20032 block entry has date block including g. date
20033 todo The todo keyword, if any
20034 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20035 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20036 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20037 extra Sting with extra planning info
20038 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20039 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20040 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20042 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20044 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20047 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20049 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20050 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20052 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20054 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
20055 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20056 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20057 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20059 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20060 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20061 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20063 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20064 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20066 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN)" t nil)
20068 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20069 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20071 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20072 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20073 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20074 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20075 EDIT-AT.
20077 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20078 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20079 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20080 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20081 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20082 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20084 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20085 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20086 including newlines.
20088 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20089 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20090 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20091 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20092 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20093 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20094 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20096 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20097 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20098 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20099 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20101 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20102 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20103 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20104 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20105 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20106 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20107 Boolean search must match as full words.
20109 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20110 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20112 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20114 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20115 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20116 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20117 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20118 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20119 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20121 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20123 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20124 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20125 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20127 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20129 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20130 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20131 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20132 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20133 `org-stuck-projects'.
20135 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20137 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20138 Return diary information from org-files.
20139 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20140 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20141 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20142 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20143 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20145 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20147 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20149 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20150 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20152 &%%(org-diary)
20154 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
20155 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp) are used.
20156 So the example above may also be written as
20158 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20160 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20161 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20162 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20164 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20166 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20167 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20169 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20171 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20172 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20173 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20175 \(fn)" t nil)
20177 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20178 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20179 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20180 appointments.
20182 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20183 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20185 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20186 for filtering entries out.
20188 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20189 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20190 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20192 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20193 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
20195 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20196 (category \"Work\"))
20198 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20199 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20201 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20202 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline, :scheduled
20203 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20204 details and examples.
20206 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20208 ;;;***
20210 ;;;### (autoloads (org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation
20211 ;;;;;; org-archive-subtree-default) "org-archive" "org/org-archive.el"
20212 ;;;;;; (20356 19083))
20213 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
20215 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default "org-archive" "\
20216 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20217 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20219 \(fn)" t nil)
20221 (autoload 'org-archive-subtree-default-with-confirmation "org-archive" "\
20222 Archive the current subtree with the default command.
20223 This command is set with the variable `org-archive-default-command'.
20225 \(fn)" t nil)
20227 ;;;***
20229 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-ascii org-export-region-as-ascii
20230 ;;;;;; org-replace-region-by-ascii org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer
20231 ;;;;;; org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer org-export-as-utf8 org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer
20232 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latin1) "org-ascii" "org/org-ascii.el" (20345
20233 ;;;;;; 61951))
20234 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ascii.el
20236 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1 "org-ascii" "\
20237 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use latin1 encoding for special symbols.
20239 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20241 (autoload 'org-export-as-latin1-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20242 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use latin1 encoding for symbols.
20244 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20246 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8 "org-ascii" "\
20247 Like `org-export-as-ascii', use encoding for special symbols.
20249 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20251 (autoload 'org-export-as-utf8-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20252 Like `org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer', use utf8 encoding for symbols.
20254 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20256 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii-to-buffer "org-ascii" "\
20257 Call `org-export-as-ascii` with output to a temporary buffer.
20258 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-ascii'.
20260 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20262 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20263 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to plain ASCII.
20264 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20265 itemized list in org-mode syntax in a Mail buffer and then use this
20266 command to convert it.
20268 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20270 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20271 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to plain ASCII.
20272 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20273 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20274 cut-and-paste operations.
20275 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20276 of the converted ASCII. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20277 produced ASCII as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20278 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20280 (setq ascii (org-export-region-as-ascii beg end t 'string))
20282 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20283 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20285 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20287 (autoload 'org-export-as-ascii "org-ascii" "\
20288 Export the outline as a pretty ASCII file.
20289 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20290 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20291 underlined headlines, default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20292 lists. When HIDDEN is non-nil, don't display the ASCII buffer.
20293 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20294 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20295 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20296 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20297 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20298 resulting ASCII as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20299 the file header and footer. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20300 publishing directory.
20302 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20304 ;;;***
20306 ;;;### (autoloads (org-attach) "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el" (20356
20307 ;;;;;; 19083))
20308 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
20310 (autoload 'org-attach "org-attach" "\
20311 The dispatcher for attachment commands.
20312 Shows a list of commands and prompts for another key to execute a command.
20314 \(fn)" t nil)
20316 ;;;***
20318 ;;;### (autoloads (org-bbdb-anniversaries) "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
20319 ;;;;;; (20345 61951))
20320 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
20322 (autoload 'org-bbdb-anniversaries "org-bbdb" "\
20323 Extract anniversaries from BBDB for display in the agenda.
20325 \(fn)" nil nil)
20327 ;;;***
20329 ;;;### (autoloads (org-capture-import-remember-templates org-capture-insert-template-here
20330 ;;;;;; org-capture) "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (20356 19083))
20331 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20333 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20334 Capture something.
20335 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20336 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20337 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20338 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20339 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20340 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20342 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20343 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20344 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20345 stored.
20347 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20349 Lisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template in
20350 `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection will be
20351 bypassed.
20353 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20355 (autoload 'org-capture-insert-template-here "org-capture" "\
20358 \(fn)" nil nil)
20360 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20361 Set org-capture-templates to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20363 \(fn)" t nil)
20365 ;;;***
20367 ;;;### (autoloads (org-clock-persistence-insinuate org-get-clocktable)
20368 ;;;;;; "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el" (20428 57510))
20369 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
20371 (autoload 'org-get-clocktable "org-clock" "\
20372 Get a formatted clocktable with parameters according to PROPS.
20373 The table is created in a temporary buffer, fully formatted and
20374 fontified, and then returned.
20376 \(fn &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
20378 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org-clock" "\
20379 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
20381 \(fn)" nil nil)
20383 ;;;***
20385 ;;;### (autoloads (org-datetree-find-date-create) "org-datetree"
20386 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (20345 61951))
20387 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
20389 (autoload 'org-datetree-find-date-create "org-datetree" "\
20390 Find or create an entry for DATE.
20391 If KEEP-RESTRICTION is non-nil, do not widen the buffer.
20392 When it is nil, the buffer will be widened to make sure an existing date
20393 tree can be found.
20395 \(fn DATE &optional KEEP-RESTRICTION)" nil nil)
20397 ;;;***
20399 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-docbook org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open
20400 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-pdf org-export-region-as-docbook org-replace-region-by-docbook
20401 ;;;;;; org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer org-export-as-docbook-batch)
20402 ;;;;;; "org-docbook" "org/org-docbook.el" (20356 19083))
20403 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docbook.el
20405 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-batch "org-docbook" "\
20406 Call `org-export-as-docbook' in batch style.
20407 This function can be used in batch processing.
20409 For example:
20411 $ emacs --batch
20412 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20413 --visit=MyOrgFile.org --funcall org-export-as-docbook-batch
20415 \(fn)" nil nil)
20417 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-to-buffer "org-docbook" "\
20418 Call `org-export-as-docbook' with output to a temporary buffer.
20419 No file is created.
20421 \(fn)" t nil)
20423 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20424 Replace the region from BEG to END with its DocBook export.
20425 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20426 DocBook. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20427 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an DocBook buffer and
20428 then use this command to convert it.
20430 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20432 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20433 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to DocBook.
20434 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header and footer and
20435 only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20436 cut-and-paste operations. If BUFFER is a buffer or a string,
20437 use/create that buffer as a target of the converted DocBook. If
20438 BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the produced DocBook as a
20439 string and leave not buffer behind. For example, a Lisp program
20440 could call this function in the following way:
20442 (setq docbook (org-export-region-as-docbook beg end t 'string))
20444 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20445 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20447 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20449 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf "org-docbook" "\
20450 Export as DocBook XML file, and generate PDF file.
20452 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20454 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook-pdf-and-open "org-docbook" "\
20455 Export as DocBook XML file, generate PDF file, and open it.
20457 \(fn)" t nil)
20459 (autoload 'org-export-as-docbook "org-docbook" "\
20460 Export the current buffer as a DocBook file.
20461 If there is an active region, export only the region. When
20462 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a
20463 property list with external parameters overriding org-mode's
20464 default settings, but still inferior to file-local settings.
20465 When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that name and
20466 export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string',
20467 don't leave any buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML
20468 as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file
20469 header and footer, simply return the content of the document (all
20470 top-level sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the
20471 publishing directory.
20473 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20475 ;;;***
20477 ;;;### (autoloads (org-insert-export-options-template org-export-as-org
20478 ;;;;;; org-export-visible org-export) "org-exp" "org/org-exp.el"
20479 ;;;;;; (20356 19083))
20480 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-exp.el
20482 (autoload 'org-export "org-exp" "\
20483 Export dispatcher for Org-mode.
20484 When `org-export-run-in-background' is non-nil, try to run the command
20485 in the background. This will be done only for commands that write
20486 to a file. For details see the docstring of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20488 The prefix argument ARG will be passed to the exporter. However, if
20489 ARG is a double universal prefix \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], that means to inverse the
20490 value of `org-export-run-in-background'.
20492 If `org-export-initial-scope' is set to 'subtree, try to export
20493 the current subtree, otherwise try to export the whole buffer.
20494 Pressing `1' will switch between these two options.
20496 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20498 (autoload 'org-export-visible "org-exp" "\
20499 Create a copy of the visible part of the current buffer, and export it.
20500 The copy is created in a temporary buffer and removed after use.
20501 TYPE is the final key (as a string) that also selects the export command in
20502 the \\<org-mode-map>\\[org-export] export dispatcher.
20503 As a special case, if the you type SPC at the prompt, the temporary
20504 org-mode file will not be removed but presented to you so that you can
20505 continue to use it. The prefix arg ARG is passed through to the exporting
20506 command.
20508 \(fn TYPE ARG)" t nil)
20510 (autoload 'org-export-as-org "org-exp" "\
20511 Make a copy with not-exporting stuff removed.
20512 The purpose of this function is to provide a way to export the source
20513 Org file of a webpage in Org format, but with sensitive and/or irrelevant
20514 stuff removed. This command will remove the following:
20516 - archived trees (if the variable `org-export-with-archived-trees' is nil)
20517 - comment blocks and trees starting with the COMMENT keyword
20518 - only trees that are consistent with `org-export-select-tags'
20519 and `org-export-exclude-tags'.
20521 The only arguments that will be used are EXT-PLIST and PUB-DIR,
20522 all the others will be ignored (but are present so that the general
20523 mechanism to call publishing functions will work).
20525 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20526 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20527 settings. When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20528 directory.
20530 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20532 (autoload 'org-insert-export-options-template "org-exp" "\
20533 Insert into the buffer a template with information for exporting.
20535 \(fn)" t nil)
20537 ;;;***
20539 ;;;### (autoloads (org-feed-show-raw-feed org-feed-goto-inbox org-feed-update
20540 ;;;;;; org-feed-update-all) "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el" (20244
20541 ;;;;;; 35516))
20542 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
20544 (autoload 'org-feed-update-all "org-feed" "\
20545 Get inbox items from all feeds in `org-feed-alist'.
20547 \(fn)" t nil)
20549 (autoload 'org-feed-update "org-feed" "\
20550 Get inbox items from FEED.
20551 FEED can be a string with an association in `org-feed-alist', or
20552 it can be a list structured like an entry in `org-feed-alist'.
20554 \(fn FEED &optional RETRIEVE-ONLY)" t nil)
20556 (autoload 'org-feed-goto-inbox "org-feed" "\
20557 Go to the inbox that captures the feed named FEED.
20559 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
20561 (autoload 'org-feed-show-raw-feed "org-feed" "\
20562 Show the raw feed buffer of a feed.
20564 \(fn FEED)" t nil)
20566 ;;;***
20568 ;;;### (autoloads (org-footnote-normalize org-footnote-action) "org-footnote"
20569 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (20380 26775))
20570 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
20572 (autoload 'org-footnote-action "org-footnote" "\
20573 Do the right thing for footnotes.
20575 When at a footnote reference, jump to the definition.
20577 When at a definition, jump to the references if they exist, offer
20578 to create them otherwise.
20580 When neither at definition or reference, create a new footnote,
20581 interactively.
20583 With prefix arg SPECIAL, offer additional commands in a menu.
20585 \(fn &optional SPECIAL)" t nil)
20587 (autoload 'org-footnote-normalize "org-footnote" "\
20588 Collect the footnotes in various formats and normalize them.
20590 This finds the different sorts of footnotes allowed in Org, and
20591 normalizes them to the usual [N] format that is understood by the
20592 Org-mode exporters.
20594 When SORT-ONLY is set, only sort the footnote definitions into the
20595 referenced sequence.
20597 If Org is amidst an export process, EXPORT-PROPS will hold the
20598 export properties of the buffer.
20600 When EXPORT-PROPS is non-nil, the default action is to insert
20601 normalized footnotes towards the end of the pre-processing
20602 buffer. Some exporters (docbook, odt...) expect footnote
20603 definitions to be available before any references to them. Such
20604 exporters can let bind `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor'
20605 to symbol `point-min' to achieve the desired behaviour.
20607 Additional note on `org-footnote-insert-pos-for-preprocessor':
20608 1. This variable has not effect when FOR-PREPROCESSOR is nil.
20609 2. This variable (potentially) obviates the need for extra scan
20610 of pre-processor buffer as witnessed in
20611 `org-export-docbook-get-footnotes'.
20613 \(fn &optional SORT-ONLY EXPORT-PROPS)" nil nil)
20615 ;;;***
20617 ;;;### (autoloads (org-freemind-to-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree
20618 ;;;;;; org-freemind-from-org-mode org-freemind-from-org-mode-node
20619 ;;;;;; org-freemind-show org-export-as-freemind) "org-freemind"
20620 ;;;;;; "org/org-freemind.el" (20356 19083))
20621 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-freemind.el
20623 (autoload 'org-export-as-freemind "org-freemind" "\
20624 Export the current buffer as a Freemind file.
20625 If there is an active region, export only the region. HIDDEN is
20626 obsolete and does nothing. EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20627 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20628 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20629 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20630 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20631 buffer behind but just return the resulting HTML as a string.
20632 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20633 simply return the content of the document (all top level
20634 sections). When PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing
20635 directory.
20637 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20639 \(fn &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20641 (autoload 'org-freemind-show "org-freemind" "\
20642 Show file MM-FILE in Freemind.
20644 \(fn MM-FILE)" t nil)
20646 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode-node "org-freemind" "\
20647 Convert node at line NODE-LINE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20648 See `org-freemind-from-org-mode' for more information.
20650 \(fn NODE-LINE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20652 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20653 Convert the `org-mode' file ORG-FILE to the FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20654 All the nodes will be opened or closed in Freemind just as you
20655 have them in `org-mode'.
20657 Note that exporting to Freemind also gives you an alternative way
20658 to export from `org-mode' to html. You can create a dynamic html
20659 version of the your org file, by first exporting to Freemind and
20660 then exporting from Freemind to html. The 'As
20661 XHTML (JavaScript)' version in Freemind works very well (and you
20662 can use a CSS stylesheet to style it).
20664 \(fn ORG-FILE MM-FILE)" t nil)
20666 (autoload 'org-freemind-from-org-sparse-tree "org-freemind" "\
20667 Convert visible part of buffer ORG-BUFFER to FreeMind file MM-FILE.
20669 \(fn ORG-BUFFER MM-FILE)" t nil)
20671 (autoload 'org-freemind-to-org-mode "org-freemind" "\
20672 Convert FreeMind file MM-FILE to `org-mode' file ORG-FILE.
20674 \(fn MM-FILE ORG-FILE)" t nil)
20676 ;;;***
20678 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-htmlize-generate-css org-export-as-html
20679 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-html org-replace-region-by-html org-export-as-html-to-buffer
20680 ;;;;;; org-export-as-html-batch org-export-as-html-and-open) "org-html"
20681 ;;;;;; "org/org-html.el" (20356 19083))
20682 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-html.el
20684 (put 'org-export-html-style-include-default 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20686 (put 'org-export-html-style 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20688 (put 'org-export-html-style-extra 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20690 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-and-open "org-html" "\
20691 Export the outline as HTML and immediately open it with a browser.
20692 If there is an active region, export only the region.
20693 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20694 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
20696 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20698 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-batch "org-html" "\
20699 Call the function `org-export-as-html'.
20700 This function can be used in batch processing as:
20701 emacs --batch
20702 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20703 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20704 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-html-batch
20706 \(fn)" nil nil)
20708 (autoload 'org-export-as-html-to-buffer "org-html" "\
20709 Call `org-export-as-html` with output to a temporary buffer.
20710 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-html'.
20712 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20714 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-html "org-html" "\
20715 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
20716 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
20717 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use this
20718 command to convert it.
20720 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20722 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-html "org-html" "\
20723 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
20724 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20725 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20726 cut-and-paste operations.
20727 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20728 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20729 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
20730 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20732 (setq html (org-export-region-as-html beg end t 'string))
20734 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20735 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20737 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20739 (autoload 'org-export-as-html "org-html" "\
20740 Export the outline as a pretty HTML file.
20741 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20742 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20743 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20744 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20745 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
20746 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
20747 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
20748 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
20749 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
20750 resulting HTML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
20751 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
20752 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
20753 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20755 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20757 (autoload 'org-export-htmlize-generate-css "org-html" "\
20758 Create the CSS for all font definitions in the current Emacs session.
20759 Use this to create face definitions in your CSS style file that can then
20760 be used by code snippets transformed by htmlize.
20761 This command just produces a buffer that contains class definitions for all
20762 faces used in the current Emacs session. You can copy and paste the ones you
20763 need into your CSS file.
20765 If you then set `org-export-htmlize-output-type' to `css', calls to
20766 the function `org-export-htmlize-region-for-paste' will produce code
20767 that uses these same face definitions.
20769 \(fn)" t nil)
20771 ;;;***
20773 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
20774 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org-icalendar" "org/org-icalendar.el"
20775 ;;;;;; (20356 19083))
20776 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-icalendar.el
20778 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-this-file "org-icalendar" "\
20779 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
20780 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20781 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20783 \(fn)" t nil)
20785 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20786 Export all files in the variable `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
20787 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
20788 file, but with extension `.ics'.
20790 \(fn)" t nil)
20792 (autoload 'org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files "org-icalendar" "\
20793 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
20794 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
20796 \(fn)" t nil)
20798 ;;;***
20800 ;;;### (autoloads (org-id-store-link org-id-find-id-file org-id-find
20801 ;;;;;; org-id-goto org-id-get-with-outline-drilling org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion
20802 ;;;;;; org-id-get org-id-copy org-id-get-create) "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
20803 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
20804 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
20806 (autoload 'org-id-get-create "org-id" "\
20807 Create an ID for the current entry and return it.
20808 If the entry already has an ID, just return it.
20809 With optional argument FORCE, force the creation of a new ID.
20811 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
20813 (autoload 'org-id-copy "org-id" "\
20814 Copy the ID of the entry at point to the kill ring.
20815 Create an ID if necessary.
20817 \(fn)" t nil)
20819 (autoload 'org-id-get "org-id" "\
20820 Get the ID property of the entry at point-or-marker POM.
20821 If POM is nil, refer to the entry at point.
20822 If the entry does not have an ID, the function returns nil.
20823 However, when CREATE is non nil, create an ID if none is present already.
20824 PREFIX will be passed through to `org-id-new'.
20825 In any case, the ID of the entry is returned.
20827 \(fn &optional POM CREATE PREFIX)" nil nil)
20829 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-path-completion "org-id" "\
20830 Use outline-path-completion to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20831 TARGETS may be a setting for `org-refile-targets' to define the eligible
20832 headlines. When omitted, all headlines in all agenda files are
20833 eligible.
20834 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20836 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20838 (autoload 'org-id-get-with-outline-drilling "org-id" "\
20839 Use an outline-cycling interface to retrieve the ID of an entry.
20840 This only finds entries in the current buffer, using `org-get-location'.
20841 It returns the ID of the entry. If necessary, the ID is created.
20843 \(fn &optional TARGETS)" nil nil)
20845 (autoload 'org-id-goto "org-id" "\
20846 Switch to the buffer containing the entry with id ID.
20847 Move the cursor to that entry in that buffer.
20849 \(fn ID)" t nil)
20851 (autoload 'org-id-find "org-id" "\
20852 Return the location of the entry with the id ID.
20853 The return value is a cons cell (file-name . position), or nil
20854 if there is no entry with that ID.
20855 With optional argument MARKERP, return the position as a new marker.
20857 \(fn ID &optional MARKERP)" nil nil)
20859 (autoload 'org-id-find-id-file "org-id" "\
20860 Query the id database for the file in which this ID is located.
20862 \(fn ID)" nil nil)
20864 (autoload 'org-id-store-link "org-id" "\
20865 Store a link to the current entry, using its ID.
20867 \(fn)" t nil)
20869 ;;;***
20871 ;;;### (autoloads (org-indent-mode) "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
20872 ;;;;;; (20345 61951))
20873 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
20875 (autoload 'org-indent-mode "org-indent" "\
20876 When active, indent text according to outline structure.
20878 Internally this works by adding `line-prefix' and `wrap-prefix'
20879 properties, after each buffer modification, on the modified zone.
20881 The process is synchronous. Though, initial indentation of
20882 buffer, which can take a few seconds on large buffers, is done
20883 during idle time.
20885 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20887 ;;;***
20889 ;;;### (autoloads (org-irc-store-link) "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
20890 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
20891 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
20893 (autoload 'org-irc-store-link "org-irc" "\
20894 Dispatch to the appropriate function to store a link to an IRC session.
20896 \(fn)" nil nil)
20898 ;;;***
20900 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-pdf-and-open org-export-as-pdf org-export-as-latex
20901 ;;;;;; org-export-region-as-latex org-replace-region-by-latex org-export-as-latex-to-buffer
20902 ;;;;;; org-export-as-latex-batch) "org-latex" "org/org-latex.el"
20903 ;;;;;; (20345 61951))
20904 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-latex.el
20906 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-batch "org-latex" "\
20907 Call `org-export-as-latex', may be used in batch processing.
20908 For example:
20910 emacs --batch
20911 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
20912 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
20913 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-latex-batch
20915 \(fn)" nil nil)
20917 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex-to-buffer "org-latex" "\
20918 Call `org-export-as-latex` with output to a temporary buffer.
20919 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to `org-export-as-latex'.
20921 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20923 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by-latex "org-latex" "\
20924 Replace the region from BEG to END with its LaTeX export.
20925 It assumes the region has `org-mode' syntax, and then convert it to
20926 LaTeX. This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could
20927 write an itemized list in `org-mode' syntax in an LaTeX buffer and
20928 then use this command to convert it.
20930 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
20932 (autoload 'org-export-region-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20933 Convert region from BEG to END in `org-mode' buffer to LaTeX.
20934 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
20935 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
20936 cut-and-paste operations.
20937 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
20938 of the converted LaTeX. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
20939 produced LaTeX as a string and leave no buffer behind. For example,
20940 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
20942 (setq latex (org-export-region-as-latex beg end t 'string))
20944 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
20945 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
20947 \(fn BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" t nil)
20949 (autoload 'org-export-as-latex "org-latex" "\
20950 Export current buffer to a LaTeX file.
20951 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20952 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20953 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will be exported
20954 depending on `org-export-latex-low-levels'. The default is to
20955 convert them as description lists.
20956 HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
20957 EXT-PLIST is a property list with
20958 external parameters overriding org-mode's default settings, but
20959 still inferior to file-local settings. When TO-BUFFER is
20960 non-nil, create a buffer with that name and export to that
20961 buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol `string', don't leave any
20962 buffer behind but just return the resulting LaTeX as a string.
20963 When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce the file header and footer,
20964 simply return the content of \\begin{document}...\\end{document},
20965 without even the \\begin{document} and \\end{document} commands.
20966 when PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
20968 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20970 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf "org-latex" "\
20971 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF.
20973 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
20975 (autoload 'org-export-as-pdf-and-open "org-latex" "\
20976 Export as LaTeX, then process through to PDF, and open.
20978 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20980 ;;;***
20982 ;;;### (autoloads (org-lparse-region org-replace-region-by org-lparse-to-buffer
20983 ;;;;;; org-lparse-batch org-lparse-and-open) "org-lparse" "org/org-lparse.el"
20984 ;;;;;; (20419 46656))
20985 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-lparse.el
20987 (autoload 'org-lparse-and-open "org-lparse" "\
20988 Export outline to TARGET-BACKEND via NATIVE-BACKEND and open exported file.
20989 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
20990 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
20991 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
20992 lists.
20994 \(fn TARGET-BACKEND NATIVE-BACKEND ARG &optional FILE-OR-BUF)" nil nil)
20996 (autoload 'org-lparse-batch "org-lparse" "\
20997 Call the function `org-lparse'.
20998 This function can be used in batch processing as:
20999 emacs --batch
21000 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
21001 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
21002 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-lparse-batch
21004 \(fn TARGET-BACKEND &optional NATIVE-BACKEND)" nil nil)
21006 (autoload 'org-lparse-to-buffer "org-lparse" "\
21007 Call `org-lparse' with output to a temporary buffer.
21008 No file is created. The prefix ARG is passed through to
21009 `org-lparse'.
21011 \(fn BACKEND ARG)" nil nil)
21013 (autoload 'org-replace-region-by "org-lparse" "\
21014 Assume the current region has org-mode syntax, and convert it to HTML.
21015 This can be used in any buffer. For example, you could write an
21016 itemized list in org-mode syntax in an HTML buffer and then use
21017 this command to convert it.
21019 \(fn BACKEND BEG END)" nil nil)
21021 (autoload 'org-lparse-region "org-lparse" "\
21022 Convert region from BEG to END in org-mode buffer to HTML.
21023 If prefix arg BODY-ONLY is set, omit file header, footer, and table of
21024 contents, and only produce the region of converted text, useful for
21025 cut-and-paste operations.
21026 If BUFFER is a buffer or a string, use/create that buffer as a target
21027 of the converted HTML. If BUFFER is the symbol `string', return the
21028 produced HTML as a string and leave not buffer behind. For example,
21029 a Lisp program could call this function in the following way:
21031 (setq html (org-lparse-region \"html\" beg end t 'string))
21033 When called interactively, the output buffer is selected, and shown
21034 in a window. A non-interactive call will only return the buffer.
21036 \(fn BACKEND BEG END &optional BODY-ONLY BUFFER)" nil nil)
21038 ;;;***
21040 ;;;### (autoloads (org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda org-mobile-pull
21041 ;;;;;; org-mobile-push) "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el" (20356
21042 ;;;;;; 19083))
21043 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
21045 (autoload 'org-mobile-push "org-mobile" "\
21046 Push the current state of Org affairs to the WebDAV directory.
21047 This will create the index file, copy all agenda files there, and also
21048 create all custom agenda views, for upload to the mobile phone.
21050 \(fn)" t nil)
21052 (autoload 'org-mobile-pull "org-mobile" "\
21053 Pull the contents of `org-mobile-capture-file' and integrate them.
21054 Apply all flagged actions, flag entries to be flagged and then call an
21055 agenda view showing the flagged items.
21057 \(fn)" t nil)
21059 (autoload 'org-mobile-create-sumo-agenda "org-mobile" "\
21060 Create a file that contains all custom agenda views.
21062 \(fn)" t nil)
21064 ;;;***
21066 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-odf-and-open org-export-as-odf org-export-odt-convert
21067 ;;;;;; org-export-as-odt org-export-as-odt-batch org-export-as-odt-and-open)
21068 ;;;;;; "org-odt" "org/org-odt.el" (20419 46656))
21069 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-odt.el
21071 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt-and-open "org-odt" "\
21072 Export the outline as ODT and immediately open it with a browser.
21073 If there is an active region, export only the region.
21074 The prefix ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21075 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted lists.
21077 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21079 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt-batch "org-odt" "\
21080 Call the function `org-lparse-batch'.
21081 This function can be used in batch processing as:
21082 emacs --batch
21083 --load=$HOME/lib/emacs/org.el
21084 --eval \"(setq org-export-headline-levels 2)\"
21085 --visit=MyFile --funcall org-export-as-odt-batch
21087 \(fn)" nil nil)
21089 (autoload 'org-export-as-odt "org-odt" "\
21090 Export the outline as a OpenDocumentText file.
21091 If there is an active region, export only the region. The prefix
21092 ARG specifies how many levels of the outline should become
21093 headlines. The default is 3. Lower levels will become bulleted
21094 lists. HIDDEN is obsolete and does nothing.
21095 EXT-PLIST is a property list with external parameters overriding
21096 org-mode's default settings, but still inferior to file-local
21097 settings. When TO-BUFFER is non-nil, create a buffer with that
21098 name and export to that buffer. If TO-BUFFER is the symbol
21099 `string', don't leave any buffer behind but just return the
21100 resulting XML as a string. When BODY-ONLY is set, don't produce
21101 the file header and footer, simply return the content of
21102 <body>...</body>, without even the body tags themselves. When
21103 PUB-DIR is set, use this as the publishing directory.
21105 \(fn ARG &optional HIDDEN EXT-PLIST TO-BUFFER BODY-ONLY PUB-DIR)" t nil)
21107 (autoload 'org-export-odt-convert "org-odt" "\
21108 Convert IN-FILE to format OUT-FMT using a command line converter.
21109 IN-FILE is the file to be converted. If unspecified, it defaults
21110 to variable `buffer-file-name'. OUT-FMT is the desired output
21111 format. Use `org-export-odt-convert-process' as the converter.
21112 If PREFIX-ARG is non-nil then the newly converted file is opened
21113 using `org-open-file'.
21115 \(fn &optional IN-FILE OUT-FMT PREFIX-ARG)" t nil)
21117 (autoload 'org-export-as-odf "org-odt" "\
21118 Export LATEX-FRAG as OpenDocument formula file ODF-FILE.
21119 Use `org-create-math-formula' to convert LATEX-FRAG first to
21120 MathML. When invoked as an interactive command, use
21121 `org-latex-regexps' to infer LATEX-FRAG from currently active
21122 region. If no LaTeX fragments are found, prompt for it. Push
21123 MathML source to kill ring, if `org-export-copy-to-kill-ring' is
21124 non-nil.
21126 \(fn LATEX-FRAG &optional ODF-FILE)" t nil)
21128 (autoload 'org-export-as-odf-and-open "org-odt" "\
21129 Export LaTeX fragment as OpenDocument formula and immediately open it.
21130 Use `org-export-as-odf' to read LaTeX fragment and OpenDocument
21131 formula file.
21133 \(fn)" t nil)
21135 ;;;***
21137 ;;;### (autoloads (org-plot/gnuplot) "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
21138 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
21139 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
21141 (autoload 'org-plot/gnuplot "org-plot" "\
21142 Plot table using gnuplot. Gnuplot options can be specified with PARAMS.
21143 If not given options will be taken from the +PLOT
21144 line directly before or after the table.
21146 \(fn &optional PARAMS)" t nil)
21148 ;;;***
21150 ;;;### (autoloads (org-publish-current-project org-publish-current-file
21151 ;;;;;; org-publish-all org-publish) "org-publish" "org/org-publish.el"
21152 ;;;;;; (20356 19083))
21153 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-publish.el
21155 (defalias 'org-publish-project 'org-publish)
21157 (autoload 'org-publish "org-publish" "\
21158 Publish PROJECT.
21160 \(fn PROJECT &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21162 (autoload 'org-publish-all "org-publish" "\
21163 Publish all projects.
21164 With prefix argument, remove all files in the timestamp
21165 directory and force publishing all files.
21167 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21169 (autoload 'org-publish-current-file "org-publish" "\
21170 Publish the current file.
21171 With prefix argument, force publish the file.
21173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21175 (autoload 'org-publish-current-project "org-publish" "\
21176 Publish the project associated with the current file.
21177 With a prefix argument, force publishing of all files in
21178 the project.
21180 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
21182 ;;;***
21184 ;;;### (autoloads (org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
21185 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-remember-insinuate) "org-remember"
21186 ;;;;;; "org/org-remember.el" (20420 52684))
21187 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-remember.el
21189 (autoload 'org-remember-insinuate "org-remember" "\
21190 Setup remember.el for use with Org-mode.
21192 \(fn)" nil nil)
21194 (autoload 'org-remember-annotation "org-remember" "\
21195 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
21196 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
21197 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
21198 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
21200 \(fn)" nil nil)
21202 (autoload 'org-remember-apply-template "org-remember" "\
21203 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
21204 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
21205 to be run from that hook to function properly.
21207 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
21209 (autoload 'org-remember "org-remember" "\
21210 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
21211 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
21212 of the remember buffer.
21214 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't remember
21215 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template usually
21216 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last
21217 note stored by remember.
21219 Lisp programs can set ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR to a character
21220 associated with a template in `org-remember-templates'.
21222 \(fn &optional GOTO ORG-FORCE-REMEMBER-TEMPLATE-CHAR)" t nil)
21224 (autoload 'org-remember-handler "org-remember" "\
21225 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
21226 When the template has specified a file and a headline, the entry is filed
21227 there, or in the location defined by `org-default-notes-file' and
21228 `org-remember-default-headline'.
21229 \\<org-remember-mode-map>
21230 If no defaults have been defined, or if the current prefix argument
21231 is 1 (using C-1 \\[org-remember-finalize] to exit remember), an interactive
21232 process is used to select the target location.
21234 When the prefix is 0 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-0 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
21235 the entry is filed to the same location as the previous note.
21237 When the prefix is 2 (i.e. when remember is exited with C-2 \\[org-remember-finalize]),
21238 the entry is filed as a subentry of the entry where the clock is
21239 currently running.
21241 When \\[universal-argument] has been used as prefix argument, the
21242 note is stored and Emacs moves point to the new location of the
21243 note, so that editing can be continued there (similar to
21244 inserting \"%&\" into the template).
21246 Before storing the note, the function ensures that the text has an
21247 org-mode-style headline, i.e. a first line that starts with
21248 a \"*\". If not, a headline is constructed from the current date and
21249 some additional data.
21251 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
21252 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
21253 \(i.e. after the stars).
21255 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
21257 \(fn)" nil nil)
21259 ;;;***
21261 ;;;### (autoloads (org-table-to-lisp orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl)
21262 ;;;;;; "org-table" "org/org-table.el" (20419 46656))
21263 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
21265 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org-table" "\
21266 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
21268 \(fn)" nil nil)
21270 (autoload 'orgtbl-mode "org-table" "\
21271 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
21273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21275 (autoload 'org-table-to-lisp "org-table" "\
21276 Convert the table at point to a Lisp structure.
21277 The structure will be a list. Each item is either the symbol `hline'
21278 for a horizontal separator line, or a list of field values as strings.
21279 The table is taken from the parameter TXT, or from the buffer at point.
21281 \(fn &optional TXT)" nil nil)
21283 ;;;***
21285 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open org-export-as-taskjuggler)
21286 ;;;;;; "org-taskjuggler" "org/org-taskjuggler.el" (20356 19083))
21287 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-taskjuggler.el
21289 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler "org-taskjuggler" "\
21290 Export parts of the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file.
21291 The exporter looks for a tree with tag, property or todo that
21292 matches `org-export-taskjuggler-project-tag' and takes this as
21293 the tasks for this project. The first node of this tree defines
21294 the project properties such as project name and project period.
21295 If there is a tree with tag, property or todo that matches
21296 `org-export-taskjuggler-resource-tag' this three is taken as
21297 resources for the project. If no resources are specified, a
21298 default resource is created and allocated to the project. Also
21299 the taskjuggler project will be created with default reports as
21300 defined in `org-export-taskjuggler-default-reports'.
21302 \(fn)" t nil)
21304 (autoload 'org-export-as-taskjuggler-and-open "org-taskjuggler" "\
21305 Export the current buffer as a TaskJuggler file and open it
21306 with the TaskJuggler GUI.
21308 \(fn)" t nil)
21310 ;;;***
21312 ;;;### (autoloads (org-timer-set-timer org-timer-item org-timer-change-times-in-region
21313 ;;;;;; org-timer org-timer-start) "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
21314 ;;;;;; (20356 19083))
21315 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
21317 (autoload 'org-timer-start "org-timer" "\
21318 Set the starting time for the relative timer to now.
21319 When called with prefix argument OFFSET, prompt the user for an offset time,
21320 with the default taken from a timer stamp at point, if any.
21321 If OFFSET is a string or an integer, it is directly taken to be the offset
21322 without user interaction.
21323 When called with a double prefix arg, all timer strings in the active
21324 region will be shifted by a specific amount. You will be prompted for
21325 the amount, with the default to make the first timer string in
21326 the region 0:00:00.
21328 \(fn &optional OFFSET)" t nil)
21330 (autoload 'org-timer "org-timer" "\
21331 Insert a H:MM:SS string from the timer into the buffer.
21332 The first time this command is used, the timer is started. When used with
21333 a \\[universal-argument] prefix, force restarting the timer.
21334 When used with a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument], change all the timer string
21335 in the region by a fixed amount. This can be used to recalibrate a timer
21336 that was not started at the correct moment.
21338 If NO-INSERT-P is non-nil, return the string instead of inserting
21339 it in the buffer.
21341 \(fn &optional RESTART NO-INSERT-P)" t nil)
21343 (autoload 'org-timer-change-times-in-region "org-timer" "\
21344 Change all h:mm:ss time in region by a DELTA.
21346 \(fn BEG END DELTA)" t nil)
21348 (autoload 'org-timer-item "org-timer" "\
21349 Insert a description-type item with the current timer value.
21351 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21353 (autoload 'org-timer-set-timer "org-timer" "\
21354 Prompt for a duration and set a timer.
21356 If `org-timer-default-timer' is not zero, suggest this value as
21357 the default duration for the timer. If a timer is already set,
21358 prompt the user if she wants to replace it.
21360 Called with a numeric prefix argument, use this numeric value as
21361 the duration of the timer.
21363 Called with a `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21364 without prompting the user for a duration.
21366 With two `C-u' prefix arguments, use `org-timer-default-timer'
21367 without prompting the user for a duration and automatically
21368 replace any running timer.
21370 \(fn &optional OPT)" t nil)
21372 ;;;***
21374 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-as-xoxo) "org-xoxo" "org/org-xoxo.el"
21375 ;;;;;; (20345 61951))
21376 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-xoxo.el
21378 (autoload 'org-export-as-xoxo "org-xoxo" "\
21379 Export the org buffer as XOXO.
21380 The XOXO buffer is named *xoxo-<source buffer name>*
21382 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21384 ;;;***
21386 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
21387 ;;;;;; (20356 35090))
21388 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
21389 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21390 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
21392 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
21393 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
21394 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
21395 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
21397 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
21398 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
21399 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
21400 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
21402 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
21403 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
21404 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
21405 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
21406 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
21407 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
21409 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
21410 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
21411 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
21413 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
21414 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
21415 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
21416 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
21417 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
21418 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
21419 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
21420 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
21421 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
21422 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
21423 The subheadings remain visible.
21424 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
21426 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
21427 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
21428 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
21430 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
21431 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
21433 \(fn)" t nil)
21435 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
21436 Toggle Outline minor mode.
21437 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
21438 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
21439 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21441 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
21443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21444 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
21446 ;;;***
21448 ;;;### (autoloads (list-packages describe-package package-initialize
21449 ;;;;;; package-refresh-contents package-install-file package-install-from-buffer
21450 ;;;;;; package-install package-enable-at-startup) "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el"
21451 ;;;;;; (20446 34252))
21452 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
21454 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
21455 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
21456 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
21457 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
21458 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
21460 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
21461 activate the package system at any time.")
21463 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
21465 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
21466 Install the package named NAME.
21467 NAME should be the name of one of the available packages in an
21468 archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for NAME.
21470 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
21472 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
21473 Install a package from the current buffer.
21474 When called interactively, the current buffer is assumed to be a
21475 single .el file that follows the packaging guidelines; see info
21476 node `(elisp)Packaging'.
21478 When called from Lisp, PKG-INFO is a vector describing the
21479 information, of the type returned by `package-buffer-info'; and
21480 TYPE is the package type (either `single' or `tar').
21482 \(fn PKG-INFO TYPE)" t nil)
21484 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
21485 Install a package from a file.
21486 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
21488 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
21490 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
21491 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
21492 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
21493 makes them available for download.
21495 \(fn)" t nil)
21497 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
21498 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
21499 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
21500 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
21502 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
21504 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
21505 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
21507 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
21509 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
21510 Display a list of packages.
21511 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
21512 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
21513 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
21515 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
21517 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
21519 ;;;***
21521 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (20356 35090))
21522 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
21524 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
21525 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
21526 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
21527 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21528 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21529 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
21531 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
21533 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
21534 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
21535 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
21536 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
21537 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21539 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
21540 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
21541 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
21543 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21545 ;;;***
21547 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
21548 ;;;;;; (20318 5885))
21549 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
21550 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
21552 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
21553 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
21554 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
21555 unknown are returned as nil.
21557 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21559 ;;;***
21561 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (20446
21562 ;;;;;; 34252))
21563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
21565 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
21566 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
21567 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21569 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
21570 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
21572 Other useful functions are:
21574 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
21575 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
21576 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
21577 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
21578 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
21579 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
21580 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
21581 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
21582 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
21584 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
21586 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
21587 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
21588 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
21589 Indentation for case statements.
21590 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
21591 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
21592 mark after an end.
21593 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
21594 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
21595 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
21596 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
21597 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21598 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
21599 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
21600 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
21601 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
21602 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
21604 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
21605 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
21607 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
21608 no args, if that value is non-nil.
21610 \(fn)" t nil)
21612 ;;;***
21614 ;;;### (autoloads (password-in-cache-p password-cache-expiry password-cache)
21615 ;;;;;; "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (20244 35516))
21616 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
21618 (defvar password-cache t "\
21619 Whether to cache passwords.")
21621 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
21623 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
21624 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
21625 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
21627 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
21629 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
21630 Check if KEY is in the cache.
21632 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
21634 ;;;***
21636 ;;;### (autoloads (pcase-let pcase-let* pcase) "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el"
21637 ;;;;;; (20452 43334))
21638 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
21640 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
21641 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
21642 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
21644 UPatterns can take the following forms:
21645 _ matches anything.
21646 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
21647 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
21648 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
21649 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
21650 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
21651 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
21652 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
21653 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
21654 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
21656 QPatterns can take the following forms:
21657 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
21658 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
21659 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
21660 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
21661 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
21663 PRED can take the form
21664 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
21665 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with N+1 arguments.
21666 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
21667 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
21668 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
21669 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
21670 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
21672 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
21674 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21676 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
21677 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21678 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21679 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21681 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
21683 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21685 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
21686 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
21687 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
21688 of the form (UPAT EXP).
21690 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
21692 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
21694 ;;;***
21696 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (20244
21697 ;;;;;; 35516))
21698 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
21700 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
21701 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
21703 \(fn)" nil nil)
21705 ;;;***
21707 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
21708 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (20276 3849))
21709 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
21711 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21712 Completion for `gzip'.
21714 \(fn)" nil nil)
21716 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21717 Completion for `bzip2'.
21719 \(fn)" nil nil)
21721 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21722 Completion for GNU `make'.
21724 \(fn)" nil nil)
21726 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
21727 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
21729 \(fn)" nil nil)
21731 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
21733 ;;;***
21735 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
21736 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (20244 35516))
21737 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
21739 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
21740 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
21742 \(fn)" nil nil)
21744 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21745 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
21747 \(fn)" nil nil)
21749 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
21750 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
21752 \(fn)" nil nil)
21754 ;;;***
21756 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (20452
21757 ;;;;;; 43334))
21758 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
21760 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
21761 Completion for the `rpm' command.
21763 \(fn)" nil nil)
21765 ;;;***
21767 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/scp pcomplete/ssh pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown
21768 ;;;;;; pcomplete/which pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir
21769 ;;;;;; pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (20375 3831))
21770 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
21772 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
21773 Completion for `cd'.
21775 \(fn)" nil nil)
21777 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
21779 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
21780 Completion for `rmdir'.
21782 \(fn)" nil nil)
21784 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
21785 Completion for `rm'.
21787 \(fn)" nil nil)
21789 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
21790 Completion for `xargs'.
21792 \(fn)" nil nil)
21794 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
21796 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
21797 Completion for `which'.
21799 \(fn)" nil nil)
21801 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
21802 Completion for the `chown' command.
21804 \(fn)" nil nil)
21806 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21807 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
21809 \(fn)" nil nil)
21811 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
21812 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
21814 \(fn)" nil nil)
21816 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
21817 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
21818 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
21820 \(fn)" nil nil)
21822 ;;;***
21824 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
21825 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
21826 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (20377
21827 ;;;;;; 36816))
21828 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
21830 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
21831 Support extensible programmable completion.
21832 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
21833 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
21835 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
21837 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
21838 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
21840 \(fn)" t nil)
21842 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
21843 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21844 This will modify the current buffer.
21846 \(fn)" t nil)
21848 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
21849 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
21851 \(fn)" t nil)
21853 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
21854 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21855 This will modify the current buffer.
21857 \(fn)" t nil)
21859 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
21860 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
21862 \(fn)" t nil)
21864 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
21865 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
21867 \(fn)" t nil)
21869 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
21870 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
21871 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
21872 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
21873 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
21875 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21877 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21878 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
21880 \(fn)" nil nil)
21882 ;;;***
21884 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
21885 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
21886 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs.el" (20373 41604))
21887 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
21889 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21890 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21891 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21892 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21894 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21896 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21898 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21899 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21900 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21901 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21902 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21903 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21904 FLAGS is ignored.
21906 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21908 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21909 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21910 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21911 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21912 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21913 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21914 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21915 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21917 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21919 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21920 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21921 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21922 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21923 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21924 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21925 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21926 passed to cvs.
21928 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21930 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21931 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21932 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21933 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21934 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21935 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21936 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21938 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21940 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21941 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21942 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21944 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21946 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21947 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21948 A value of nil means never do it.
21949 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21950 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21951 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21953 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21955 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21956 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21957 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21959 ;;;***
21961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (20356 35090))
21962 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21964 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
21965 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
21967 ;;;***
21969 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
21970 ;;;;;; (20373 41604))
21971 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21972 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21973 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21974 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21975 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21976 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21977 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21979 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21980 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21981 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21982 Tab indents for Perl code.
21983 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21984 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21985 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21986 \\{perl-mode-map}
21987 Variables controlling indentation style:
21988 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21989 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21990 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21991 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21992 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21993 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21994 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21995 `perl-nochange'
21996 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21997 `perl-indent-level'
21998 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21999 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
22000 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
22001 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
22002 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
22003 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
22004 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
22005 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
22006 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
22007 `perl-brace-offset'
22008 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
22009 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
22010 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
22011 this far to the right of the start of its line.
22012 `perl-label-offset'
22013 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
22014 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
22015 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
22017 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
22018 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
22019 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
22020 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
22021 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
22022 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
22023 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
22025 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
22027 \(fn)" t nil)
22029 ;;;***
22031 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
22032 ;;;;;; (20373 41604))
22033 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
22035 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
22036 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
22037 \\<picture-mode-map>
22038 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
22039 afterwards settable by these commands:
22041 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
22042 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
22043 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
22044 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
22046 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
22047 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
22048 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
22049 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
22051 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
22052 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
22053 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
22054 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
22056 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
22057 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
22058 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
22059 with these commands:
22061 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
22062 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
22063 Move to column following last
22064 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
22065 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
22066 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
22067 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
22068 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
22069 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
22071 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
22073 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
22074 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
22075 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
22076 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
22077 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
22078 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
22080 You can manipulate text with these commands:
22081 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
22082 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
22083 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
22084 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
22085 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
22086 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
22088 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
22089 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
22090 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
22091 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
22092 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
22093 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
22094 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
22095 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
22097 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
22098 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
22099 by supplying an argument.
22101 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
22103 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
22104 they are not by default assigned to keys.
22106 \(fn)" t nil)
22108 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
22110 ;;;***
22112 ;;;### (autoloads (plstore-mode plstore-open) "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el"
22113 ;;;;;; (20380 26775))
22114 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
22116 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
22117 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
22119 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
22121 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
22122 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
22124 \(fn)" t nil)
22126 ;;;***
22128 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
22129 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
22130 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
22132 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
22133 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
22134 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
22136 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
22138 ;;;***
22140 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (20244 35516))
22141 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
22143 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
22144 Play pong and waste time.
22145 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
22146 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
22148 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
22150 \\{pong-mode-map}
22152 \(fn)" t nil)
22154 ;;;***
22156 ;;;### (autoloads (pop3-movemail) "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (20244 35516))
22157 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
22159 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
22160 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
22161 Use streaming commands.
22163 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
22165 ;;;***
22167 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-macroexpand-last-sexp pp-eval-last-sexp pp-macroexpand-expression
22168 ;;;;;; pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el"
22169 ;;;;;; (20276 3849))
22170 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
22172 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
22173 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
22174 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
22175 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
22177 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
22179 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
22180 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
22182 \(fn)" nil nil)
22184 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
22185 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
22186 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
22187 can handle, whenever this is possible.
22188 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
22190 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
22192 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
22193 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
22194 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
22196 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
22198 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
22199 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
22201 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
22203 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
22204 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
22205 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
22206 Ignores leading comment characters.
22208 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22210 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
22211 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
22212 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
22213 Ignores leading comment characters.
22215 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22217 ;;;***
22219 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
22220 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
22221 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
22222 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
22223 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
22224 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
22225 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
22226 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
22227 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
22228 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
22229 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
22230 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
22231 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
22232 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
22233 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
22234 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
22235 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
22236 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
22237 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
22238 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
22240 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
22241 Activate the printing interface buffer.
22243 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
22245 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
22247 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22249 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
22250 Preview directory using ghostview.
22252 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22253 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22254 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22255 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22257 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22258 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22259 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22260 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22261 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22262 file name.
22264 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22266 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22268 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22269 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
22271 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22272 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22273 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22274 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22276 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22277 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22278 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22279 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22280 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22281 file name.
22283 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22285 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22287 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
22288 Print directory using PostScript printer.
22290 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22291 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22292 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22293 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22295 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22296 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22297 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22298 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22299 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22300 file name.
22302 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22304 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22306 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
22307 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22309 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22311 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
22312 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22313 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
22314 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22316 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
22317 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
22318 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
22319 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22320 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
22321 file name.
22323 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22325 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22327 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
22328 Preview buffer using ghostview.
22330 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22331 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22332 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22334 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22335 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
22336 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
22337 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22339 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22341 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22342 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
22344 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22345 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22346 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22348 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22349 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22350 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22351 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22353 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22355 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
22356 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
22358 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22359 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22360 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22362 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22363 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22364 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22365 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22367 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22369 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
22370 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22372 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
22374 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
22375 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
22376 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22378 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22379 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
22380 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
22381 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
22383 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22385 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
22386 Preview region using ghostview.
22388 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22390 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22392 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22393 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
22395 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22397 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22399 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
22400 Print region using PostScript printer.
22402 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22404 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22406 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
22407 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
22409 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22411 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22413 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
22414 Preview major mode using ghostview.
22416 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
22418 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22420 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22421 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
22423 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
22425 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22427 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
22428 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
22430 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
22432 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22434 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
22435 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
22437 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
22439 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22441 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
22442 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
22443 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22444 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22446 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22447 matching.
22449 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22450 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22452 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22454 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22456 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
22457 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
22458 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22459 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22461 \(fn)" t nil)
22463 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
22464 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
22465 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
22466 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
22468 \(fn)" t nil)
22470 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
22471 Print directory using text printer.
22473 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
22474 matching.
22476 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
22477 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
22479 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
22481 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
22483 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
22484 Print buffer using text printer.
22486 \(fn)" t nil)
22488 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
22489 Print region using text printer.
22491 \(fn)" t nil)
22493 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
22494 Print major mode using text printer.
22496 \(fn)" t nil)
22498 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
22499 Preview spooled PostScript.
22501 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22502 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22503 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
22505 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22506 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
22507 PostScript image in a file with that name.
22509 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22511 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22512 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
22514 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22515 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22516 instead of sending it to the printer.
22518 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22519 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22520 image in a file with that name.
22522 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22524 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
22525 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22527 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22528 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22529 instead of sending it to the printer.
22531 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22532 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22533 image in a file with that name.
22535 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22537 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
22538 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22540 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22541 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22542 instead of sending it to the printer.
22544 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22545 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22546 image in a file with that name.
22548 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22550 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
22551 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22553 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22555 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
22556 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
22558 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22560 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
22561 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
22563 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22565 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
22566 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
22568 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22570 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
22571 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
22573 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22575 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
22576 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
22578 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
22579 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
22580 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
22581 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22583 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
22584 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
22585 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
22586 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
22587 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
22588 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
22589 file name.
22591 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
22593 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
22594 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
22596 \(fn)" t nil)
22598 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
22599 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
22601 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22602 right.
22603 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22604 bottom.
22606 \(fn)" t nil)
22608 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
22609 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
22611 \(fn)" t nil)
22613 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
22614 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
22616 \(fn)" t nil)
22618 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
22619 Toggle printing with faces.
22621 \(fn)" t nil)
22623 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
22624 Toggle spooling.
22626 \(fn)" t nil)
22628 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
22629 Toggle duplex.
22631 \(fn)" t nil)
22633 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
22634 Toggle tumble.
22636 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
22637 right.
22638 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
22639 bottom.
22641 \(fn)" t nil)
22643 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
22644 Toggle landscape.
22646 \(fn)" t nil)
22648 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
22649 Toggle upside-down.
22651 \(fn)" t nil)
22653 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
22654 Toggle line number.
22656 \(fn)" t nil)
22658 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
22659 Toggle zebra stripes.
22661 \(fn)" t nil)
22663 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
22664 Toggle printing header.
22666 \(fn)" t nil)
22668 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
22669 Toggle printing header frame.
22671 \(fn)" t nil)
22673 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
22674 Toggle menu lock.
22676 \(fn)" t nil)
22678 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
22679 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
22681 \(fn)" t nil)
22683 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
22684 Toggle auto mode.
22686 \(fn)" t nil)
22688 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
22689 Customization of the `printing' group.
22691 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22693 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
22694 Customization of the `lpr' group.
22696 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22698 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
22699 Help for the printing package.
22701 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22703 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
22704 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
22706 \(fn)" t nil)
22708 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
22709 Interactively select a text printer.
22711 \(fn)" t nil)
22713 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
22714 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
22716 \(fn)" t nil)
22718 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
22719 Show current ps-print settings.
22721 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22723 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
22724 Show current printing settings.
22726 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22728 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
22729 Show current lpr settings.
22731 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
22733 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
22734 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
22736 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22737 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22738 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22739 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
22742 Interactively, you have the following situations:
22744 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22745 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
22746 immediately be done using the current active printer.
22748 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22749 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22750 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
22751 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
22752 current active printer.
22754 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22755 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
22756 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22757 printer.
22759 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
22760 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
22761 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
22762 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
22763 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
22766 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
22767 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
22769 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
22771 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
22772 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
22773 be done using the new current active printer.
22775 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
22776 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
22777 printer.
22779 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
22780 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
22781 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
22782 instead of sending it to the printer.
22784 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
22785 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
22786 printer.
22788 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
22791 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22792 are both set to t.
22794 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
22796 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
22797 Fast fire function for text printing.
22799 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
22800 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
22801 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
22802 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
22804 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
22805 user for a new active text printer.
22807 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
22809 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
22811 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
22812 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
22813 printer.
22815 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
22817 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
22818 are both set to t.
22820 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
22822 ;;;***
22824 ;;;### (autoloads (proced) "proced" "proced.el" (20428 57510))
22825 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
22827 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
22828 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
22829 If invoked with optional ARG the window displaying the process
22830 information will be displayed but not selected.
22831 Runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
22833 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in Proced buffers.
22835 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22837 ;;;***
22839 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog mercury-mode prolog-mode) "prolog"
22840 ;;;;;; "progmodes/prolog.el" (20412 11425))
22841 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22843 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22844 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
22846 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
22847 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
22849 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
22851 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
22852 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
22854 Commands:
22855 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22856 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
22857 if that value is non-nil.
22859 \(fn)" t nil)
22861 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
22862 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
22863 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
22865 \(fn)" t nil)
22867 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
22868 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22869 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
22871 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22873 ;;;***
22875 ;;;### (autoloads (bdf-directory-list) "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (20244
22876 ;;;;;; 35516))
22877 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22879 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22880 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22881 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22883 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22885 ;;;***
22887 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (20356
22888 ;;;;;; 35090))
22889 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22891 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22892 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22894 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22896 The following variables hold user options, and can
22897 be set through the `customize' command:
22899 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
22900 `ps-mode-tab'
22901 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22902 `ps-mode-print-function'
22903 `ps-run-prompt'
22904 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22905 `ps-run-x'
22906 `ps-run-dumb'
22907 `ps-run-init'
22908 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22909 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22911 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22914 \\{ps-mode-map}
22917 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22918 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22919 The keymap for this second window is:
22921 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22924 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22925 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22926 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22927 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22928 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22930 \(fn)" t nil)
22932 ;;;***
22934 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
22935 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
22936 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
22937 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
22938 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
22939 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (20244
22940 ;;;;;; 35516))
22941 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22943 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22944 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22945 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22947 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22949 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22950 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22951 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22952 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22954 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22956 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22957 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22959 Valid values are:
22961 nil Do not print colors.
22963 t Print colors.
22965 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22966 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22968 Any other value is treated as t.")
22970 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22972 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22973 Customization of ps-print group.
22975 \(fn)" t nil)
22977 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22978 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22980 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22981 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22982 sending it to the printer.
22984 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22985 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22986 image in a file with that name.
22988 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22990 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22991 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22992 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22993 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22994 so it has a way to determine color values.
22996 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22998 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22999 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
23000 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
23002 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23004 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23005 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
23006 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23007 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23008 so it has a way to determine color values.
23010 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23012 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
23013 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
23014 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
23015 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
23017 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23019 \(fn)" t nil)
23021 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23022 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
23023 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23024 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23025 so it has a way to determine color values.
23027 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23029 \(fn)" t nil)
23031 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
23032 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
23033 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
23035 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23037 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23039 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
23040 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
23041 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
23042 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
23043 so it has a way to determine color values.
23045 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
23047 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
23049 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
23050 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
23052 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
23053 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
23054 instead of sending it to the printer.
23056 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
23057 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
23058 image in a file with that name.
23060 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
23062 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
23063 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
23064 Done using the current ps-print setup.
23065 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
23066 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
23068 \(fn)" t nil)
23070 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
23071 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
23072 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
23074 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
23076 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
23077 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
23078 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
23080 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
23082 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
23083 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
23085 \(fn)" nil nil)
23087 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
23088 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
23090 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
23091 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
23093 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
23094 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
23096 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
23098 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
23100 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
23102 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
23103 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
23105 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
23106 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
23108 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
23109 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
23111 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
23113 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
23115 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
23117 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
23118 foreground and background colors respectively.
23120 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
23121 bold - use bold font.
23122 italic - use italic font.
23123 underline - put a line under text.
23124 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
23125 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
23126 shadow - text will have a shadow.
23127 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
23128 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
23130 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
23132 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
23134 ;;;***
23136 ;;;### (autoloads (python-mode) "python" "progmodes/python.el" (20448
23137 ;;;;;; 45252))
23138 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
23140 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
23142 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python") 'python-mode))
23144 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
23145 Major mode for editing Python files.
23147 \\{python-mode-map}
23148 Entry to this mode calls the value of `python-mode-hook'
23149 if that value is non-nil.
23151 \(fn)" t nil)
23153 ;;;***
23155 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
23156 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
23157 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
23159 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
23160 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
23161 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
23162 coding-system.
23164 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
23165 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
23167 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
23168 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
23169 them into characters should be done separately.
23171 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
23173 ;;;***
23175 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
23176 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
23177 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
23178 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
23179 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (20331 16635))
23180 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
23182 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
23183 Return the title of the current Quail package.
23185 \(fn)" nil nil)
23187 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
23188 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
23189 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
23191 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
23192 `quail-activate', which see.
23194 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
23196 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
23197 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
23198 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
23199 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
23200 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
23201 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
23202 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
23204 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
23205 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
23206 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
23207 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
23208 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
23209 shown.
23210 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
23212 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
23213 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
23214 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
23215 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
23216 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
23217 list of candidates.
23219 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
23220 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
23221 command to be called.
23223 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
23224 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
23225 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
23226 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
23228 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
23229 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
23230 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
23231 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
23232 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
23233 to t.
23235 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
23236 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
23237 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
23238 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
23240 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
23241 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
23242 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
23243 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
23245 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
23246 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
23247 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
23248 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
23249 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
23250 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
23252 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
23253 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
23254 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
23255 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
23256 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
23257 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
23259 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
23260 covers Quail translation region.
23262 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
23263 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
23264 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
23265 for it) is inserted.
23267 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
23268 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
23269 vs. corresponding command to be called.
23271 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
23272 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
23273 non-Quail commands.
23275 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
23277 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23278 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
23280 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
23281 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
23282 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
23283 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
23284 you type is correctly handled.
23286 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
23288 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
23289 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
23291 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
23292 keyboard type.
23294 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
23296 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
23297 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
23298 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
23299 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23300 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
23301 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23302 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23303 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23304 for the translation.
23305 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23307 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23308 it is used to handle KEY.
23310 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
23311 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
23312 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
23313 the following annotation types are supported.
23315 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
23316 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
23318 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
23319 candidate list.
23321 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
23322 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
23323 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
23324 inserted.
23326 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
23327 generated for the following translations.
23329 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
23331 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
23332 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
23334 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23335 which to install MAP.
23337 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
23339 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23341 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
23342 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
23344 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
23345 which to install MAP.
23347 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
23349 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
23351 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
23352 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
23353 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
23354 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
23355 a function, or a cons.
23356 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
23357 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
23358 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
23359 for the translation.
23360 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
23361 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
23362 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
23363 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
23364 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
23366 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
23367 it is used to handle KEY.
23369 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
23370 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
23371 current Quail package.
23373 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
23374 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23376 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
23378 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
23379 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
23381 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
23382 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
23384 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
23386 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
23387 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
23389 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
23391 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
23392 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
23393 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
23394 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
23395 of the Emacs source tree.
23397 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
23398 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
23400 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
23401 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
23402 of each directory.
23404 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
23406 ;;;***
23408 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
23409 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
23410 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (20356
23411 ;;;;;; 35090))
23412 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
23414 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
23415 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
23416 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
23417 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
23419 To make use of this do something like:
23421 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
23423 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
23425 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
23426 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
23428 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
23429 buffer, this default action can be modified via
23430 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23432 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23434 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
23435 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
23437 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23439 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
23440 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
23442 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
23443 is decided.
23445 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
23447 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
23448 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
23450 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
23451 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
23452 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
23454 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
23456 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
23457 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
23459 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
23461 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
23462 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
23464 \(fn)" t nil)
23466 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
23467 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
23469 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
23471 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
23473 \(fn)" t nil)
23475 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
23476 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
23478 \(fn)" t nil)
23480 ;;;***
23482 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
23483 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (20434 28080))
23484 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
23486 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
23487 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
23489 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
23491 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
23493 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23495 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
23497 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
23500 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
23502 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
23503 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
23504 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23505 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23506 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23507 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
23509 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
23511 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
23512 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
23513 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23514 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23515 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23517 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23519 ;;;***
23521 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (20290
23522 ;;;;;; 33419))
23523 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
23525 (autoload 'remote-compile "rcompile" "\
23526 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
23527 See \\[compile].
23529 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
23531 ;;;***
23533 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
23534 ;;;;;; (20428 57510))
23535 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
23537 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
23539 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
23540 Construct a regexp interactively.
23541 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
23542 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
23543 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
23545 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
23546 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
23548 \(fn)" t nil)
23550 ;;;***
23552 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (20356 35090))
23553 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
23555 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
23556 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
23557 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23558 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23559 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23560 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
23562 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
23564 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
23565 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
23566 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
23567 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23568 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23570 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
23571 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
23572 were operated on recently.
23574 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23576 ;;;***
23578 ;;;### (autoloads (rectangle-number-lines clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle
23579 ;;;;;; string-rectangle delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle
23580 ;;;;;; insert-rectangle yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle
23581 ;;;;;; delete-extract-rectangle delete-rectangle) "rect" "rect.el"
23582 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
23583 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
23584 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "c" 'clear-rectangle)
23585 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "k" 'kill-rectangle)
23586 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "d" 'delete-rectangle)
23587 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "y" 'yank-rectangle)
23588 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "o" 'open-rectangle)
23589 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "t" 'string-rectangle)
23590 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "N" 'rectangle-number-lines)
23592 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
23593 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
23594 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
23595 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
23596 ends.
23598 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23599 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
23600 to be deleted.
23602 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23604 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23605 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23606 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23608 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23609 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23610 deleted.
23612 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
23614 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
23615 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
23616 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
23618 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
23620 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
23621 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
23623 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23624 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
23626 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
23627 deleted.
23629 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
23630 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
23631 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
23632 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
23633 even beep.)
23635 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23637 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
23638 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
23640 \(fn)" t nil)
23642 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23643 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
23644 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
23645 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
23646 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
23647 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
23648 and point is at the lower right corner.
23650 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
23652 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
23653 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23655 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
23656 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
23658 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23659 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
23660 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
23662 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23664 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
23666 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
23667 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
23668 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
23669 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
23670 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
23672 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23673 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
23675 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23677 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
23678 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
23679 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
23681 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
23683 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23685 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
23687 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
23688 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
23690 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23691 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
23692 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
23694 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
23696 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
23697 Blank out the region-rectangle.
23698 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
23700 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
23701 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
23702 rectangle which were empty.
23704 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
23706 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
23707 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
23709 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
23710 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
23711 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
23712 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
23714 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
23716 ;;;***
23718 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (20244
23719 ;;;;;; 35516))
23720 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23722 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23723 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
23724 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
23725 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23726 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23728 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
23729 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
23730 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
23731 auto-filling.
23733 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
23735 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23737 ;;;***
23739 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
23740 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (20244 35516))
23741 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23743 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23744 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23746 \(fn)" nil nil)
23748 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23749 Toggle RefTeX mode.
23750 With a prefix argument ARG, enable RefTeX mode if ARG is
23751 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23752 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23754 RefTeX mode is a buffer-local minor mode with distinct support
23755 for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23757 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23758 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23760 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23761 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23762 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23763 \\ref macro.
23765 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23766 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23767 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23769 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23770 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23771 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23773 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23774 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23776 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23777 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23779 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23780 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23781 on the menu bar.
23783 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23787 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23788 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23789 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23791 \(fn)" nil nil)
23793 ;;;***
23795 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
23796 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
23797 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
23799 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
23800 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
23801 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
23802 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
23803 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
23804 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
23806 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
23808 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
23810 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
23811 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
23812 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
23813 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
23814 `reftex-cite-format'.
23816 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
23817 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
23818 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
23819 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
23821 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
23823 ;;;***
23825 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
23826 ;;;;;; (20428 57510))
23827 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
23829 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
23830 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
23831 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
23832 the current TeX document.
23834 With no argument, this command toggles
23835 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
23836 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
23838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23840 ;;;***
23842 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
23843 ;;;;;; (20412 11425))
23844 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
23846 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
23847 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
23848 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
23850 To insert new phrases, use
23851 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
23852 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
23854 To index phrases use one of:
23856 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
23857 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
23858 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
23859 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
23860 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
23862 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
23863 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
23865 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
23867 Here are all local bindings.
23869 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
23871 \(fn)" t nil)
23873 ;;;***
23875 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
23876 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
23877 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
23879 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
23880 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
23881 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
23882 of master file.
23884 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
23886 ;;;***
23888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (20356
23889 ;;;;;; 35090))
23890 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23891 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23892 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23893 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23894 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23896 ;;;***
23898 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
23899 ;;;;;; (20373 41604))
23900 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23902 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23903 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23904 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23905 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23906 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23907 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23909 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23910 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23912 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23913 by \\=\\< and \\>.
23914 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23915 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
23917 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23919 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23920 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23921 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23922 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23924 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23926 ;;;***
23928 ;;;### (autoloads (remember-diary-extract-entries remember-clipboard
23929 ;;;;;; remember-other-frame remember) "remember" "textmodes/remember.el"
23930 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
23931 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23933 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23934 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23935 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23936 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23938 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23940 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23942 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23943 Call `remember' in another frame.
23945 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23947 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23948 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23949 Most useful for remembering things from Netscape or other X Windows
23950 application.
23952 \(fn)" t nil)
23954 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23955 Extract diary entries from the region.
23957 \(fn)" nil nil)
23959 ;;;***
23961 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (20412 11425))
23962 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23964 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23965 Repeat most recently executed command.
23966 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise,
23967 use the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
23968 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
23970 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23971 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23972 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23973 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23975 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23976 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23977 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23979 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23981 ;;;***
23983 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
23984 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
23985 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23987 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23988 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23990 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23991 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23992 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23993 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23994 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23995 and point is left after the salutation.
23997 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23998 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23999 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
24000 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
24001 left after that text.
24003 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
24004 is non-nil.
24006 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
24007 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
24008 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
24009 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
24011 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
24013 ;;;***
24015 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
24016 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
24017 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
24019 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
24020 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
24021 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
24022 visibility of comments that precede it.
24023 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
24024 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
24025 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
24026 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
24027 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
24028 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
24029 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
24030 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
24031 the comment lines.
24032 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
24033 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
24034 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
24035 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
24036 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
24038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24040 ;;;***
24042 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
24043 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
24044 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
24046 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
24047 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
24048 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
24049 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24050 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24052 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
24053 reveals invisible text around point.
24055 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24057 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
24058 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
24059 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24060 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24061 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24062 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
24064 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
24066 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
24067 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
24068 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
24070 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
24071 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24072 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24074 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24076 ;;;***
24078 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
24079 ;;;;;; (20331 12564))
24080 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
24082 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
24083 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
24085 \(fn X)" nil nil)
24087 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
24088 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
24090 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
24092 ;;;***
24094 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (20412 11425))
24095 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
24097 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
24098 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
24099 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
24100 other arguments for `rlogin'.
24102 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
24104 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
24105 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
24106 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
24107 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
24109 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
24110 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
24112 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
24113 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
24115 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
24116 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
24117 INPUT-ARGS.
24119 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
24120 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
24121 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
24122 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
24123 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
24125 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
24126 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
24127 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
24128 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
24130 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
24131 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
24132 variable.
24134 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24136 ;;;***
24138 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
24139 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-show-message-hook rmail-secondary-file-regexp
24140 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-directory rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-highlighted-headers
24141 ;;;;;; rmail-retry-ignored-headers rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers
24142 ;;;;;; rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-movemail-variant-p rmail-spool-directory
24143 ;;;;;; rmail-file-name) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (20438 17064))
24144 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
24146 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
24147 Name of user's primary mail file.")
24149 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
24151 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
24153 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
24154 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
24155 Its name should end with a slash.")
24157 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
24158 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
24160 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
24161 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
24162 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
24164 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
24166 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
24167 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
24168 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
24169 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
24170 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
24171 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
24172 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
24174 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
24175 sent by you under different user names.
24176 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
24178 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
24180 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
24182 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
24184 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
24185 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
24186 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
24187 explicitly.")
24189 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
24191 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
24192 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
24193 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
24194 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
24195 which normally happens once for each message,
24196 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
24197 To make a change in this variable take effect
24198 for a message that you have already viewed,
24199 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
24201 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
24203 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
24204 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
24205 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
24206 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
24208 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
24210 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
24211 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
24213 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
24215 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
24216 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
24217 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
24219 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
24221 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
24222 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
24223 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
24224 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
24225 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
24226 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
24228 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
24230 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24231 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
24233 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
24235 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
24236 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
24238 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
24240 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
24241 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
24243 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
24244 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
24246 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
24248 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
24249 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
24251 This is set to nil by default.")
24253 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
24254 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
24255 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
24256 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
24257 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
24258 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
24259 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
24261 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
24262 Read and edit incoming mail.
24263 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
24264 file in RMAIL Mode.
24265 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
24267 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
24268 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
24269 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
24270 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
24272 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
24274 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
24276 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
24277 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
24278 All normal editing commands are turned off.
24279 Instead, these commands are available:
24281 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
24282 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
24283 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
24284 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
24285 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
24286 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
24287 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
24288 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
24289 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
24290 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
24291 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
24292 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
24293 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
24294 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
24295 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
24296 till a deleted message is found.
24297 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
24298 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
24299 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
24300 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
24301 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
24302 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
24303 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
24304 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
24305 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
24306 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
24307 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
24308 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
24309 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
24310 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
24311 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
24312 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
24313 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
24314 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
24315 (label defaults to last one specified).
24316 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
24317 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
24318 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
24319 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
24320 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
24321 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
24322 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
24323 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
24324 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
24326 \(fn)" t nil)
24328 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
24329 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
24331 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
24333 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
24334 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
24336 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
24338 ;;;***
24340 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output-as-seen
24341 ;;;;;; rmail-output) "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (20244 35516))
24342 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
24343 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
24345 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
24346 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
24347 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
24348 case it writes Babyl.
24350 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
24351 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
24352 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24353 `rmail-default-file'.
24355 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
24356 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
24357 buffer, updates it accordingly.
24359 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
24360 the header display is currently pruned.
24362 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
24363 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
24364 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
24365 messages after output.
24367 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
24368 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
24369 message (if writing a file directly).
24371 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
24372 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
24374 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24376 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
24377 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
24378 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
24379 i) the header is output as currently seen
24380 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
24381 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
24383 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
24384 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
24385 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
24387 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
24389 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
24390 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
24391 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
24392 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
24393 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
24394 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
24395 `rmail-default-body-file'.
24397 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
24398 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
24399 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
24401 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
24403 ;;;***
24405 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-c-load-schema) "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el"
24406 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
24407 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
24409 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
24410 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
24411 Return a pattern.
24413 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
24415 ;;;***
24417 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-nxml-mode-init) "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el"
24418 ;;;;;; (20356 35090))
24419 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
24421 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
24422 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
24423 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
24424 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
24426 \(fn)" t nil)
24428 ;;;***
24430 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-validate-mode) "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el"
24431 ;;;;;; (20290 33419))
24432 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
24434 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
24435 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
24437 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
24438 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
24439 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
24440 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
24441 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
24442 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
24443 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
24444 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
24445 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
24446 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
24448 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
24449 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
24450 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
24451 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
24452 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
24453 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
24454 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
24455 to use for finding the schema.
24457 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
24459 ;;;***
24461 ;;;### (autoloads (rng-xsd-compile) "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (20244
24462 ;;;;;; 35516))
24463 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
24465 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
24467 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
24468 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
24469 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
24470 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
24471 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
24472 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
24473 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
24474 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
24475 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
24476 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
24477 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
24478 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
24479 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
24480 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
24481 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
24482 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
24483 must be equal.
24485 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
24487 ;;;***
24489 ;;;### (autoloads (robin-use-package robin-modify-package robin-define-package)
24490 ;;;;;; "robin" "international/robin.el" (20428 57510))
24491 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
24493 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
24494 Define a robin package.
24496 NAME is the string of this robin package.
24497 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
24498 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
24499 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
24501 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
24502 one replaces the old one.
24504 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
24506 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
24507 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
24509 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
24510 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
24511 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
24513 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
24515 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
24516 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
24518 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
24520 ;;;***
24522 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
24523 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (20244 35516))
24524 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
24526 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
24527 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
24529 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
24531 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
24532 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
24534 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24536 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
24537 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
24539 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24541 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
24542 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
24543 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
24545 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
24546 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
24547 in ROT13.
24549 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
24551 \(fn)" t nil)
24553 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
24554 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
24556 \(fn)" t nil)
24558 ;;;***
24560 ;;;### (autoloads (rst-minor-mode rst-mode) "rst" "textmodes/rst.el"
24561 ;;;;;; (20451 21022))
24562 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
24563 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
24565 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
24566 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
24567 \\<rst-mode-map>
24569 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
24570 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
24571 highlighting.
24573 \\{rst-mode-map}
24575 \(fn)" t nil)
24577 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
24578 Toggle ReST minor mode.
24579 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
24580 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24581 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24583 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
24584 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
24585 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
24587 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24589 ;;;***
24591 ;;;### (autoloads (ruby-mode) "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el"
24592 ;;;;;; (20374 56770))
24593 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
24595 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
24596 Major mode for editing Ruby scripts.
24597 \\[ruby-indent-line] properly indents subexpressions of multi-line
24598 class, module, def, if, while, for, do, and case statements, taking
24599 nesting into account.
24601 The variable `ruby-indent-level' controls the amount of indentation.
24603 \\{ruby-mode-map}
24605 \(fn)" t nil)
24607 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.rb\\'") 'ruby-mode))
24609 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
24611 ;;;***
24613 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (20244
24614 ;;;;;; 35516))
24615 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
24617 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
24618 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
24619 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
24621 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
24622 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
24623 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
24624 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24625 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24629 ;;;***
24631 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (20451
24632 ;;;;;; 21074))
24633 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
24635 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
24636 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
24637 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
24638 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
24640 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
24642 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
24643 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
24644 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
24646 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
24647 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
24648 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
24650 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
24651 notation.
24653 STRING
24654 matches string STRING literally.
24656 CHAR
24657 matches character CHAR literally.
24659 `not-newline', `nonl'
24660 matches any character except a newline.
24662 `anything'
24663 matches any character
24665 `(any SET ...)'
24666 `(in SET ...)'
24667 `(char SET ...)'
24668 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
24669 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
24670 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
24672 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
24673 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
24674 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
24675 `word', or one of their synonyms.
24677 `(not (any SET ...))'
24678 matches any character not in SET ...
24680 `line-start', `bol'
24681 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
24682 in the text being matched
24684 `line-end', `eol'
24685 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
24687 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
24688 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24689 string being matched against.
24691 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
24692 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24693 string being matched against.
24695 `buffer-start'
24696 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
24697 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
24699 `buffer-end'
24700 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
24701 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
24703 `point'
24704 matches the empty string, but only at point.
24706 `word-start', `bow'
24707 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
24709 `word-end', `eow'
24710 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
24712 `word-boundary'
24713 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
24714 word.
24716 `(not word-boundary)'
24717 `not-word-boundary'
24718 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
24719 word.
24721 `symbol-start'
24722 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
24724 `symbol-end'
24725 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
24727 `digit', `numeric', `num'
24728 matches 0 through 9.
24730 `control', `cntrl'
24731 matches ASCII control characters.
24733 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
24734 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
24736 `blank'
24737 matches space and tab only.
24739 `graphic', `graph'
24740 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
24741 space, and DEL.
24743 `printing', `print'
24744 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
24745 and DEL.
24747 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
24748 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24749 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24751 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
24752 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24753 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
24755 `ascii'
24756 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
24758 `nonascii'
24759 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
24761 `lower', `lower-case'
24762 matches anything lower-case.
24764 `upper', `upper-case'
24765 matches anything upper-case.
24767 `punctuation', `punct'
24768 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
24769 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
24771 `space', `whitespace', `white'
24772 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
24774 `word', `wordchar'
24775 matches anything that has word syntax.
24777 `not-wordchar'
24778 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
24780 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
24781 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
24782 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
24783 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
24785 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
24786 `punctuation' (\\s.)
24787 `word' (\\sw)
24788 `symbol' (\\s_)
24789 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24790 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24791 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24792 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24793 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24794 `escape' (\\s\\)
24795 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24796 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24797 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24798 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24799 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24801 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24802 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24804 `(category CATEGORY)'
24805 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24806 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24808 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24809 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24810 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24811 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24812 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
24813 `symbol' (\\c5)
24814 `digit' (\\c6)
24815 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24816 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24817 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24818 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24819 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24820 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24821 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
24822 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24823 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24824 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24825 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24826 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24827 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24828 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24829 `ascii' (\\ca)
24830 `arabic' (\\cb)
24831 `chinese' (\\cc)
24832 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
24833 `greek' (\\cg)
24834 `korean' (\\ch)
24835 `indian' (\\ci)
24836 `japanese' (\\cj)
24837 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24838 `latin' (\\cl)
24839 `lao' (\\co)
24840 `tibetan' (\\cq)
24841 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24842 `thai' (\\ct)
24843 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24844 `hebrew' (\\cw)
24845 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
24846 `can-break' (\\c|)
24848 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24849 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24851 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24852 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24853 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24854 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24855 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24857 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24858 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24859 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24860 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24862 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24863 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24864 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
24865 group number N.
24867 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24868 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24869 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24870 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24871 regular expression.
24873 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24874 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24875 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24876 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24877 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24879 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24880 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24882 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24883 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24885 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24886 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
24887 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24889 `(* SEXP ...)'
24890 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24891 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24893 `(*? SEXP ...)'
24894 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24895 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24897 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24898 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
24899 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24901 `(+ SEXP ...)'
24902 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24904 `(+? SEXP ...)'
24905 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24907 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24908 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24909 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24910 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24912 `(? SEXP ...)'
24913 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24915 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24916 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24918 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24919 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24920 matches N occurrences.
24922 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24923 matches N or more occurrences.
24925 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24926 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24927 matches N to M occurrences.
24929 `(backref N)'
24930 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24932 `(eval FORM)'
24933 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24934 `regexp-quote' it.
24936 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24937 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24939 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
24941 ;;;***
24943 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el" (20452
24944 ;;;;;; 43636))
24945 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24947 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24948 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24949 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24950 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24951 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24952 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24954 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24956 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24957 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
24958 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
24959 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24960 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24962 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
24963 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
24964 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
24965 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
24967 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24968 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
24969 histories, which is probably undesirable.
24971 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24973 ;;;***
24975 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
24976 ;;;;;; (20428 57510))
24977 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24979 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24980 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24981 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24983 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24984 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24985 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24986 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24987 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24988 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24989 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24990 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24992 Commands:
24993 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24994 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24995 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24996 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
24997 if that value is non-nil.
24999 \(fn)" t nil)
25001 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
25002 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
25003 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
25005 Commands:
25006 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25007 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
25008 \\{scheme-mode-map}
25009 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
25010 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
25011 that variable's value is a string.
25013 \(fn)" t nil)
25015 ;;;***
25017 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
25018 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
25019 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
25021 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
25022 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
25023 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
25025 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
25027 \(fn)" t nil)
25029 ;;;***
25031 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
25032 ;;;;;; (20373 41604))
25033 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
25035 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
25036 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
25037 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25038 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25039 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25040 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
25042 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
25044 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
25045 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
25046 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
25047 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25048 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25050 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
25051 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
25053 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25055 ;;;***
25057 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
25058 ;;;;;; (20276 3849))
25059 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
25061 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
25062 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
25063 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25064 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25065 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
25066 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
25067 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
25068 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
25070 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25072 ;;;***
25074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (20318 5885))
25075 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
25076 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
25077 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
25079 ;;;***
25081 ;;;### (autoloads (semantic-mode semantic-default-submodes) "semantic"
25082 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic.el" (20356 35090))
25083 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
25085 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
25086 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
25087 The possible elements of this list include the following:
25089 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
25090 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
25091 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
25092 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
25093 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
25094 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
25095 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
25096 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
25097 keybinding for tag names.")
25099 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
25101 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
25102 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
25103 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25104 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25105 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25106 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
25108 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
25110 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
25111 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
25112 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
25113 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25114 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25116 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
25117 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
25118 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
25119 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
25120 Semantic mode.
25122 \\{semantic-mode-map}
25124 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25126 ;;;***
25128 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
25129 ;;;;;; mail-mode sendmail-user-agent-compose sendmail-query-once
25130 ;;;;;; mail-default-headers mail-default-directory mail-signature-file
25131 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook
25132 ;;;;;; mail-indentation-spaces mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook
25133 ;;;;;; mail-personal-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
25134 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
25135 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
25136 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (20419 46656))
25137 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
25139 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
25140 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
25142 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
25143 king@grassland.com
25144 If `parens', they look like:
25145 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
25146 If `angles', they look like:
25147 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
25149 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
25150 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
25152 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
25154 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
25155 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
25156 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
25157 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
25159 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
25160 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
25161 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
25162 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
25164 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
25166 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
25167 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
25168 This is done when the message is initialized,
25169 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
25171 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
25173 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
25174 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
25175 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
25177 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
25179 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
25180 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
25181 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
25182 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
25183 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
25184 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
25185 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
25187 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
25189 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
25190 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
25192 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
25194 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
25195 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
25196 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
25197 be a Babyl file.")
25199 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
25201 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
25202 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
25203 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
25204 when you first send mail.")
25206 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
25208 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
25209 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
25210 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
25211 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
25212 This file need not actually exist.")
25214 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
25216 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
25217 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
25219 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
25221 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
25222 Alist of mail address aliases,
25223 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
25224 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
25225 can specify a different file name.)
25226 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
25227 alias ALIAS MEANING")
25229 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
25230 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
25231 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
25233 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
25235 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
25236 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
25237 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
25239 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
25241 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
25242 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
25243 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
25244 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
25245 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
25246 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
25247 in the cited portion of the message.
25249 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
25250 instead of no action.")
25252 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
25254 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
25255 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
25256 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
25257 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
25258 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
25260 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
25262 (defvar mail-signature t "\
25263 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
25264 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
25265 If a string, that string is inserted.
25266 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
25267 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
25268 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
25269 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
25271 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
25273 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
25274 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
25276 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
25278 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
25279 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
25280 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
25282 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
25283 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
25285 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
25287 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
25288 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
25289 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
25290 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
25292 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
25294 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
25295 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
25296 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
25298 \(fn)" nil nil)
25300 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
25302 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
25305 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
25307 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
25308 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
25309 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
25311 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
25312 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
25314 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
25315 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
25316 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
25317 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
25318 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
25319 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
25320 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
25321 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
25322 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
25323 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
25324 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
25325 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
25326 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
25327 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
25329 \(fn)" t nil)
25331 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
25332 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
25333 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
25334 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
25336 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
25338 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
25339 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25340 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
25341 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
25342 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
25343 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25345 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
25346 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
25347 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
25349 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
25350 User should not set this variable manually,
25351 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
25352 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
25353 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
25355 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
25356 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
25357 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
25358 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
25360 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
25361 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
25363 \\<mail-mode-map>
25364 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
25366 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
25367 to move to message header fields:
25368 \\{mail-mode-map}
25370 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
25371 when the message is initialized.
25373 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
25374 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
25376 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
25377 is inserted.
25379 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
25380 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
25382 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
25383 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
25384 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
25385 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
25386 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
25387 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
25388 buffer without erasing the contents.
25390 The second through fifth arguments,
25391 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
25392 the initial contents of those header fields.
25393 These arguments should not have final newlines.
25394 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
25395 original message being replied to, or else an action
25396 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
25397 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
25398 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
25399 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
25400 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
25401 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
25403 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
25405 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
25406 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
25408 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25410 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
25411 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
25413 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
25415 ;;;***
25417 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
25418 ;;;;;; server-force-delete server-start) "server" "server.el" (20373
25419 ;;;;;; 41604))
25420 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
25422 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
25424 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
25426 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
25428 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
25429 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
25430 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
25431 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
25432 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
25433 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
25435 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
25436 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
25438 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
25439 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
25440 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
25442 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
25443 \\[server-start].
25445 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
25447 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
25448 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
25449 If server is running, it is first stopped.
25450 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
25452 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25454 (defvar server-mode nil "\
25455 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
25456 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25457 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25458 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25459 or call the function `server-mode'.")
25461 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
25463 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
25464 Toggle Server mode.
25465 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
25466 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25467 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25469 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
25470 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
25471 `server-start' for details.
25473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25475 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
25476 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
25477 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
25479 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
25480 only these files will be asked to be saved.
25482 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
25484 ;;;***
25486 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (20428 57510))
25487 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
25489 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
25490 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
25491 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
25493 Key definitions:
25494 \\{ses-mode-map}
25495 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
25496 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
25497 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
25498 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
25500 \(fn)" t nil)
25502 ;;;***
25504 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
25505 ;;;;;; (20428 57510))
25506 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
25508 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25509 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
25510 Makes > match <.
25511 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
25512 `sgml-quick-keys'.
25514 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
25515 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
25516 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
25518 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
25519 in your `.emacs' file.
25521 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
25523 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25524 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
25525 \\{sgml-mode-map}
25527 \(fn)" t nil)
25529 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
25530 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
25531 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
25532 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
25533 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
25534 which this is based.
25536 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
25538 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
25539 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
25540 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
25541 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
25543 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
25544 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
25545 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
25547 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
25548 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
25549 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
25550 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
25552 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
25553 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
25554 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
25555 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
25557 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
25559 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
25560 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
25561 To work around that, do:
25562 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
25564 \\{html-mode-map}
25566 \(fn)" t nil)
25568 ;;;***
25570 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
25571 ;;;;;; (20412 11425))
25572 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
25573 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
25575 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
25576 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
25577 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
25578 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
25579 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
25580 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
25582 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
25583 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
25584 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
25585 shell-specific features.
25587 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
25588 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
25589 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
25590 \\<sh-mode-map>
25591 \\[sh-case] case statement
25592 \\[sh-for] for loop
25593 \\[sh-function] function definition
25594 \\[sh-if] if statement
25595 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
25596 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
25597 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
25598 \\[sh-select] select loop
25599 \\[sh-until] until loop
25600 \\[sh-while] while loop
25602 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
25603 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
25604 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
25605 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
25606 would indent to the way it currently is.
25607 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
25608 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
25611 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
25612 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
25613 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
25614 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
25615 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
25616 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
25618 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
25619 unquoted < insert a here document.
25621 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
25622 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
25623 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
25625 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
25626 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
25628 \(fn)" t nil)
25630 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
25632 ;;;***
25634 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
25635 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
25636 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
25638 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
25639 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
25641 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
25642 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
25643 else prints messages listing any shadows.
25645 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
25646 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
25647 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
25648 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
25649 the earlier.
25651 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
25653 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
25655 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
25656 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
25657 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
25659 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
25660 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
25662 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
25663 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
25664 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
25665 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
25666 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
25667 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
25668 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
25669 Emacs version).
25671 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
25672 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
25673 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
25674 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
25675 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
25677 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
25678 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
25680 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
25682 ;;;***
25684 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
25685 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (20244
25686 ;;;;;; 35516))
25687 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25689 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25690 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25691 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25692 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25693 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25694 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25695 sites in the cluster.
25697 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
25699 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25700 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25701 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25702 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25703 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25705 \(fn)" t nil)
25707 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25708 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25709 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25710 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25711 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25712 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25713 `shadow-define-cluster').
25715 \(fn)" t nil)
25717 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25718 Set up file shadowing.
25720 \(fn)" t nil)
25722 ;;;***
25724 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
25725 ;;;;;; (20412 11425))
25726 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25728 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25729 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25730 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25731 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25732 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25733 arguments.")
25735 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25737 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25738 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25739 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25740 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25741 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25743 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25744 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25745 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25746 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25747 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25748 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25749 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25750 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25751 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25752 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25753 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25755 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25756 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25757 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25758 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25759 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25760 `default-process-coding-system'.
25762 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25763 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25764 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25765 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25767 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25769 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25771 ;;;***
25773 ;;;### (autoloads (shr-insert-document) "shr" "gnus/shr.el" (20446
25774 ;;;;;; 34252))
25775 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/shr.el
25777 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25778 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
25779 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
25780 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
25782 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25784 ;;;***
25786 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
25787 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (20244 35516))
25788 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25790 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25793 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25795 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25798 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25800 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25803 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25805 ;;;***
25807 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
25808 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
25809 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25811 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25812 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25813 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25814 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25815 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25817 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25819 \(fn)" t nil)
25821 ;;;***
25823 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (20356
25824 ;;;;;; 35090))
25825 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25827 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25828 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25829 \\{simula-mode-map}
25830 Variables controlling indentation style:
25831 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25832 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25833 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25834 `simula-indent-level'
25835 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25836 `simula-substatement-offset'
25837 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25838 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25839 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25840 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25841 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25842 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25843 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25844 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25845 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
25846 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25847 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25848 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25849 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
25850 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25851 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25852 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25853 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25854 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25855 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25856 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
25857 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25858 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25859 or nil if they should not be changed.
25860 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
25861 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25862 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25863 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25865 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25866 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25868 \(fn)" t nil)
25870 ;;;***
25872 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
25873 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (20412 11425))
25874 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25876 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25877 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25879 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25880 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25881 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25882 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25884 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
25886 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
25888 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25889 Insert SKELETON.
25890 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25891 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25892 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25893 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25894 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25896 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25897 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25899 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25901 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25902 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25904 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25905 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25906 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25907 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25909 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25910 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25911 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25912 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25914 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25915 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25916 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25918 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25919 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25921 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25922 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25924 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
25925 _ interesting point, interregion here
25926 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25927 interesting point set by _
25928 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25929 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25930 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25931 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25932 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25933 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25934 nil skipped
25936 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25937 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25939 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
25940 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
25941 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
25942 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25943 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
25944 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25945 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
25946 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25948 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25949 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25950 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25951 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25952 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25953 available:
25955 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25956 then: insert previously read string once more
25957 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25958 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25959 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25961 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25962 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25964 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25966 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25967 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25969 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25970 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25971 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25972 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25973 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25974 such as backslash.
25976 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25977 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
25978 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
25980 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25982 ;;;***
25984 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-start-session smerge-mode smerge-ediff)
25985 ;;;;;; "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (20415 57974))
25986 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25988 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25989 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25990 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25991 buffer names.
25993 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25995 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25996 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25997 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25998 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25999 if ARG is omitted or nil.
26000 \\{smerge-mode-map}
26002 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26004 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
26005 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
26006 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
26008 \(fn)" t nil)
26010 ;;;***
26012 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
26013 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
26014 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
26016 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
26017 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
26018 A list of images is returned.
26020 \(fn START END)" t nil)
26022 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
26023 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
26024 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
26026 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26028 ;;;***
26030 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
26031 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (20412 11425))
26032 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
26034 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
26037 \(fn)" nil nil)
26039 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
26040 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
26042 \(fn)" t nil)
26044 ;;;***
26046 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (20244 35516))
26047 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
26049 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
26050 Play the Snake game.
26051 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
26053 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
26055 Snake mode keybindings:
26056 \\<snake-mode-map>
26057 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
26058 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
26059 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26060 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
26061 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
26062 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
26063 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
26065 \(fn)" t nil)
26067 ;;;***
26069 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
26070 ;;;;;; (20356 35090))
26071 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
26073 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
26074 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
26075 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
26076 Tab indents for C code.
26077 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
26078 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26079 \\{snmp-mode-map}
26080 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
26081 `snmp-mode-hook'.
26083 \(fn)" t nil)
26085 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
26086 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
26087 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
26088 Tab indents for C code.
26089 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
26090 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26091 \\{snmp-mode-map}
26092 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
26093 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
26095 \(fn)" t nil)
26097 ;;;***
26099 ;;;### (autoloads (sunrise-sunset) "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (20244
26100 ;;;;;; 35516))
26101 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
26103 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
26104 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
26105 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
26106 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
26107 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
26109 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
26111 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26113 ;;;***
26115 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (20428
26116 ;;;;;; 57510))
26117 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
26119 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
26120 Play Solitaire.
26122 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
26123 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
26124 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
26125 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
26126 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
26127 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
26128 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
26129 check after each move or undo.)
26131 What is Solitaire?
26133 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
26134 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
26135 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
26137 Le Solitaire
26138 ============
26140 o o o
26142 o o o
26144 o o o o o o o
26146 o o o . o o o
26148 o o o o o o o
26150 o o o
26152 o o o
26154 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
26155 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
26156 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
26157 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
26159 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
26160 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
26161 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
26162 this: o o .
26164 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
26165 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
26167 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
26169 o o o
26171 . o o
26173 o o . o o o o
26175 o . o o o o o
26177 o o o o o o o
26179 o o o
26181 o o o
26183 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
26185 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
26187 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26189 ;;;***
26191 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
26192 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
26193 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (20331 12564))
26194 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
26195 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
26197 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
26198 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
26200 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
26201 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
26202 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
26203 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
26204 contiguous.
26206 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
26207 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
26208 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26209 the sort order.
26211 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
26212 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
26214 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
26215 It moves point to the start of the next record.
26216 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
26217 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
26218 is called.
26220 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
26221 It should move point to the end of the record.
26223 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
26224 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
26225 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
26226 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
26227 starts at the beginning of the record.
26229 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
26230 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
26231 same as ENDRECFUN.
26233 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
26234 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
26236 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
26238 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
26239 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26240 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26241 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26242 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26243 the sort order.
26245 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26247 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
26248 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26249 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26250 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26251 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26252 the sort order.
26254 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26256 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
26257 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
26258 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26259 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
26260 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26261 the sort order.
26263 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
26264 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
26266 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
26267 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
26268 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26269 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
26270 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
26271 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
26272 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26273 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26274 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
26276 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26278 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
26279 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
26280 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
26281 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
26282 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
26283 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
26284 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26285 the sort order.
26287 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
26289 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
26290 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
26291 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
26292 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
26293 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
26294 is to be used for sorting.
26295 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
26296 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
26297 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
26298 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
26299 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
26301 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
26303 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26304 the sort order.
26306 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
26307 starting with the letter \"f\",
26308 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
26310 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
26312 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
26313 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
26314 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
26315 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
26316 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
26317 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
26318 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
26319 the sort order.
26321 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
26322 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
26323 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
26324 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
26325 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
26327 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
26329 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
26330 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
26331 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
26333 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26335 ;;;***
26337 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (20244
26338 ;;;;;; 35516))
26339 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
26341 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
26342 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
26343 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
26344 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
26345 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
26346 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
26348 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
26350 ;;;***
26352 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
26353 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
26354 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (20244 35516))
26355 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
26357 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
26358 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
26360 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
26361 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
26362 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
26364 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
26366 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
26367 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
26368 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
26369 server.
26371 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26373 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
26374 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
26375 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
26377 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
26379 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
26380 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
26381 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
26382 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
26383 Agent is plugged.
26385 \(fn)" t nil)
26387 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
26388 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
26389 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
26390 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
26392 \(fn)" t nil)
26394 ;;;***
26396 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
26397 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (20434 28080))
26398 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
26400 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
26402 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
26403 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
26404 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
26405 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
26406 supported at a time.
26407 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
26408 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
26410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26412 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
26413 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
26414 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
26415 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
26417 \(fn)" t nil)
26419 ;;;***
26421 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (20244
26422 ;;;;;; 35516))
26423 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
26425 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
26426 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
26428 \(fn)" t nil)
26430 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
26431 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
26433 \(fn)" nil nil)
26435 ;;;***
26437 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
26438 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
26439 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-connect
26440 ;;;;;; sql-mode sql-help sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el"
26441 ;;;;;; (20318 5885))
26442 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
26444 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
26445 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
26447 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
26448 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
26449 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
26450 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
26451 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
26452 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
26453 of the current highlighting list.
26455 For example:
26457 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
26458 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
26460 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
26461 `_t' as data types.
26463 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
26465 (autoload 'sql-help "sql" "\
26466 Show short help for the SQL modes.
26468 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
26469 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
26471 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
26473 \\\\FREE
26475 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
26477 \\\\NONFREE
26479 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
26481 You can also use \\[sql-product-interactive] to invoke the
26482 interpreter for the current `sql-product'.
26484 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
26485 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
26486 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
26487 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
26489 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
26490 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
26491 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
26492 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
26494 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
26495 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
26496 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
26498 \(fn)" t nil)
26500 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
26501 Major mode to edit SQL.
26503 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
26504 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
26505 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
26507 \\{sql-mode-map}
26508 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
26510 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
26511 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
26512 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
26513 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
26514 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
26515 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
26517 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
26518 `sql-interactive-mode'.
26520 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
26521 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
26522 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
26524 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
26525 (lambda ()
26526 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
26528 \(fn)" t nil)
26530 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
26531 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
26533 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
26534 their settings.
26536 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
26537 is specified in the connection settings.
26539 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26541 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
26542 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
26544 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26545 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
26547 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
26548 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
26549 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
26550 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
26552 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26554 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
26556 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
26557 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
26559 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26560 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26561 `*SQL*'.
26563 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
26564 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26565 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
26566 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
26568 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26569 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26571 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26572 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
26573 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26574 buffer.
26576 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26577 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26578 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26579 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26580 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26581 `default-process-coding-system'.
26583 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26585 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26587 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
26588 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
26590 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26591 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26592 `*SQL*'.
26594 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
26595 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
26596 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26597 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
26599 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26600 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26602 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26603 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
26604 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26605 buffer.
26607 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26608 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26609 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26610 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26611 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26612 `default-process-coding-system'.
26614 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26616 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26618 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
26619 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
26621 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26622 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26623 `*SQL*'.
26625 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
26626 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26628 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26629 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26631 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26632 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
26633 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26634 buffer.
26636 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26637 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26638 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26639 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26640 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26641 `default-process-coding-system'.
26643 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26645 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26647 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
26648 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
26650 SQLite is free software.
26652 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26653 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26654 `*SQL*'.
26656 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
26657 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26658 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26659 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
26661 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26662 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26664 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26665 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
26666 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26667 buffer.
26669 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26670 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26671 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26672 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26673 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26674 `default-process-coding-system'.
26676 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26678 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26680 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26681 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26683 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26685 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26686 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26687 `*SQL*'.
26689 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26690 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26691 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26692 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26694 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26695 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26697 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26698 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26699 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26700 buffer.
26702 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26703 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26704 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26705 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26706 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26707 `default-process-coding-system'.
26709 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26711 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26713 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26714 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26716 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26717 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26718 `*SQL*'.
26720 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26721 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26722 defaults, if set.
26724 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26725 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26727 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26728 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26729 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26730 buffer.
26732 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26733 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26734 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26735 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26736 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26737 `default-process-coding-system'.
26739 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26741 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26743 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26744 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26746 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26747 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26748 `*SQL*'.
26750 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26751 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26753 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26754 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26756 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26757 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26758 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26759 buffer.
26761 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26762 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26763 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26764 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26765 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26766 `default-process-coding-system'.
26768 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26770 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26772 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26773 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26775 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26776 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26777 `*SQL*'.
26779 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26780 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26781 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26782 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26784 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26785 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26787 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26788 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26789 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26790 buffer.
26792 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26793 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26794 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26795 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26796 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26797 `default-process-coding-system'.
26799 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26801 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26803 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26804 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26806 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26807 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26808 `*SQL*'.
26810 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26811 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26812 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26813 `sql-postgres-options'.
26815 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26816 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26818 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26819 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26820 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26821 buffer.
26823 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26824 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26825 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26826 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26827 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26828 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26829 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26830 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26832 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26833 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26835 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26837 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26839 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26840 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26842 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26843 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26844 `*SQL*'.
26846 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26847 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26848 defaults, if set.
26850 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26851 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26853 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26854 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26855 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26856 buffer.
26858 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26859 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26860 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26861 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26862 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26863 `default-process-coding-system'.
26865 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26867 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26869 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26870 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26872 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26873 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26874 `*SQL*'.
26876 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26877 automatic login.
26879 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26880 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26882 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26883 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26884 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26885 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26887 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26888 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26889 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26890 buffer.
26892 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26893 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26894 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26895 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26896 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26897 `default-process-coding-system'.
26899 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26901 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26903 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26904 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26906 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26907 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26908 `*SQL*'.
26910 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26911 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26912 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26913 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26914 parameters.
26916 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26917 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26918 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26919 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26920 an empty password.
26922 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26923 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26925 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26926 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26927 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26928 buffer.
26930 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26932 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26934 ;;;***
26936 ;;;### (autoloads (srecode-template-mode) "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26937 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
26938 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26940 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26941 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26943 \(fn)" t nil)
26945 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26947 ;;;***
26949 ;;;### (autoloads (starttls-open-stream) "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el"
26950 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
26951 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26953 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26954 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26955 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26956 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26957 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26958 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26959 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26960 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26961 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26962 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26963 with any buffer
26964 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26965 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26966 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26967 GnuTLS requires a port number.
26969 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26971 ;;;***
26973 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
26974 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
26975 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
26976 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
26977 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (20428
26978 ;;;;;; 57510))
26979 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26981 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26982 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26983 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
26984 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
26985 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26986 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26988 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26990 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26992 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26993 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26994 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26995 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26996 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26997 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26998 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
27000 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
27002 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27003 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
27004 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
27005 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
27006 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
27007 then complete the stroke with button 3.
27008 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
27010 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
27012 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
27013 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
27014 This must be bound to a mouse event.
27016 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27018 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27019 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
27020 This must be bound to a mouse event.
27022 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27024 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
27025 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
27027 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
27029 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
27030 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
27032 \(fn)" t nil)
27034 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
27035 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
27037 \(fn)" t nil)
27039 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
27040 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
27041 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
27042 chronologically by command name.
27043 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
27045 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
27047 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
27048 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
27049 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27050 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27051 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27052 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
27054 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
27056 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
27057 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
27058 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
27059 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27060 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27062 \\<strokes-mode-map>
27063 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
27064 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
27065 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
27066 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
27068 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
27069 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
27070 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
27071 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
27073 \\{strokes-mode-map}
27075 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27077 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
27078 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
27079 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
27080 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
27082 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
27084 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
27085 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
27087 \(fn)" t nil)
27089 ;;;***
27091 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
27092 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (19765 60663))
27093 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
27095 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
27096 Studlify-case the region.
27098 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
27100 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
27101 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
27103 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
27105 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
27106 Studlify-case the current buffer.
27108 \(fn)" t nil)
27110 ;;;***
27112 ;;;### (autoloads (global-subword-mode subword-mode) "subword" "progmodes/subword.el"
27113 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
27114 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
27116 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
27117 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
27118 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
27119 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27120 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27122 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
27123 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
27124 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
27125 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
27127 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
27128 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
27129 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
27131 Nomenclature Subwords
27132 ===========================================================
27133 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
27134 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
27135 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
27137 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
27138 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
27139 as words.
27141 \\{subword-mode-map}
27143 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27145 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
27146 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
27147 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27148 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27149 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27150 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
27152 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
27154 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
27155 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
27156 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
27157 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
27158 ARG is omitted or nil.
27160 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
27161 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
27162 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
27164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27166 ;;;***
27168 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
27169 ;;;;;; (20276 3849))
27170 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
27172 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
27173 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
27174 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
27175 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
27176 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
27177 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
27178 original message but it does require a few things:
27180 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
27182 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
27183 reply buffer.
27185 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
27186 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
27187 original message.
27189 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
27191 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
27193 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
27194 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
27195 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
27197 \(fn)" nil nil)
27199 ;;;***
27201 ;;;### (autoloads (gpm-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (20244
27202 ;;;;;; 35516))
27203 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
27205 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
27207 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
27208 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
27209 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27210 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27211 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27212 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
27214 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
27216 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
27217 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
27218 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
27219 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27220 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27222 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
27223 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
27224 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
27226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27228 ;;;***
27230 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (20244 35516))
27231 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
27233 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
27234 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
27235 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
27236 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
27237 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
27239 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27241 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
27242 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
27243 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
27244 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
27245 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
27246 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
27247 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
27249 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27251 ;;;***
27253 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
27254 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
27255 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
27256 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
27257 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
27258 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
27259 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
27260 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
27261 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
27262 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
27263 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
27264 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
27265 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (20434 28080))
27266 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
27268 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
27269 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
27270 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
27272 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
27274 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
27275 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
27277 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
27279 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
27280 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
27282 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
27284 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
27285 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
27287 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
27289 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
27290 Insert an editable text table.
27291 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
27292 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
27293 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
27294 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
27295 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
27296 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
27297 delimiting them.
27299 Examples:
27301 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
27303 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
27304 location of point.
27308 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
27309 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
27310 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
27311 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
27312 first cell.
27314 +-----+-----+-----+
27315 |-!- | | |
27316 +-----+-----+-----+
27318 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
27320 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
27321 width, which results as
27323 +--------------+-----+-----+
27324 |-!- | | |
27325 +--------------+-----+-----+
27327 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
27328 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
27330 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27331 | | |-!- |
27332 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27334 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
27335 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
27336 width information to `table-insert'.
27338 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
27340 instead of
27342 Cell width(s): 5
27344 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
27345 work all together.
27347 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
27348 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
27350 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27351 |-!- | | |
27352 | | | |
27353 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27355 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
27357 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27358 |-!- | | |
27359 | | | |
27360 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27361 | | | |
27362 | | | |
27363 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27365 Move the point under the table as shown below.
27367 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27368 | | | |
27369 | | | |
27370 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27371 | | | |
27372 | | | |
27373 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27376 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
27377 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
27378 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
27380 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27381 | | | |
27382 | | | |
27383 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27384 | | | |
27385 | | | |
27386 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27387 |-!- | | |
27388 | | | |
27389 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27391 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
27392 results.
27394 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27395 | | | |
27396 | | | |
27397 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27398 | | |Text editing inside the table |
27399 | | |cell produces reasonably |
27400 | | |expected results.-!- |
27401 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27402 | | | |
27403 | | | |
27404 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
27406 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
27408 \\{table-cell-map}
27410 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
27412 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
27413 Insert N table row(s).
27414 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
27415 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
27416 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
27417 are appended at the bottom of the table.
27419 \(fn N)" t nil)
27421 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
27422 Insert N table column(s).
27423 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
27424 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
27425 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
27426 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
27428 \(fn N)" t nil)
27430 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
27431 Insert row(s) or column(s).
27432 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
27434 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
27436 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
27437 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
27438 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
27439 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
27440 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
27441 all the table specific features.
27443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27445 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
27448 \(fn)" t nil)
27450 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
27451 Recognize all tables within region.
27452 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
27453 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
27454 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
27455 specific features.
27457 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
27459 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
27462 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27464 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
27465 Recognize a table at point.
27466 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
27467 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
27468 the table specific features.
27470 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27472 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
27475 \(fn)" t nil)
27477 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
27478 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
27479 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
27480 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
27481 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
27482 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
27483 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
27485 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
27487 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
27490 \(fn)" t nil)
27492 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
27493 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
27494 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
27495 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
27496 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
27497 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
27498 specified.
27500 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27502 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
27503 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
27504 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
27505 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
27506 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
27507 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
27508 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
27509 table structure.
27511 \(fn N)" t nil)
27513 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
27514 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
27515 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
27516 table's rectangle structure.
27518 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
27520 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
27521 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
27522 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
27523 table's rectangle structure.
27525 \(fn N)" t nil)
27527 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
27528 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
27529 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27530 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
27531 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
27533 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
27535 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
27536 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
27537 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
27539 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
27540 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
27541 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
27542 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
27543 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
27544 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
27545 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
27547 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27548 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
27549 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
27550 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
27551 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
27552 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
27553 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27555 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
27556 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
27557 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
27558 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
27559 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
27560 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
27561 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
27562 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
27564 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
27566 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
27567 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
27568 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
27569 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
27571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27573 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
27574 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
27575 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
27577 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
27579 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
27580 Split current cell vertically.
27581 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
27583 \(fn)" t nil)
27585 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
27586 Split current cell horizontally.
27587 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
27589 \(fn)" t nil)
27591 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
27592 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
27593 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
27595 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
27597 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
27598 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
27599 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
27600 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
27602 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27604 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
27605 Justify cell contents.
27606 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
27607 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
27608 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
27609 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
27611 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
27613 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
27614 Justify cells of a row.
27615 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27616 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27618 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27620 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
27621 Justify cells of a column.
27622 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
27623 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
27625 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27627 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
27628 Toggle fixing width mode.
27629 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
27630 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
27631 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
27633 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27635 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
27636 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27637 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27638 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27639 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27640 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27641 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27642 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27643 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27644 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27645 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27647 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27649 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27650 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27651 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27652 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
27653 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27654 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27655 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27656 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27657 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27658 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27659 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27660 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27661 untouched.
27663 References used for this implementation:
27665 HTML:
27666 URL `http://www.w3.org'
27668 LaTeX:
27669 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27671 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27672 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27673 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27675 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27677 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27678 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27679 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27680 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27681 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27682 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27683 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27684 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27685 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27686 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27687 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27688 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27689 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27690 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27691 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27692 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
27693 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27695 Example:
27697 (progn
27698 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27699 (table-forward-cell 15)
27700 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
27701 (table-forward-cell 16)
27702 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
27703 (table-forward-cell 1)
27704 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
27706 (progn
27707 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27708 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
27709 (table-forward-cell 1)
27710 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
27712 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27714 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27715 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27716 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27717 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27718 consists from cells of same height.
27720 \(fn N)" t nil)
27722 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27723 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27724 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27725 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27726 column must consists from cells of same width.
27728 \(fn N)" t nil)
27730 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27731 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27732 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27733 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27734 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27735 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27736 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27737 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27738 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27739 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27740 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27741 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
27742 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27743 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27744 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27747 Example 1:
27749 1, 2, 3, 4
27750 5, 6, 7, 8
27751 , 9, 10
27753 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27754 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27755 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27756 specified as 5.
27758 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27759 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
27760 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27761 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
27762 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27763 | | 9 | 10 | |
27764 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27766 Note:
27768 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27769 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27770 of each row is optional.
27773 Example 2:
27775 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27776 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27777 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27778 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27779 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27781 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27782 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27784 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27785 expression and raw delimiter regular
27786 expression, it parses the specified text
27787 area and extracts cell items from
27788 non-table text and then forms a table out
27789 of them.
27791 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27792 creates a single cell table. The text in
27793 the specified region is placed in that
27794 cell.-*-
27796 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27797 like this.
27799 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27800 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27801 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27803 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27804 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27805 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27806 | area and extracts cell items from |
27807 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27808 | of them. |
27810 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27811 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27812 | the specified region is placed in that |
27813 | cell. |
27814 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27816 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27817 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27818 independently.
27820 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27821 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27822 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27823 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27824 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27825 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27826 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27827 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27828 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27829 | |of them. |
27830 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27831 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27832 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27833 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27834 | |cell. |
27835 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27837 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27838 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27839 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27841 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27843 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27844 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27845 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
27846 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27847 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27849 \(fn)" t nil)
27851 ;;;***
27853 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (20244 35516))
27854 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27856 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27857 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27859 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27861 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27862 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27864 \(fn)" t nil)
27866 ;;;***
27868 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (20412 11425))
27869 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27871 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27872 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27873 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27874 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27875 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27876 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27877 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27879 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27880 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27881 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27882 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27884 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27885 \\{tar-mode-map}
27887 \(fn)" t nil)
27889 ;;;***
27891 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
27892 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (20356 35090))
27893 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27895 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27896 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27897 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27898 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27899 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27900 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27902 Variables controlling indentation style:
27903 `tcl-indent-level'
27904 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27905 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27906 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27908 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27909 documentation for details):
27910 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27911 Controls action of TAB key.
27912 `tcl-auto-newline'
27913 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27914 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27915 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27916 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27917 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27919 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27920 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27921 already exist.
27923 \(fn)" t nil)
27925 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27926 Run inferior Tcl process.
27927 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27928 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27930 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27932 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27933 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27934 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27936 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27938 ;;;***
27940 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (20244 35516))
27941 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27943 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27944 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27945 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27946 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27948 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27949 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27950 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27951 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27952 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27954 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27956 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27957 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27958 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27959 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27961 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27963 ;;;***
27965 ;;;### (autoloads (serial-term ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el"
27966 ;;;;;; (20451 20881))
27967 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27969 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27970 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27971 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27972 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27973 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27974 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27976 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27978 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27979 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27980 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27981 commands to use in that buffer.
27983 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27985 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27987 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27988 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27990 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27992 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27993 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27994 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27995 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27996 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27997 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27998 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27999 `serial-process-configure' for details.
28000 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
28001 use in that buffer.
28002 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
28004 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
28006 ;;;***
28008 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (20244
28009 ;;;;;; 35516))
28010 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
28012 (autoload 'terminal-emulator "terminal" "\
28013 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
28014 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
28015 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
28016 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
28017 program as keyboard input.
28019 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
28020 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
28021 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
28022 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
28024 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
28025 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
28026 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
28027 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
28028 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
28030 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
28032 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
28033 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
28034 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
28035 terminal-redisplay-interval.
28037 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
28038 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
28039 subprocess started.
28041 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
28043 ;;;***
28045 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
28046 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
28047 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
28049 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
28050 Start coverage on function under point.
28052 \(fn)" t nil)
28054 ;;;***
28056 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (20244 35516))
28057 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
28059 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
28060 Play the Tetris game.
28061 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
28062 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
28063 as to form complete rows.
28065 tetris-mode keybindings:
28066 \\<tetris-mode-map>
28067 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
28068 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
28069 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
28070 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
28071 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
28072 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
28073 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
28074 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
28076 \(fn)" t nil)
28078 ;;;***
28080 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
28081 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
28082 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28083 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
28084 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
28085 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
28086 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
28087 ;;;;;; (20446 34252))
28088 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
28090 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
28091 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
28093 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
28095 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
28096 Directory in which temporary files are written.
28097 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
28098 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
28099 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
28101 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
28103 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
28104 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
28105 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
28106 if it matches the first line of the file,
28107 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
28109 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
28111 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
28112 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
28113 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
28114 if the variable is non-nil.")
28116 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
28118 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
28119 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
28121 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
28123 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
28124 Command used to run TeX subjob.
28125 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28126 See the documentation of that variable.")
28128 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28130 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
28131 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
28132 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28133 See the documentation of that variable.")
28135 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28137 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
28138 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
28139 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
28140 See the documentation of that variable.")
28142 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
28144 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
28145 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
28146 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
28147 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
28148 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
28150 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
28152 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
28153 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
28154 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
28155 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
28157 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
28159 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
28160 User defined LaTeX block names.
28161 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
28163 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
28165 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
28166 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
28167 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28168 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
28170 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
28172 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
28173 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28174 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28175 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
28177 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
28179 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
28180 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
28181 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28182 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
28184 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
28185 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
28186 for example,
28188 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28189 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
28191 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
28192 use.")
28194 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
28196 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
28197 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
28198 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
28199 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
28200 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
28202 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
28204 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
28206 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
28207 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
28208 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
28210 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
28212 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
28213 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
28214 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
28215 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
28216 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
28218 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
28220 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28221 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28223 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
28225 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28226 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28228 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
28230 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28231 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
28232 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
28233 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
28234 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
28235 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
28236 says which mode to use.
28238 \(fn)" t nil)
28240 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
28242 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
28244 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
28246 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28247 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
28248 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28249 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28250 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28252 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
28253 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
28254 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28255 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28256 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28257 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28258 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28260 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28261 mismatched $'s or braces.
28263 Special commands:
28264 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
28266 Mode variables:
28267 tex-run-command
28268 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28269 tex-directory
28270 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
28271 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28272 tex-dvi-print-command
28273 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28274 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28275 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28276 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28277 tex-dvi-view-command
28278 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28279 tex-show-queue-command
28280 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28281 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28283 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28284 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
28285 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28287 \(fn)" t nil)
28289 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28290 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
28291 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28292 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28293 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28295 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28296 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28297 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28298 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28299 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28300 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28301 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28303 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28304 mismatched $'s or braces.
28306 Special commands:
28307 \\{latex-mode-map}
28309 Mode variables:
28310 latex-run-command
28311 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28312 tex-directory
28313 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
28314 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28315 tex-dvi-print-command
28316 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28317 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28318 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28319 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28320 tex-dvi-view-command
28321 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28322 tex-show-queue-command
28323 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28324 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28326 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
28327 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
28328 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28330 \(fn)" t nil)
28332 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28333 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
28334 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
28335 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
28336 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
28338 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
28339 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
28340 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
28341 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
28342 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
28343 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
28344 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
28346 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
28347 mismatched $'s or braces.
28349 Special commands:
28350 \\{slitex-mode-map}
28352 Mode variables:
28353 slitex-run-command
28354 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28355 tex-directory
28356 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
28357 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
28358 tex-dvi-print-command
28359 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
28360 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
28361 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
28362 argument) to print a .dvi file.
28363 tex-dvi-view-command
28364 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
28365 tex-show-queue-command
28366 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
28367 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
28369 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
28370 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
28371 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
28372 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
28374 \(fn)" t nil)
28376 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
28379 \(fn)" nil nil)
28381 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
28382 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
28384 \(fn)" t nil)
28386 ;;;***
28388 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
28389 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (20434 28080))
28390 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
28392 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
28393 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
28394 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28395 name specified in the @setfilename command.
28397 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
28398 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
28399 `Info-split' to do these manually.
28401 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28403 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
28404 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
28405 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
28406 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
28407 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
28409 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
28411 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
28412 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
28413 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
28414 names specified in the @setfilename command.
28416 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
28417 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
28418 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
28419 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
28421 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
28422 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
28424 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
28426 ;;;***
28428 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
28429 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (20244 35516))
28430 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
28432 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
28433 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
28435 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
28437 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
28438 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
28440 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
28442 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
28443 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
28445 It has these extra commands:
28446 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
28448 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
28449 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
28450 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
28451 modified version of TeX input format.
28453 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
28454 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
28455 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
28456 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
28458 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
28459 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
28460 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
28461 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
28462 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
28463 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
28464 in the Texinfo file.
28466 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
28467 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
28468 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
28469 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
28470 move forward past the closing brace.
28472 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
28473 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
28475 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
28476 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
28477 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
28479 Here are the functions:
28481 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
28482 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
28483 texinfo-sequential-node-update
28485 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
28486 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
28487 texinfo-master-menu
28489 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
28491 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
28492 which menu descriptions are indented.
28494 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
28495 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
28496 in the region.
28498 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
28499 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
28500 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
28501 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
28503 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
28504 be the first node in the file.
28506 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
28507 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
28509 \(fn)" t nil)
28511 ;;;***
28513 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-compose-buffer
28514 ;;;;;; thai-compose-string thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
28515 ;;;;;; (20276 3849))
28516 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
28518 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
28519 Compose Thai characters in the region.
28520 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
28521 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
28523 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28525 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
28526 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
28528 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28530 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
28531 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
28533 \(fn)" t nil)
28535 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
28538 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
28540 ;;;***
28542 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
28543 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
28544 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (20419 46656))
28545 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
28547 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
28548 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
28549 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28550 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28551 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28552 `line', and `page'.
28554 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
28556 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28557 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
28558 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28559 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28560 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28561 `line', and `page'.
28563 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
28564 valid THING.
28566 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
28567 positions of the thing found.
28569 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28571 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28572 Return the THING at point.
28573 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
28574 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
28575 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
28576 `line', and `page'.
28578 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
28579 a symbol as a valid THING.
28581 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
28583 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28584 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
28586 \(fn)" nil nil)
28588 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28589 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
28591 \(fn)" nil nil)
28593 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28594 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
28596 \(fn)" nil nil)
28598 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
28599 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
28601 \(fn)" nil nil)
28603 ;;;***
28605 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
28606 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
28607 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
28608 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
28610 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
28611 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
28613 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
28615 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
28616 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
28617 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
28618 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
28620 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
28622 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
28623 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
28625 \(fn)" t nil)
28627 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
28628 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
28630 \(fn)" t nil)
28632 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
28634 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
28635 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
28637 \(fn)" t nil)
28639 ;;;***
28641 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
28642 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
28643 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
28644 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
28645 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (20356
28646 ;;;;;; 35090))
28647 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
28649 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
28650 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
28651 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
28653 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
28655 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
28656 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
28658 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28660 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
28661 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
28662 The returned string has no composition information.
28664 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28666 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
28667 Compose Tibetan string STR.
28669 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28671 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
28672 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
28674 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28676 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28677 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28678 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28679 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28681 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28683 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28684 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28685 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28686 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28688 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28690 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28691 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28692 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28694 \(fn)" t nil)
28696 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28697 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28698 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28700 \(fn)" t nil)
28702 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28705 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28707 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28710 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28712 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28715 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28717 ;;;***
28719 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
28720 ;;;;;; (20373 41604))
28721 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28723 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28724 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28725 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28726 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28727 parameters.
28728 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28730 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28732 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28733 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28734 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
28735 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28736 parameters.
28737 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28739 \(fn)" t nil)
28741 ;;;***
28743 ;;;### (autoloads (emacs-init-time emacs-uptime display-time-world
28744 ;;;;;; display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
28745 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (20412 11425))
28746 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28748 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28749 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28751 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28752 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28754 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28755 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28756 This display updates automatically every minute.
28757 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28758 are displayed as well.
28759 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28761 \(fn)" t nil)
28763 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28764 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28765 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28766 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28767 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28768 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28770 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28772 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28773 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28774 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
28775 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28776 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
28778 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
28779 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
28780 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
28781 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
28782 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28786 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28787 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28788 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28789 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28791 \(fn)" t nil)
28793 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28794 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28795 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28796 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28798 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28800 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28801 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28803 \(fn)" t nil)
28805 ;;;***
28807 ;;;### (autoloads (format-seconds safe-date-to-time time-to-days
28808 ;;;;;; time-to-day-in-year date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day
28809 ;;;;;; time-add time-subtract time-since days-to-time time-less-p
28810 ;;;;;; seconds-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el"
28811 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
28812 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28814 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28815 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28816 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28818 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28819 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28820 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28821 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28822 (progn
28823 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28824 (make-obsolete 'time-to-seconds 'float-time "21.1"))
28825 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28827 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28828 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
28830 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28832 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
28833 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
28835 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28837 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28838 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28840 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28842 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28843 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28844 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28846 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28848 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28850 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
28851 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
28852 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
28854 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28856 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
28857 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
28859 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
28861 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28862 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28863 DATE should be a date-time string.
28865 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28867 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28868 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28869 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28871 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28873 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28874 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28876 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28878 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28879 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28881 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28883 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28884 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28885 TIME should be a time value.
28886 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28888 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28890 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28891 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28892 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28894 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28896 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28897 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28898 The valid format specifiers are:
28899 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28900 %d is the number of days.
28901 %h is the number of hours.
28902 %m is the number of minutes.
28903 %s is the number of seconds.
28904 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28905 %% is a literal \"%\".
28907 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28908 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28910 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28911 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28912 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28914 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28915 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28916 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28918 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28920 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28922 ;;;***
28924 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
28925 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (20244 35516))
28926 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28927 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28928 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28929 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28930 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28931 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28932 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28933 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28934 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28936 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28937 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28938 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28939 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
28940 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
28941 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28942 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28943 look like one of the following:
28944 Time-stamp: <>
28945 Time-stamp: \" \"
28946 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28947 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28948 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28949 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28950 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28951 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28952 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28953 the template.
28955 \(fn)" t nil)
28957 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28958 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28959 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28963 ;;;***
28965 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
28966 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
28967 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
28968 ;;;;;; timeclock-mode-line-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
28969 ;;;;;; (20428 57510))
28970 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28972 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
28973 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
28974 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28975 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
28976 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28977 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28978 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
28979 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
28980 display (non-nil means on).
28982 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28984 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28985 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28986 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28987 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28988 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28989 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28990 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28991 this function is called within a day.
28993 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28994 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28995 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28996 discover the name of the project.
28998 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
29000 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
29001 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
29002 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
29003 begun during the last time segment.
29005 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
29006 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
29007 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
29008 discover the reason.
29010 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
29012 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
29013 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
29014 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
29015 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
29016 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
29018 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29020 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
29021 Change to working on a different project.
29022 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
29023 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
29024 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
29025 working on.
29027 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
29029 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
29030 Ask the user whether to clock out.
29031 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
29033 \(fn)" nil nil)
29035 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
29036 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
29037 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
29039 \(fn)" t nil)
29041 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
29042 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
29043 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
29044 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
29045 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
29046 \"relative to today\".
29048 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29050 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
29051 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
29052 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
29053 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
29055 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
29057 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
29058 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
29059 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
29060 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
29061 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
29062 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
29064 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
29066 ;;;***
29068 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
29069 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (20290 33419))
29070 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
29072 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
29073 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
29074 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
29075 the generated Quail package is saved.
29077 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
29079 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
29080 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
29081 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
29082 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
29083 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
29084 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
29085 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
29087 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
29089 ;;;***
29091 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
29092 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (20432 55251))
29093 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
29094 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
29095 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
29097 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
29098 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
29099 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
29100 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
29101 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
29103 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
29105 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
29106 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
29107 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
29108 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
29109 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
29111 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
29113 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
29114 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
29115 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
29116 in the menu in two ways:
29117 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
29118 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
29119 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
29121 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
29122 keymap or an alist of alists.
29123 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
29124 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
29126 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
29128 ;;;***
29130 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
29131 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
29132 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (20244 35516))
29133 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
29135 (autoload 'todo-add-category "todo-mode" "\
29136 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
29138 \(fn &optional CAT)" t nil)
29140 (autoload 'todo-add-item-non-interactively "todo-mode" "\
29141 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
29143 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
29145 (autoload 'todo-insert-item "todo-mode" "\
29146 Insert new TODO list entry.
29147 With a prefix argument ARG solicit the category, otherwise use the current
29148 category.
29150 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29152 (autoload 'todo-top-priorities "todo-mode" "\
29153 List top priorities for each category.
29155 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
29156 defaults to `todo-show-priorities'.
29158 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
29159 between each category.
29160 INTERACTIVE should be non-nil if this function is called interactively.
29162 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
29164 (autoload 'todo-print "todo-mode" "\
29165 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
29166 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
29167 between each category.
29169 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
29171 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
29173 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
29174 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
29176 \(fn)" t nil)
29178 (autoload 'todo-cp "todo-mode" "\
29179 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
29181 \(fn)" nil nil)
29183 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
29184 Show TODO list.
29186 \(fn)" t nil)
29188 ;;;***
29190 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
29191 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
29192 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (20290 33419))
29193 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
29195 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
29196 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
29197 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
29199 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29201 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
29202 Add an item to the tool bar.
29203 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
29204 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
29205 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
29206 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
29208 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
29209 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
29210 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
29211 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
29213 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
29214 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
29216 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29218 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
29219 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
29220 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
29221 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
29222 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
29223 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
29225 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
29226 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
29227 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
29228 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
29230 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29232 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
29233 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
29234 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
29235 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29236 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
29237 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
29238 properties to add to the binding.
29240 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
29242 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
29243 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
29245 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29247 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
29248 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
29249 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
29250 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
29251 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
29252 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
29253 properties to add to the binding.
29255 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
29256 holds a keymap.
29258 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
29260 ;;;***
29262 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
29263 ;;;;;; (20412 11425))
29264 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
29266 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
29267 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
29268 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
29269 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29270 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29271 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
29273 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
29275 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
29276 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
29277 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
29278 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
29279 if ARG is omitted or nil.
29281 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29283 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
29285 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
29286 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
29288 \(fn)" t nil)
29290 ;;;***
29292 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-mapper) "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
29293 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
29294 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
29296 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
29297 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
29299 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
29300 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
29301 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
29302 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
29303 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
29305 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
29306 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
29307 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
29308 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
29309 you might go about doing that in your .emacs file.
29311 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
29312 (tpu-edt)
29314 Known Problems:
29316 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
29317 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
29318 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
29319 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
29320 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
29321 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
29323 \(fn)" t nil)
29325 ;;;***
29327 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (20244 35516))
29328 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
29330 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
29331 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
29332 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
29333 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
29334 to a tcp server on another machine.
29336 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
29338 ;;;***
29340 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
29341 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (20244 35516))
29342 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
29344 (defvar trace-buffer (purecopy "*trace-output*") "\
29345 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
29347 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
29349 (autoload 'trace-function "trace" "\
29350 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
29351 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
29352 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
29353 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
29354 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
29355 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
29356 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
29358 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29360 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
29361 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
29362 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
29363 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
29364 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
29365 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
29366 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
29367 the window or buffer configuration.
29369 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
29371 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29373 ;;;***
29375 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
29376 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
29377 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-syntax tramp-mode) "tramp"
29378 ;;;;;; "net/tramp.el" (20446 34252))
29379 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
29381 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
29382 Whether Tramp is enabled.
29383 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
29385 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
29387 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
29388 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
29390 It can have the following values:
29392 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
29393 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs (not available yet for GNU Emacs)
29394 'url -- URL-like syntax.")
29396 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
29398 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\([^[/|:]\\{2,\\}\\|[^/|]\\{2,\\}]\\):" "\\`/\\([^[/|:]+\\|[^/|]+]\\):") "\
29399 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29400 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
29401 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29403 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29405 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
29406 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29407 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29408 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29410 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/|:]+://" "\
29411 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29412 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29414 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29415 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
29416 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
29417 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
29418 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
29419 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
29420 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
29421 files which are not really Tramp files.
29423 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29424 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29425 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29426 updated after changing this variable.
29428 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29430 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
29431 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
29432 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
29433 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
29435 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
29437 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
29438 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
29439 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
29440 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29442 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url "\\`/[^/:]+\\(:\\(/\\(/[^/]*\\)?\\)?\\)?\\'" "\
29443 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for URL-like remoting.
29444 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
29446 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) ((equal tramp-syntax 'url) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-url) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
29447 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
29448 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
29450 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
29451 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
29452 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
29453 updated after changing this variable.
29455 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
29457 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
29458 Alist of completion handler functions.
29459 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
29460 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
29461 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
29463 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29464 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
29465 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29466 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-vc-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29468 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
29469 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
29470 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
29471 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
29473 (autoload 'tramp-file-name-handler "tramp" "\
29474 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
29475 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists.
29477 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29479 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
29480 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
29481 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
29483 (defun tramp-register-file-name-handlers nil "\
29484 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist'." (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (let ((a1 (rassq (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (dolist (fnh (quote (epa-file-handler jka-compr-handler))) (let ((entry (rassoc fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (when entry (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons entry (delete entry file-name-handler-alist)))))))
29486 (tramp-register-file-name-handlers)
29488 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
29491 \(fn)" nil nil)
29493 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
29494 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
29496 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
29498 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
29499 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
29501 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
29503 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
29504 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
29506 \(fn)" t nil)
29508 ;;;***
29510 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
29511 ;;;;;; (20438 17064))
29512 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
29514 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
29517 \(fn)" nil nil)
29519 ;;;***
29521 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (20373
29522 ;;;;;; 41604))
29523 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
29525 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
29526 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
29527 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
29528 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
29529 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
29530 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
29531 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
29532 any question when restarting the tutorial.
29534 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
29535 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
29536 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
29538 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
29539 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
29540 resumed later.
29542 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
29544 ;;;***
29546 ;;;### (autoloads (tai-viet-composition-function) "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el"
29547 ;;;;;; (19765 60663))
29548 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
29550 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
29553 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
29555 ;;;***
29557 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
29558 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (20373 41604))
29559 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
29560 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
29561 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
29562 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
29564 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
29565 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
29566 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
29567 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
29568 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
29569 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
29570 first and the associated buffer to its right.
29572 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
29574 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
29575 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
29576 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
29577 accepting the proposed default buffer.
29579 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29581 \(fn)" t nil)
29583 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
29584 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
29585 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
29586 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
29587 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
29588 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
29589 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
29591 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
29592 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
29594 First column's text sSs Second column's text
29595 \\___/\\
29596 / \\
29597 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
29599 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
29601 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
29603 ;;;***
29605 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
29606 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
29607 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
29608 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
29609 ;;;;;; (20356 35090))
29610 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
29612 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
29613 Toggle typing break mode.
29614 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
29615 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29616 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
29618 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
29620 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
29621 Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
29623 (custom-autoload 'type-break-interval "type-break" t)
29625 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
29626 Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
29628 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
29629 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
29630 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
29632 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
29633 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
29635 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-rest-interval "type-break" t)
29637 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
29638 Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
29640 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
29641 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
29642 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
29643 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
29645 (custom-autoload 'type-break-good-break-interval "type-break" t)
29647 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
29648 Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
29649 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
29651 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
29652 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
29653 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
29654 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
29655 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
29656 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
29658 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
29659 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
29660 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
29661 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
29663 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
29664 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
29666 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
29667 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
29669 (custom-autoload 'type-break-keystroke-threshold "type-break" t)
29671 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
29672 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
29673 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
29675 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
29676 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
29677 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
29678 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
29679 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
29680 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
29681 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
29683 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
29684 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
29686 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
29687 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
29688 reset the keystroke counter.
29690 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
29691 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
29692 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
29693 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
29695 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
29696 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
29697 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
29698 `type-break-schedule' command.
29700 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
29701 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
29702 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
29703 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
29704 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
29705 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
29706 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
29707 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
29708 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
29710 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
29711 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
29712 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
29713 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
29714 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
29716 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
29717 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
29718 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
29719 approximate good values for this.
29721 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
29722 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
29724 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
29725 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
29726 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
29727 `type-break-warning-repeat'
29728 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
29729 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
29731 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
29732 a typing break occur. They include:
29734 `type-break-query-mode'
29735 `type-break-query-function'
29736 `type-break-query-interval'
29738 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
29740 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
29741 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
29742 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
29743 problems.
29745 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
29747 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29748 Take a typing break.
29750 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29751 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29753 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29754 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29756 \(fn)" t nil)
29758 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29759 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29760 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29761 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29763 \(fn)" t nil)
29765 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29766 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29768 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29769 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29770 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29771 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29772 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29773 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29774 average typing speed.)
29776 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29777 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29778 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29779 the computed maximum threshold.
29781 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29782 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29783 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29784 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29785 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29787 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29789 ;;;***
29791 ;;;### (autoloads (uce-reply-to-uce) "uce" "mail/uce.el" (20244 35516))
29792 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29794 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29795 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29796 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29797 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29798 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29800 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29802 ;;;***
29804 ;;;### (autoloads (ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region
29805 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region
29806 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKC-string ucs-normalize-NFKC-region ucs-normalize-NFKD-string
29807 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFKD-region ucs-normalize-NFC-string ucs-normalize-NFC-region
29808 ;;;;;; ucs-normalize-NFD-string ucs-normalize-NFD-region) "ucs-normalize"
29809 ;;;;;; "international/ucs-normalize.el" (20244 35516))
29810 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
29812 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29813 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
29815 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29817 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29818 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
29820 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29822 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29823 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
29825 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29827 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29828 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
29830 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29832 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29833 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
29835 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29837 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29838 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
29840 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29842 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29843 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
29845 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29847 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29848 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
29850 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29852 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29853 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29855 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29857 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29858 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29860 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29862 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29863 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29865 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29867 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29868 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29870 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29872 ;;;***
29874 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
29875 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (20244 35516))
29876 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29878 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29879 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29880 Works by overstriking underscores.
29881 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29882 which specify the range to operate on.
29884 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29886 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29887 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29888 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29889 which specify the range to operate on.
29891 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29893 ;;;***
29895 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
29896 ;;;;;; (20373 41604))
29897 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29899 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29900 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to system inbox format.
29901 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29902 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29903 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29904 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29906 \(fn)" nil nil)
29908 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29909 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
29911 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29913 ;;;***
29915 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (20244
29916 ;;;;;; 35516))
29917 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29919 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29920 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29921 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29922 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29924 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29926 ;;;***
29928 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
29929 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (20451 20881))
29930 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29932 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29933 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29934 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
29935 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
29936 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
29938 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29939 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29940 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29941 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
29942 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
29943 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
29945 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29946 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29947 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29949 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29950 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29951 the callback is not called).
29953 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29954 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29955 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29956 take effect.
29958 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29959 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
29960 the server.
29961 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
29962 URL-encoded before it's used.
29964 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29966 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29967 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29968 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29969 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29970 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29972 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29974 ;;;***
29976 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
29977 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (20244 35516))
29978 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29980 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29981 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29982 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29984 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29985 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29986 `url-generic-parse-url'
29987 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29988 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
29989 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29990 realm
29991 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29992 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
29993 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
29994 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29995 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29996 what type of auth to use
29997 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29998 if one cannot be found in the cache
30000 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
30002 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
30003 Register an HTTP authentication method.
30005 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
30006 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
30007 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
30008 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
30009 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
30010 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
30011 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
30012 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
30014 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
30016 ;;;***
30018 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-extract url-is-cached url-store-in-cache)
30019 ;;;;;; "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (20276 3849))
30020 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
30022 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
30023 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
30025 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
30027 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
30028 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
30029 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
30031 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30033 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
30034 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
30036 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
30038 ;;;***
30040 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (20244 35516))
30041 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
30043 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
30046 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30048 ;;;***
30050 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
30051 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (20356 35090))
30052 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
30054 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
30057 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30059 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
30062 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30064 ;;;***
30066 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (20244
30067 ;;;;;; 35516))
30068 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
30070 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
30071 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
30073 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
30075 ;;;***
30077 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
30078 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (20244 35516))
30079 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
30081 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
30082 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
30084 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
30086 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
30087 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
30088 Args per `open-network-stream'.
30089 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
30090 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
30092 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
30094 ;;;***
30096 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
30097 ;;;;;; url-file-handler url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el"
30098 ;;;;;; (20446 34252))
30099 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
30101 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
30102 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
30103 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30104 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30105 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30106 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
30108 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
30110 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
30111 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
30112 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
30113 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
30114 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
30116 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30118 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
30119 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
30120 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
30121 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
30123 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30125 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
30126 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
30127 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
30128 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
30129 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
30130 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
30131 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
30132 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
30133 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
30134 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
30136 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
30138 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
30139 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
30140 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
30141 accessible.
30143 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
30145 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
30148 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
30150 ;;;***
30152 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
30153 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (20415 57974))
30154 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
30156 (autoload 'url-http "url-http" "\
30157 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
30158 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
30159 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
30160 CBARGS as the arguments.
30162 Optional arg RETRY-BUFFER, if non-nil, specifies the buffer of a
30163 previous `url-http' call, which is being re-attempted.
30165 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS &optional RETRY-BUFFER)" nil nil)
30167 (autoload 'url-http-file-exists-p "url-http" "\
30170 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30172 (defalias 'url-http-file-readable-p 'url-http-file-exists-p)
30174 (autoload 'url-http-file-attributes "url-http" "\
30177 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
30179 (autoload 'url-http-options "url-http" "\
30180 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
30181 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
30183 Property list members:
30185 methods
30186 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
30187 supports.
30190 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
30191 supported.
30193 dasl
30194 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
30196 ranges
30197 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
30200 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
30201 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
30202 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
30203 Emacs/W3.
30205 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30207 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
30208 Default HTTPS port.")
30210 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
30211 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
30212 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
30214 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
30215 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
30216 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
30217 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
30218 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
30220 ;;;***
30222 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (20244 35516))
30223 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
30225 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
30228 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30230 ;;;***
30232 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (20356
30233 ;;;;;; 35090))
30234 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
30236 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
30237 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
30238 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
30239 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
30240 `url-generic-parse-url'.
30242 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30244 ;;;***
30246 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
30247 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
30248 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
30250 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
30253 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30255 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
30256 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
30258 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30260 ;;;***
30262 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
30263 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (20244 35516))
30264 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
30266 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
30267 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
30269 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30271 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
30272 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
30274 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30276 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
30279 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30281 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30283 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30285 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
30287 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
30288 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
30290 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30292 ;;;***
30294 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
30295 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
30296 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
30298 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
30301 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30303 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
30306 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30308 ;;;***
30310 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
30311 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
30312 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
30313 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
30315 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
30318 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30320 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
30323 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
30325 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
30328 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30330 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
30333 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
30335 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
30338 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
30340 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
30343 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
30345 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
30348 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
30350 ;;;***
30352 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
30353 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (20412 11425))
30354 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
30356 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
30357 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
30359 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
30361 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
30362 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
30363 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
30365 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
30366 USER is the user name (string or nil).
30367 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
30368 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
30369 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
30370 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
30371 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
30372 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
30373 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
30374 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
30375 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
30376 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
30377 FULLNESS is non-nil iff the hierarchical sequence component of
30378 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
30380 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
30381 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
30382 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
30384 Here is an example. The URL
30386 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
30388 parses to
30390 TYPE = \"foo\"
30391 USER = \"bob\"
30392 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
30393 HOST = \"example.com\"
30394 PORTSPEC = 42
30395 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
30396 TARGET = \"nose\"
30397 ATTRIBUTES = nil
30398 FULLNESS = t
30400 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30402 ;;;***
30404 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
30405 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
30406 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
30408 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
30409 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
30411 \(fn)" t nil)
30413 ;;;***
30415 ;;;### (autoloads (url-queue-retrieve) "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el"
30416 ;;;;;; (20336 29137))
30417 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
30419 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
30420 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
30421 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
30422 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
30423 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
30424 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
30426 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
30428 ;;;***
30430 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
30431 ;;;;;; url-encode-url url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-build-query-string
30432 ;;;;;; url-parse-query-string url-file-nondirectory url-file-directory
30433 ;;;;;; url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length url-strip-leading-spaces
30434 ;;;;;; url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date url-lazy-message
30435 ;;;;;; url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string url-parse-args
30436 ;;;;;; url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (20412
30437 ;;;;;; 11425))
30438 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
30440 (defvar url-debug nil "\
30441 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
30442 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
30444 If t, all messages will be logged.
30445 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
30446 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
30448 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
30450 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
30453 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30455 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
30458 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
30460 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
30461 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
30462 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
30463 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
30464 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
30465 & ==> &amp;
30466 < ==> &lt;
30467 > ==> &gt;
30468 \" ==> &quot;
30470 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
30472 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
30473 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
30474 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
30476 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30478 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
30479 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
30480 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
30482 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30484 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
30485 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
30487 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
30489 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
30490 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
30492 \(fn X)" nil nil)
30494 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
30495 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
30497 \(fn X)" nil nil)
30499 (autoload 'url-pretty-length "url-util" "\
30502 \(fn N)" nil nil)
30504 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
30507 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30509 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
30512 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
30514 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
30516 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
30517 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
30519 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30521 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
30522 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
30524 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
30526 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
30529 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30531 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
30532 Build a query-string.
30534 Given a QUERY in the form:
30535 '((key1 val1)
30536 (key2 val2)
30537 (key3 val1 val2)
30538 (key4)
30539 (key5
30541 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
30543 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
30544 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
30545 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
30546 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
30547 forbidden in URL encoding.
30549 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
30551 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
30552 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
30553 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
30554 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
30555 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
30556 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
30558 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
30559 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
30560 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
30561 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
30563 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
30565 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
30566 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
30567 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
30568 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
30569 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
30570 should return it unchanged.
30572 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
30574 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
30575 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
30576 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
30577 of the file with the extension stripped off.
30579 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
30581 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
30582 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
30583 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
30585 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
30587 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
30588 View the current document's URL.
30589 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
30590 the minibuffer.
30592 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
30594 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
30596 ;;;***
30598 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
30599 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (20244 35516))
30600 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
30602 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
30603 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
30604 This function has a choice of three things to do:
30605 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
30606 to refrain from editing the file
30607 return t (grab the lock on the file)
30608 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
30609 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
30610 in any way you like.
30612 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
30614 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
30615 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
30616 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
30617 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
30618 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
30620 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
30621 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
30623 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
30625 ;;;***
30627 ;;;### (autoloads (utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion utf-7-pre-write-conversion
30628 ;;;;;; utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion utf-7-post-read-conversion)
30629 ;;;;;; "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (20244 35516))
30630 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
30632 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30635 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30637 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
30640 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30642 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30645 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30647 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
30650 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30652 ;;;***
30654 ;;;### (autoloads (utf7-encode) "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (20244 35516))
30655 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
30657 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
30658 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
30660 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
30662 ;;;***
30664 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
30665 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el"
30666 ;;;;;; (20356 35090))
30667 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
30669 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
30670 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
30671 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
30672 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
30674 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30676 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
30677 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
30678 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30680 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
30682 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
30683 Uudecode region between START and END.
30684 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
30686 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
30688 ;;;***
30690 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-branch-part vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
30691 ;;;;;; vc-delete-file vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-pull
30692 ;;;;;; vc-rollback vc-revert vc-log-outgoing vc-log-incoming vc-print-root-log
30693 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-tag vc-create-tag vc-merge vc-insert-headers
30694 ;;;;;; vc-revision-other-window vc-root-diff vc-ediff vc-version-ediff
30695 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-version-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-before-checkin-hook
30696 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc/vc.el" (20420
30697 ;;;;;; 52684))
30698 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
30700 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
30701 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
30702 See `run-hooks'.")
30704 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
30706 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
30707 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
30708 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
30710 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30712 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
30713 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
30714 See `run-hooks'.")
30716 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
30718 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
30719 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
30720 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
30721 same state. If not, signal an error.
30723 For merging-based version control systems:
30724 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
30725 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
30726 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
30727 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
30728 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
30729 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
30731 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
30732 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
30733 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
30734 the file(s) for editing.
30735 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
30736 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
30737 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
30738 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
30739 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
30740 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
30742 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
30744 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
30745 Register into a version control system.
30746 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
30747 Otherwise register the current file.
30748 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
30749 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
30751 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
30752 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
30753 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
30754 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
30755 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
30756 first backend that could register the file is used.
30758 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30760 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30761 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30763 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30765 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30766 Display diffs between file revisions.
30767 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30768 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30769 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30771 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30772 saving the buffer.
30774 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30776 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
30777 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
30778 repository history using ediff.
30780 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30782 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
30783 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
30784 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30785 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30786 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30788 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30789 saving the buffer.
30791 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30793 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
30794 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
30795 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
30796 fileset with the working revision.
30797 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
30798 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30800 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30801 saving the buffer.
30803 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30805 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30806 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30807 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30808 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30810 \(fn REV)" t nil)
30812 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30813 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30814 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30815 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30817 \(fn)" t nil)
30819 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30820 Perform a version control merge operation.
30821 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30822 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
30823 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
30824 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
30826 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
30827 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
30828 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
30829 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30830 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
30831 changes from the current branch.
30833 \(fn)" t nil)
30835 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30837 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30838 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30839 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30840 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30841 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30842 checked out in that new branch.
30844 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30846 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30847 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
30848 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
30849 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30850 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30851 allowed and simply skipped).
30853 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30855 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30856 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30857 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30858 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30859 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30861 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30862 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30864 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30866 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30867 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30868 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30869 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30870 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30872 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30874 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30875 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30876 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION..
30878 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30880 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30881 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30882 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30884 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30886 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30887 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30888 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30889 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30891 \(fn)" t nil)
30893 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
30894 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
30895 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
30896 depending on the underlying version-control system.
30898 \(fn)" t nil)
30900 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30902 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
30903 Update the current fileset or branch.
30904 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30905 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
30906 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
30907 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
30909 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
30910 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
30911 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
30912 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
30913 tip revision are merged into the working file.
30915 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30917 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
30919 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30920 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30921 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30922 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30923 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30924 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30925 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30927 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30929 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30930 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30931 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30932 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30933 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30934 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30935 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30936 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30937 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30939 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30941 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30942 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30944 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30946 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30947 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30949 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30951 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30952 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30953 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30954 directory.
30956 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30958 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30959 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30960 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30962 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30963 log entries should be gathered.
30965 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30967 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30968 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30970 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30972 ;;;***
30974 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate) "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el"
30975 ;;;;;; (20432 54738))
30976 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30978 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30979 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30981 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30982 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30983 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30984 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30985 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30986 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30988 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30989 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30990 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30991 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30992 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30993 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30994 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30995 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30997 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30999 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
31001 Customization variables:
31003 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
31004 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
31005 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
31006 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
31008 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
31010 ;;;***
31012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (20428 57510))
31013 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
31014 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
31015 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
31016 (progn
31017 (load "vc-arch")
31018 (vc-arch-registered file))))
31020 ;;;***
31022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (20412 11425))
31023 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
31025 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
31026 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
31028 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
31029 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
31030 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
31031 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
31032 (progn
31033 (load "vc-bzr")
31034 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
31036 ;;;***
31038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (20428 57510))
31039 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
31040 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
31041 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
31042 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
31043 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
31044 (load "vc-cvs")
31045 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
31047 ;;;***
31049 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-dir) "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (20377 36640))
31050 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
31052 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
31053 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
31054 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
31055 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
31056 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
31058 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
31059 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
31060 The file lines appear later.
31062 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
31063 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
31065 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
31067 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
31069 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
31071 ;;;***
31073 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-do-command) "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el"
31074 ;;;;;; (20373 41604))
31075 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
31077 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
31078 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
31079 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
31080 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
31081 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
31082 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
31083 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
31084 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
31085 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
31086 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
31087 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
31088 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
31089 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
31090 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
31091 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
31093 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
31095 ;;;***
31097 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (20428 57510))
31098 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
31099 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
31100 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
31101 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
31102 (progn
31103 (load "vc-git")
31104 (vc-git-registered file))))
31106 ;;;***
31108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (20377 36640))
31109 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
31110 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
31111 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
31112 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
31113 (progn
31114 (load "vc-hg")
31115 (vc-hg-registered file))))
31117 ;;;***
31119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (20428 57510))
31120 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
31122 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
31123 Name of the monotone directory.")
31125 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
31126 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
31127 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
31128 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
31129 (progn
31130 (load "vc-mtn")
31131 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
31133 ;;;***
31135 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el"
31136 ;;;;;; (20432 42254))
31137 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
31139 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
31140 Where to look for RCS master files.
31141 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
31143 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
31145 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
31147 ;;;***
31149 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el"
31150 ;;;;;; (20432 42254))
31151 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
31153 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
31154 Where to look for SCCS master files.
31155 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
31157 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
31158 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
31160 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
31161 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
31162 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
31163 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
31165 ;;;***
31167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (20318 5885))
31168 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
31169 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
31170 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
31171 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
31172 "_svn")
31173 (t ".svn"))))
31174 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
31175 (load "vc-svn")
31176 (vc-svn-registered f))))
31178 ;;;***
31180 ;;;### (autoloads (vera-mode) "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el"
31181 ;;;;;; (20434 28080))
31182 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
31183 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
31185 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
31186 Major mode for editing Vera code.
31188 Usage:
31189 ------
31191 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
31192 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
31193 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
31194 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
31196 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
31197 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
31198 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
31199 completions.
31201 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
31202 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
31204 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
31205 uncomments a region if already commented out.
31207 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
31208 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
31209 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
31211 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
31214 Maintenance:
31215 ------------
31217 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
31218 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31220 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
31222 Official distribution is at
31223 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
31226 The Vera Mode Maintainer
31227 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
31229 Key bindings:
31230 -------------
31232 \\{vera-mode-map}
31234 \(fn)" t nil)
31236 ;;;***
31238 ;;;### (autoloads (verilog-mode) "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
31239 ;;;;;; (20420 52684))
31240 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
31242 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
31243 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
31244 \\<verilog-mode-map>
31245 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
31246 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
31248 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
31250 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
31251 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
31253 Supports highlighting.
31255 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
31256 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
31258 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
31260 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
31261 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
31262 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
31263 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
31264 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
31265 on the left side of your screen.
31266 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
31267 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
31268 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
31269 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
31270 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
31271 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
31272 function keyword.
31273 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
31274 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
31275 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
31276 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
31277 if (a)
31278 begin
31279 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
31280 Indentation for case statements.
31281 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
31282 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
31283 mark after an end.
31284 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
31285 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
31286 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
31287 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
31288 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
31289 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
31290 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
31291 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
31292 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
31293 if (a)
31294 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
31295 otherwise you get:
31296 if (a)
31297 begin
31298 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
31299 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
31300 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
31301 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
31302 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
31303 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
31304 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
31305 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
31306 comments in tight quarters.
31307 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
31308 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
31310 Variables controlling other actions:
31312 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
31313 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
31314 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
31316 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
31318 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
31320 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
31321 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
31322 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
31324 Some other functions are:
31326 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
31327 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
31328 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
31329 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
31330 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
31332 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
31333 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
31334 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
31335 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
31337 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
31338 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
31339 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
31340 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31341 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
31342 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
31343 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
31344 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
31345 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
31346 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
31347 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-class] Insert an UVM Class block.
31348 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
31349 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
31350 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
31351 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
31352 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
31353 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31354 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
31355 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
31356 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
31357 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
31358 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
31359 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
31360 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
31361 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
31362 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
31363 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
31364 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
31365 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
31366 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
31368 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
31369 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
31371 \\{verilog-mode-map}
31373 \(fn)" t nil)
31375 ;;;***
31377 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
31378 ;;;;;; (20428 57510))
31379 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
31381 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
31382 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
31384 Usage:
31385 ------
31387 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
31388 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
31389 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
31390 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
31391 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
31392 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
31393 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
31394 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
31395 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
31397 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
31398 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
31399 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
31400 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
31402 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
31403 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
31404 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
31405 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
31406 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
31408 Template styles can be customized in customization group
31409 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
31412 HEADER INSERTION:
31413 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
31414 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
31415 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
31418 STUTTERING:
31419 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
31420 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
31421 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
31422 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
31424 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
31425 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
31426 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
31427 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
31428 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
31431 WORD COMPLETION:
31432 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
31433 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
31434 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
31435 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
31437 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
31438 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
31439 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
31440 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
31441 beginning with \"std\").
31443 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
31444 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
31445 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
31446 stop.
31449 COMMENTS:
31450 `--' puts a single comment.
31451 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
31452 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
31453 with a comment in between.
31454 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
31455 out following lines.
31456 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
31457 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
31458 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
31459 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
31461 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
31462 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
31463 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
31464 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
31465 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
31466 non-nil.
31468 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
31469 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
31470 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
31471 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
31472 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
31473 multi-line comments.
31476 INDENTATION:
31477 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
31478 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
31479 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
31480 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
31481 the entire region.
31483 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
31484 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
31485 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
31486 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
31488 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
31489 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
31490 and vice versa.
31492 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
31493 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
31495 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
31496 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
31497 line.
31500 ALIGNMENT:
31501 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
31502 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
31503 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
31504 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
31505 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
31506 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
31507 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
31508 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
31510 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
31511 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
31512 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
31513 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
31514 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
31515 is non-nil.
31517 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
31518 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
31519 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
31521 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
31522 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
31525 CODE FILLING:
31526 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
31527 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
31528 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
31529 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
31530 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
31531 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
31534 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
31535 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
31536 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
31537 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
31538 command:
31540 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
31543 PORT TRANSLATION:
31544 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
31545 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
31546 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
31547 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
31548 internal signal initializations (menu).
31550 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
31551 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
31552 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
31554 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
31555 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
31556 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
31557 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
31558 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
31559 in subsequent paste operations.)
31561 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
31562 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
31563 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
31566 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
31567 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
31568 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
31569 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
31570 association list with formals).
31573 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
31574 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
31575 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
31576 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
31577 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
31578 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
31579 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
31580 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
31581 `vhdl-testbench'.
31584 KEY BINDINGS:
31585 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
31588 VHDL MENU:
31589 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
31592 FILE BROWSER:
31593 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
31594 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
31595 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
31597 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
31598 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
31601 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
31602 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
31603 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
31604 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
31606 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
31607 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
31608 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
31610 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
31611 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
31612 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
31613 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
31615 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
31616 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
31617 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
31618 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
31619 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
31621 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
31622 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
31623 required by secondary units.
31626 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
31627 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
31628 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
31629 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
31630 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
31631 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
31632 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
31633 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
31634 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
31635 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
31636 inputs to this component -> input port created
31637 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
31638 outputs from this component -> output port created
31639 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
31640 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
31642 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
31643 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
31644 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
31645 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
31646 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
31648 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
31649 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
31651 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
31652 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
31653 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
31654 component instantiation is also supported (option
31655 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
31657 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
31658 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
31659 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
31660 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
31661 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
31662 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
31663 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
31664 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
31665 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
31666 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
31667 generating the configuration.
31669 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
31670 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
31671 configurations in speedbar.
31673 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
31676 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
31677 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
31678 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
31679 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
31680 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
31681 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
31682 information. New compilers can be added.
31684 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
31685 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
31688 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
31689 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
31690 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
31691 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
31692 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31694 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
31695 command:
31697 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
31698 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
31699 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
31701 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
31702 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
31703 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
31704 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
31705 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
31706 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
31707 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
31708 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
31709 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
31711 Limitations:
31712 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
31713 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
31714 not (yet) supported.
31715 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
31716 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
31717 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
31720 PROJECTS:
31721 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
31722 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
31723 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
31724 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
31725 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
31726 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
31727 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
31728 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31730 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
31731 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
31732 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
31733 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
31734 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
31735 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
31736 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
31737 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
31738 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
31739 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
31740 `vhdl-project-alist'.
31743 SPECIAL MENUES:
31744 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
31745 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
31746 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
31747 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
31748 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
31749 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
31750 current directory for VHDL source files.
31753 VHDL STANDARDS:
31754 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
31755 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
31758 KEYWORD CASE:
31759 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
31760 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
31761 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
31762 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31763 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31764 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31765 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31766 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31769 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31770 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31771 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31772 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31773 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31774 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31775 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31777 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31778 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31779 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31780 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31781 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31782 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31784 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
31785 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
31786 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
31787 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
31788 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31789 visually.
31791 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31792 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31793 highlighted if written in lower case.
31795 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31796 highlighted using a different background color if option
31797 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31799 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31800 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
31801 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31802 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31803 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31806 USER MODELS:
31807 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31808 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31809 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31812 HIDE/SHOW:
31813 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31814 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31815 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31816 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31817 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31820 CODE UPDATING:
31821 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31822 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31823 Limitations:
31824 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31825 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31826 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31827 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31828 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31829 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31830 (used to obtain the port names).
31831 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
31832 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
31833 sensitivity lists.
31836 CODE FIXING:
31837 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31838 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31841 PRINTING:
31842 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31843 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31844 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31845 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31846 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31847 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31848 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31849 printers.
31852 OPTIONS:
31853 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31854 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31855 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31856 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31857 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31859 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31860 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
31861 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31862 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31863 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31864 INSTALL file).
31866 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31867 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
31870 FILE EXTENSIONS:
31871 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31872 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31873 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31875 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
31878 HINTS:
31879 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31880 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31882 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31884 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31886 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31889 RELEASE NOTES:
31890 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31893 Maintenance:
31894 ------------
31896 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
31897 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31899 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31901 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31902 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31903 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31904 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31906 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31907 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
31908 where the latest version can be found.
31911 Known problems:
31912 ---------------
31914 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31915 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31916 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
31917 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
31920 The VHDL Mode Authors
31921 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31923 Key bindings:
31924 -------------
31926 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31928 \(fn)" t nil)
31930 ;;;***
31932 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (20107 60012))
31933 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
31935 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
31936 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
31937 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
31938 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
31940 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
31941 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
31942 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
31943 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
31944 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
31946 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
31947 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
31949 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
31951 * Limitations and unsupported features
31952 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
31953 not supported.
31954 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
31955 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
31957 * Modifications
31958 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
31959 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
31960 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
31961 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
31962 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
31963 for undoing a repeated change command.
31964 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
31965 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
31966 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
31968 * Extensions
31969 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
31970 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
31971 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
31972 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
31973 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
31974 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
31975 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
31976 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
31978 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
31980 \(fn)" t nil)
31982 ;;;***
31984 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
31985 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
31986 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
31987 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (20244 35516))
31988 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31990 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31991 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31993 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31995 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31996 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31997 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31998 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
32000 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
32002 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
32003 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
32005 \(fn)" t nil)
32007 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
32008 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
32009 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
32010 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
32012 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
32014 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
32015 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
32017 \(fn)" t nil)
32019 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
32022 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
32024 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
32027 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
32029 ;;;***
32031 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-return-to-alist-update
32032 ;;;;;; view-mode view-buffer-other-frame view-buffer-other-window
32033 ;;;;;; view-buffer view-file-other-frame view-file-other-window
32034 ;;;;;; view-file kill-buffer-if-not-modified view-remove-frame-by-deleting)
32035 ;;;;;; "view" "view.el" (20331 12564))
32036 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
32038 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
32039 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
32040 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
32042 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
32044 (defvar view-mode nil "\
32045 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
32046 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
32047 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
32049 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
32051 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
32052 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
32054 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
32056 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
32057 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
32058 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
32059 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
32060 moving around in the buffer.
32061 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32062 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32064 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32066 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
32068 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
32069 View FILE in View mode in another window.
32070 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
32071 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
32073 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
32074 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
32075 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32076 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32077 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32079 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32081 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
32083 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
32084 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
32085 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
32086 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
32087 buffer.
32089 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
32090 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
32091 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32092 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32093 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32095 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32097 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
32099 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
32100 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
32101 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
32102 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
32103 moving around in the buffer.
32104 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32105 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32107 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32109 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32110 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32111 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32113 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
32114 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
32115 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
32116 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
32118 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
32119 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
32120 own View-like bindings.
32122 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32124 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
32125 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
32126 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
32127 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
32128 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32129 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32130 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32132 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32134 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
32136 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32137 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32138 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32140 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
32141 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
32142 own View-like bindings.
32144 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32146 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
32147 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
32148 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
32149 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
32150 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
32151 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
32152 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32154 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32156 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
32158 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
32159 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
32160 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
32162 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
32163 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
32164 own View-like bindings.
32166 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
32168 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
32169 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
32170 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
32171 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
32172 if ARG is omitted or nil.
32174 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
32175 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
32176 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
32177 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
32179 \\<view-mode-map>
32181 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
32182 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
32183 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
32184 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
32185 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
32186 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
32187 to a repeat count of one.
32189 H, h, ? This message.
32190 Digits provide prefix arguments.
32191 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
32192 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
32193 > move to the end of buffer.
32194 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
32195 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
32196 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
32197 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
32198 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
32199 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
32200 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
32201 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
32202 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
32203 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
32204 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
32205 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
32206 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
32207 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
32208 Use this to view a changing file.
32209 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
32210 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
32211 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
32212 . set the mark.
32213 x exchanges point and mark.
32214 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
32215 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
32216 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
32217 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
32218 ' go to position saved in character register.
32219 s do forward incremental search.
32220 r do reverse incremental search.
32221 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
32222 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
32223 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
32224 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
32225 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
32226 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
32227 p searches backward for last regular expression.
32228 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
32229 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
32230 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
32231 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
32232 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
32233 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
32234 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
32235 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
32236 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
32237 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
32239 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
32240 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
32241 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
32242 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
32243 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
32244 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
32245 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
32246 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
32247 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
32249 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32251 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32253 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
32254 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
32255 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
32256 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
32257 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
32258 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
32259 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
32260 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
32261 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
32263 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
32265 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
32266 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
32267 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
32268 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
32269 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
32270 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
32272 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
32273 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
32274 called by `view-mode-exit'.
32276 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
32278 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
32280 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
32282 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
32283 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
32285 \(fn)" t nil)
32287 ;;;***
32289 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (20244
32290 ;;;;;; 35516))
32291 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
32293 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
32294 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
32296 \(fn)" nil nil)
32298 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
32299 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
32301 \(fn)" t nil)
32303 ;;;***
32305 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
32306 ;;;;;; (20356 35090))
32307 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
32309 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
32310 Toggle Viper on/off.
32311 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
32313 \(fn)" t nil)
32315 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
32316 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
32318 \(fn)" t nil)
32320 ;;;***
32322 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
32323 ;;;;;; (20244 35516))
32324 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
32326 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
32327 Function to generate warning prefixes.
32328 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
32329 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
32330 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
32331 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
32332 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
32333 the beginning of the warning.")
32335 (defvar warning-series nil "\
32336 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
32337 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
32338 which is the start of the current series; it means that
32339 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
32340 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
32341 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
32342 also call that function before the next warning.")
32344 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
32345 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
32347 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
32348 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
32349 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
32350 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
32352 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
32353 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
32354 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
32355 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
32356 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
32357 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
32359 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32360 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32361 Default is :warning.
32363 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32364 if you do not attend to it promptly.
32365 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
32366 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
32367 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
32368 :debug -- info for debugging only.
32370 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
32371 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
32372 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
32374 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
32376 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
32377 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
32379 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
32381 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
32382 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32383 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32384 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
32386 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
32387 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
32388 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
32389 can be whatever you like.)
32391 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
32392 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
32394 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
32395 if you do not attend to it promptly.
32396 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
32397 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
32398 :debug -- info for debugging only.
32400 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32402 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
32403 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
32404 Aside from generating the message with `format',
32405 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
32406 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
32408 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32410 ;;;***
32412 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
32413 ;;;;;; (20452 43334))
32414 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
32416 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
32417 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
32418 \\<wdired-mode-map>
32419 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
32420 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
32421 in disk.
32423 See `wdired-mode'.
32425 \(fn)" t nil)
32427 ;;;***
32429 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (20356 35090))
32430 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
32432 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
32433 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
32435 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
32436 hotlist.
32438 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
32439 <nwv@acm.org>.
32441 \(fn)" t nil)
32443 ;;;***
32445 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode which-func-mode) "which-func"
32446 ;;;;;; "progmodes/which-func.el" (20428 57510))
32447 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
32448 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
32449 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
32451 (autoload 'which-func-mode "which-func" "\
32454 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
32456 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
32457 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
32458 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32459 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32460 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32461 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
32463 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
32465 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
32466 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
32467 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
32468 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32469 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32471 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
32472 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
32473 in certain major modes.
32475 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32477 ;;;***
32479 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-report-region whitespace-report whitespace-cleanup-region
32480 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup global-whitespace-toggle-options whitespace-toggle-options
32481 ;;;;;; global-whitespace-newline-mode global-whitespace-mode whitespace-newline-mode
32482 ;;;;;; whitespace-mode) "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (20434 28080))
32483 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
32485 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32486 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
32487 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
32488 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32489 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32491 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32492 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32496 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32497 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
32498 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
32499 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
32500 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32502 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
32503 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
32504 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
32505 use `whitespace-mode'.
32507 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32511 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
32512 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
32513 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32514 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32515 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32516 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
32518 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
32520 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
32521 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
32522 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
32523 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
32524 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
32526 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
32527 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32529 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32531 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
32532 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
32533 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
32534 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32535 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32536 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
32538 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
32540 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
32541 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
32542 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
32543 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
32544 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
32546 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
32547 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
32548 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
32549 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
32551 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
32553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32555 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32556 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
32558 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32559 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
32561 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32562 and restart local whitespace-mode.
32564 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
32566 CHAR MEANING
32567 (VIA FACES)
32568 f toggle face visualization
32569 t toggle TAB visualization
32570 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32571 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32572 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32573 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32574 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32575 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32576 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32577 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32578 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32579 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32580 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32581 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32582 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32583 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32584 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32586 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32587 T toggle TAB visualization
32588 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32589 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32591 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32592 ? display brief help
32594 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32595 The valid symbols are:
32597 face toggle face visualization
32598 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32599 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32600 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32601 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32602 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32603 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32604 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32605 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32606 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32607 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32608 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32609 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32610 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32611 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32612 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32613 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32615 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32616 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32617 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32619 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32621 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32623 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
32625 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
32626 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
32628 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
32629 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
32631 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
32632 and restart global whitespace-mode.
32634 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
32636 CHAR MEANING
32637 (VIA FACES)
32638 f toggle face visualization
32639 t toggle TAB visualization
32640 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32641 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
32642 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32643 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32644 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
32645 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32646 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32647 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32648 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
32649 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32650 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32651 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32652 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
32653 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32654 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32656 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
32657 T toggle TAB visualization
32658 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32659 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
32661 x restore `whitespace-style' value
32662 ? display brief help
32664 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
32665 The valid symbols are:
32667 face toggle face visualization
32668 tabs toggle TAB visualization
32669 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
32670 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
32671 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
32672 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
32673 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
32674 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
32675 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32676 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
32677 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
32678 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
32679 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
32680 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
32681 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32682 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
32683 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
32685 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
32686 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
32687 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
32689 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
32691 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
32693 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
32695 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
32696 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
32698 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
32699 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
32700 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
32701 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
32702 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
32704 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
32706 The problems cleaned up are:
32708 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32709 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32710 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
32711 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
32713 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32714 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32715 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32716 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32717 SPACEs.
32718 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32719 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32720 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32721 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32723 4. SPACEs before TAB.
32724 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32725 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32726 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32727 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32728 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32729 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32730 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32732 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32733 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32734 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32736 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32737 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32738 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32739 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32740 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32741 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32742 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32743 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32745 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32746 documentation.
32748 \(fn)" t nil)
32750 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
32751 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
32753 The problems cleaned up are:
32755 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32756 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
32757 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
32758 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
32759 SPACEs.
32760 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
32761 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
32762 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
32763 replace TABs by SPACEs.
32765 2. SPACEs before TAB.
32766 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
32767 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32768 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32769 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32770 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32771 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32772 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32774 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32775 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32776 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32778 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32779 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32780 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32781 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32782 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32783 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32784 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32785 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32787 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32788 documentation.
32790 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32792 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
32793 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
32795 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32796 non-nil.
32798 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32799 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
32800 `whitespace-style' to have:
32802 empty
32803 trailing
32804 indentation
32805 space-before-tab
32806 space-after-tab
32808 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32809 whitespace problems in buffer.
32811 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32813 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32814 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32815 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32816 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32817 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32818 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32819 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32821 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32822 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32823 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32824 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32825 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32826 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32827 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32829 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32830 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32831 cleaning up these problems.
32833 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32835 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32836 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32838 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32839 non-nil.
32841 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32842 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32843 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32845 empty
32846 indentation
32847 space-before-tab
32848 trailing
32849 space-after-tab
32851 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
32852 whitespace problems in buffer.
32854 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32856 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32857 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32858 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32859 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32860 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32861 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32862 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32864 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32865 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32866 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32867 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32868 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32869 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32870 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32872 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32873 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32874 cleaning up these problems.
32876 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32878 ;;;***
32880 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
32881 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (20276 3849))
32882 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32884 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32885 Browse the widget under point.
32887 \(fn POS)" t nil)
32889 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32890 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32892 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32894 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32895 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32897 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32899 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32900 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
32901 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
32902 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
32903 if ARG is omitted or nil.
32905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32907 ;;;***
32909 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
32910 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (20373
32911 ;;;;;; 41604))
32912 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32914 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32915 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32917 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32919 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32920 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32921 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32923 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32925 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32926 Create widget of TYPE.
32927 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32929 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32931 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32932 Delete WIDGET.
32934 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32936 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32937 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32939 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32941 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32942 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32943 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
32944 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
32946 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32947 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32949 \(fn)" nil nil)
32951 ;;;***
32953 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
32954 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (20253
32955 ;;;;;; 50954))
32956 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32958 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32959 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32960 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32961 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32962 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32963 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32964 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32968 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32969 Select the window above the current one.
32970 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32971 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32972 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32973 negative ARG) of the current window.
32974 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32978 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32979 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32980 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32981 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32982 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32983 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32984 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32986 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32988 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32989 Select the window below the current one.
32990 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32991 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32992 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32993 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32994 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32998 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32999 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
33000 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
33001 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
33003 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
33005 ;;;***
33007 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
33008 ;;;;;; (20452 43334))
33009 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
33011 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
33012 Toggle Winner mode.
33013 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33014 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
33016 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
33018 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
33019 Toggle Winner mode.
33020 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
33022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33024 ;;;***
33026 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-bookmark-jump woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file
33027 ;;;;;; woman woman-locale) "woman" "woman.el" (20373 41604))
33028 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
33030 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
33031 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
33032 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
33033 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
33034 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
33036 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
33038 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
33039 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
33040 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
33041 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
33042 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
33043 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
33044 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
33045 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
33047 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
33048 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
33050 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
33052 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
33053 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
33055 \(fn)" t nil)
33057 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
33058 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
33059 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
33060 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
33061 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
33062 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
33063 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
33064 `woman' command for further details.
33066 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
33068 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
33069 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
33071 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
33073 ;;;***
33075 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
33076 ;;;;;; (20331 12564))
33077 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
33079 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
33080 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
33082 BUGS:
33083 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
33084 are not implemented
33085 - Options for search and replace
33086 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
33087 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
33089 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
33090 Emacs-like.
33092 The key bindings are:
33094 C-a backward-word
33095 C-b fill-paragraph
33096 C-c scroll-up-line
33097 C-d forward-char
33098 C-e previous-line
33099 C-f forward-word
33100 C-g delete-char
33101 C-h backward-char
33102 C-i indent-for-tab-command
33103 C-j help-for-help
33104 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
33105 C-l ws-repeat-search
33106 C-n open-line
33107 C-p quoted-insert
33108 C-r scroll-down-line
33109 C-s backward-char
33110 C-t kill-word
33111 C-u keyboard-quit
33112 C-v overwrite-mode
33113 C-w scroll-down
33114 C-x next-line
33115 C-y kill-complete-line
33116 C-z scroll-up
33118 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
33119 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
33120 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
33121 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
33122 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
33123 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
33124 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
33125 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
33126 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
33127 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
33128 C-k b ws-begin-block
33129 C-k c ws-copy-block
33130 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
33131 C-k f find-file
33132 C-k h ws-show-markers
33133 C-k i ws-indent-block
33134 C-k k ws-end-block
33135 C-k p ws-print-block
33136 C-k q kill-emacs
33137 C-k r insert-file
33138 C-k s save-some-buffers
33139 C-k t ws-mark-word
33140 C-k u ws-exdent-block
33141 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
33142 C-k v ws-move-block
33143 C-k w ws-write-block
33144 C-k x kill-emacs
33145 C-k y ws-delete-block
33147 C-o c wordstar-center-line
33148 C-o b switch-to-buffer
33149 C-o j justify-current-line
33150 C-o k kill-buffer
33151 C-o l list-buffers
33152 C-o m auto-fill-mode
33153 C-o r set-fill-column
33154 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
33155 C-o wd delete-other-windows
33156 C-o wh split-window-right
33157 C-o wo other-window
33158 C-o wv split-window-below
33160 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
33161 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
33162 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
33163 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
33164 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
33165 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
33166 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
33167 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
33168 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
33169 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
33170 C-q a ws-query-replace
33171 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
33172 C-q c end-of-buffer
33173 C-q d end-of-line
33174 C-q f ws-search
33175 C-q k ws-to-block-end
33176 C-q l ws-undo
33177 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
33178 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
33179 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
33180 C-q w ws-last-error
33181 C-q y ws-kill-eol
33182 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
33184 \(fn)" t nil)
33186 ;;;***
33188 ;;;### (autoloads (xesam-search) "xesam" "net/xesam.el" (20373 41604))
33189 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/xesam.el
33191 (autoload 'xesam-search "xesam" "\
33192 Perform an interactive search.
33193 ENGINE is the Xesam search engine to be applied, it must be one of the
33194 entries of `xesam-search-engines'. QUERY is the search string in the
33195 Xesam user query language. If the search engine does not support
33196 the Xesam user query language, a Xesam fulltext search is applied.
33198 The default search engine is the first entry in `xesam-search-engines'.
33199 Example:
33201 (xesam-search (car (xesam-search-engines)) \"emacs\")
33203 \(fn ENGINE QUERY)" t nil)
33205 ;;;***
33207 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
33208 ;;;;;; (20380 26775))
33209 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
33211 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
33212 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
33213 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
33214 Returns the top node with all its children.
33215 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
33216 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
33218 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
33220 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
33221 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
33222 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
33223 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
33224 is not well-formed XML.
33225 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
33226 and returned as the first element of the list.
33227 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
33229 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
33231 ;;;***
33233 ;;;### (autoloads (xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position) "xmltok"
33234 ;;;;;; "nxml/xmltok.el" (20244 35516))
33235 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
33237 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
33238 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
33239 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
33240 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
33241 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
33242 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
33243 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
33244 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
33245 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
33246 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
33248 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
33250 ;;;***
33252 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (20244
33253 ;;;;;; 35516))
33254 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
33256 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
33257 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
33258 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
33259 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33260 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33261 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
33263 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
33265 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
33266 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
33267 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
33268 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
33269 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
33271 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
33272 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
33273 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
33274 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
33275 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
33276 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
33278 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33280 ;;;***
33282 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
33283 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (20244 35516))
33284 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
33286 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
33287 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
33289 \(fn START END)" t nil)
33291 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
33292 Extract file name from an yenc header.
33294 \(fn)" nil nil)
33296 ;;;***
33298 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
33299 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (20373 41604))
33300 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
33302 (autoload 'yow "yow" "\
33303 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
33305 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
33307 (autoload 'insert-zippyism "yow" "\
33308 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
33310 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
33312 (autoload 'apropos-zippy "yow" "\
33313 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
33314 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
33316 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
33318 (autoload 'psychoanalyze-pinhead "yow" "\
33319 Zippy goes to the analyst.
33321 \(fn)" t nil)
33323 ;;;***
33325 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (20428 57510))
33326 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
33328 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
33329 Zone out, completely.
33331 \(fn)" t nil)
33333 ;;;***
33335 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
33336 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
33337 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
33338 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
33339 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
33340 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
33341 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-loaddefs.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
33342 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
33343 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mode.el" "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el"
33344 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el"
33345 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el"
33346 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el"
33347 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-units.el" "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el"
33348 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg2.el" "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el"
33349 ;;;;;; "calc/calcsel2.el" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
33350 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
33351 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el"
33352 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-mayan.el" "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el"
33353 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-persia.el" "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el"
33354 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el" "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el"
33355 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el"
33356 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" "cedet/cedet.el" "cedet/ede/auto.el"
33357 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el"
33358 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
33359 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
33360 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/loaddefs.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
33361 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
33362 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
33363 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
33364 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
33365 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
33366 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
33367 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
33368 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/inversion.el" "cedet/pulse.el"
33369 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
33370 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
33371 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
33372 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
33373 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
33374 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
33375 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
33376 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
33377 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
33378 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
33379 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
33380 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
33381 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
33382 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
33383 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
33384 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
33385 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
33386 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
33387 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
33388 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
33389 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/loaddefs.el"
33390 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
33391 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
33392 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
33393 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el"
33394 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el"
33395 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
33396 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
33397 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
33398 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
33399 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
33400 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
33401 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
33402 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
33403 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
33404 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
33405 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
33406 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
33407 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/loaddefs.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el"
33408 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/semantic.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
33409 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/table.el" "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el"
33410 ;;;;;; "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el"
33411 ;;;;;; "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el"
33412 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/authors.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el"
33413 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
33414 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-loaddefs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
33415 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
33416 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
33417 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el"
33418 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el"
33419 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/regi.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
33420 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/cua-rect.el"
33421 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" "emulation/edt-pc.el"
33422 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
33423 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
33424 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
33425 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
33426 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
33427 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
33428 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
33429 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
33430 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
33431 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el"
33432 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el"
33433 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
33434 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
33435 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el" "format-spec.el"
33436 ;;;;;; "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
33437 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
33438 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
33439 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
33440 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
33441 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
33442 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
33443 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
33444 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
33445 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el"
33446 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
33447 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el"
33448 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el" "gnus/nngateway.el"
33449 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el" "gnus/nnmail.el"
33450 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
33451 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el" "gnus/nnrss.el"
33452 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" "gnus/nnweb.el"
33453 ;;;;;; "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el"
33454 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/shr-color.el"
33455 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
33456 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
33457 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
33458 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
33459 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
33460 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
33461 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
33462 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
33463 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
33464 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
33465 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
33466 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "json.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
33467 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
33468 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
33469 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
33470 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
33471 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "md4.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
33472 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
33473 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
33474 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
33475 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
33476 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
33477 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
33478 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
33479 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
33480 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
33481 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
33482 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/ntlm.el" "net/sasl-cram.el"
33483 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/soap-client.el"
33484 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
33485 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
33486 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
33487 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
33488 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
33489 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
33490 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
33491 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
33492 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
33493 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
33494 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
33495 ;;;;;; "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el"
33496 ;;;;;; "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el"
33497 ;;;;;; "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-latex.el"
33498 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el"
33499 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
33500 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
33501 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
33502 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scheme.el"
33503 ;;;;;; "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el"
33504 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/org-beamer.el"
33505 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-colview.el" "org/org-compat.el"
33506 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-docview.el"
33507 ;;;;;; "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-exp-blocks.el"
33508 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-info.el"
33509 ;;;;;; "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el" "org/org-jsinfo.el"
33510 ;;;;;; "org/org-list.el" "org/org-mac-message.el" "org/org-macs.el"
33511 ;;;;;; "org/org-mew.el" "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mks.el" "org/org-mouse.el"
33512 ;;;;;; "org/org-pcomplete.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
33513 ;;;;;; "org/org-special-blocks.el" "org/org-src.el" "org/org-vm.el"
33514 ;;;;;; "org/org-w3m.el" "org/org-wl.el" "play/gamegrid.el" "play/gametree.el"
33515 ;;;;;; "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
33516 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
33517 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
33518 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
33519 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
33520 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
33521 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
33522 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
33523 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
33524 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
33525 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
33526 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
33527 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
33528 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
33529 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
33530 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
33531 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
33532 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
33533 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
33534 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
33535 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
33536 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el"
33537 ;;;;;; "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (20452 56581 711508))
33539 ;;;***
33541 (provide 'loaddefs)
33542 ;; Local Variables:
33543 ;; version-control: never
33544 ;; no-byte-compile: t
33545 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
33546 ;; coding: utf-8
33547 ;; End:
33548 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here